Up and Running: A REAPER User Guide V 4.59: Geoffrey Francis
Up and Running: A REAPER User Guide V 4.59: Geoffrey Francis
Geoffrey Francis
Version 4.59 anuary !"#4
This guide will be updated regularly as the software itself is further improved and developed. Check for updates and other information at $%%p:&&'''.coc(os.co)&reaper&
This document has been produced, compiled and rendered to PDF format using the wonderful *pen*ffice +ri%er software. For more information about *pen*ffice go to $%%p:&&'''.openoffice.org
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %
ReaRead2 '()P(' books and training manuals printed and bound are now available from
http233stores.lulu.com3store.php4f)cct*D5%1#&
3a/co/) acobson for his efforts in getting together the first '()P(' manual. Ar% Evans for his technical advice and constructive input. 3ario 5ianc$i Aaka 3abianE for his invaluable help with document formatting and layout and for his many constructive suggestions and ideas. )lso, a special 7thank you8 for comprehensively checking the document. 6i)on 3u//ings for his help and suggestions and the patient hours spent on the tedious @ob of proof. reading. 7ar(s%ar and )usicbynu)bers for too many helpful suggestions to mention++ 5evan Fo'(e Aaka 5evosssE for his advice and assistance with custom actions and macros. 6usan G for her assistance and advice, especially Abut not e,clusivelyE on *D* matters. ason 5rian 3erri// for, amongst other things, review and comments. Pipe/ine Audio for the original video tutorials. +$i%e -ie for awesome graphics. 8ena(ios, effos and 6+6 for their e,tension sets. )nd, of course J us%in, 9$ris%op$e and 6c$'a, for bringing us '()P(' Do welcome to '()P('+ This -ser /uide is intended to get you up and running in '()P(', and to help you understand better how the program works, so that ultimately you will better be able to help yourself. *f you are new to the world of digital audio, youIll find that there is more than enough information in here to get you 7up and running8. KouIll probably find that some sections contain information that youIll find difficult to understand and which you might not need at first. Kou can @ust skip over those sections and come back to them when youIre ready. *f, like me, you have come to '()P(' with e,perience of other D)= software, youIll find that it pays to go over even the most basic sections, to help you understand how '()P(' is designed, and how it slots together. KouIll find yourself asking, 7=hy canIt they all be like this48 Kou should also find plenty more to interest you. *t is not intended to be Aand nor will it ever beE a %""L reference manual covering every single aspect and detail of '()P('. *Ive tried to approach the topics in what seems a fairly sensible order, introducing items pretty much on a 7need to know8 basis. *n doing so, *Ive been as careful as * can be to ensure its contents are clear and accurate, but cannot accept any responsibility for any errors or problems you may encounter in applying it to your work. Finally, *Id like to make it clear that Aapart from the e,tract from the CBCCBD =eb DiteE any views or opinions e,pressed here or anywhere else are entirely my own, and have not been endorsed by CBCCBD software or any other person or body associated with '()P(' * hope that you get as much from '()P(' as * have, and that this -ser /uide is more than a little help to you along the way. . /eoffrey Francis, $anuary !"%&
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1
+$ere ...
Page P& Pages %"1, 1R# Page !"R, 1&6 Page !%Q Pages !%Q to !!" Pages !!Q to !1! Page 1#& Page !1% Pages 1"!, 1"1 Page 1#P
Deveral changes to
*D* (ditor Contents menu. *D* editor options and preferences are selected. *D* (ditor open when active item is deleted in )rrange view.
ore 'eaDamplBmaticP""" tips. Bption to put new peak files in peaks subfolder.
For a full list of changes introduced since version &." go to $%%ps:&&d/.dropbo4.co)&u&@@A"5B#"&userguidec$ange/og.pdf Changes to this -ser /uide in the various editions published since &."" and up to this one G including the ma@or update &.P . are summari<ed in the following document2 $%%ps:&&d/.dropbo4.co)&u&@@A"5B#"&userguidec$ange/og.pdf 1)por%an% =o%e: '()P(':s capabilities range far and wide2 there are some aspects that every user will need to know, others that most users will need to know and still others that relatively few users will need to know. Thus, more emphasis is placed on those sub@ects that are likely to be most important to the less e,perienced user. *f you need more information on any topic, one good option is to consult the '()P(' =iki2 '''.coc(os.co)&'i(i&inde4.p$p. )nother is to use the '()P(' forums2 $%%p:&&foru).coc(os.co). =o%e: =ith '()P(':s rapid rate of development, this edition may not be %""L up to date. For a full list of new and recent features, choose the ,e/p? 9$ange/og command from the '()P(' menu. To check for the latest versions of both '()P(' and this -ser /uide, go to $%%p:&&'''.coc(os.co)&reaper&do'n/oad.p$p
9on%en%s
# 6e%%ing Up and Ge%%ing 6%ar%ed..........................................................................................#B
%.% Downloading '()P('........................................................................................................................%# %.! *nstalling '()P(' on an BD ; ac.....................................................................................................%# %.1 *nstalling '()P(' on a =indows PC...................................................................................................%# %.& The *nstall Bptions A=indows onlyE....................................................................................................%6 %.P '()P(' Doftware -pdates.................................................................................................................%6 %.R (nabling P1 'ecording....................................................................................................................%Q %.# Dtarting '()P('................................................................................................................................%Q %.6 '()P(' Dtartup Tips.........................................................................................................................%Q %.Q '()P(' Delections, Controls and Commands......................................................................................%Q %.%" The '()P(' Dcreen.........................................................................................................................!" %.%% The Track and Track Controls...........................................................................................................!% %.%! Detting -p For )udio .......................................................................................................................!% %.%!.% Detting -p For )udio APC =indowsE.......................................................................................!! %.%!.! Detting -p For )udio A ac BD ;E...........................................................................................!! %.%1 *nput )liasing..................................................................................................................................!1 %.%& Butput )liasing................................................................................................................................!1 %.%P Detting -p For *D*.........................................................................................................................!& %.%R (nabling SDT Plug.ins......................................................................................................................!P %.%# '()P('Is *nstalled Folders and File Oocation.....................................................................................!R %.%6 Oocali<ation and Oanguage Packs......................................................................................................!6 %.%Q >acking -p Dettings.........................................................................................................................!6 %.!" 'unning '()P(' on a Flash Drive....................................................................................................!6 %.!% '()P(' Dtart enu Bptions A=indows onlyE.....................................................................................!Q %.!! '()P(' File Types...........................................................................................................................1" %.!1 Pops and Clicks...............................................................................................................................1" %.!& -ninstalling '()P('........................................................................................................................1"
&.& Dearching the Preferences Dettings.....................................................................................................61 &.P Track Colors......................................................................................................................................6& &.R Color Themes....................................................................................................................................6& &.# Track *cons.......................................................................................................................................6P &.6 Meadphone onitoring.......................................................................................................................6P &.Q Creating a Meadphone i,.................................................................................................................6R &.%" Displaying /rid Oines.......................................................................................................................6# &.%% -nderstanding Dends, >uses, Dubmi,es and Folders..........................................................................66 &.%! Track Folder (ssentials.....................................................................................................................6Q &.%!.% Drag and Drop Folder anagement........................................................................................Q" &.%!.! ?ested Folders.....................................................................................................................Q% &.%1 Track and Track Parameter /rouping.................................................................................................Q! &.%1.% >asic Track /rouping............................................................................................................Q! &.%1.! Track /rouping atri, >asic Controls......................................................................................Q& &.%1.1 Track /rouping *ndicators.....................................................................................................Q& &.%1.& aster and Dlave /roup 'elationships....................................................................................Q& &.%1.P Track /rouping =indow........................................................................................................QP &.%1.R Track /rouping =indow >asic Controls...................................................................................Q# &.%& S- eters on ultichannel Tracks.....................................................................................................Q# &.%P )udio Dcrubbing..............................................................................................................................Q6
6.%1.& Transient Detection Dettings..................................................................................................%P# 6.%1.P >eat Correction....................................................................................................................%P# 6.%1.R Fuanti<ing *tems..................................................................................................................%P6 6.%& Dynamic Dplitting............................................................................................................................%P6 6.%&.% Dplitting a edia *tem into Damples.......................................................................................%PQ 6.%&.! Changing the Pro@ect Tempo..................................................................................................%R% 6.%&.1 Creating a Chromatic *D* *tem............................................................................................%R% 6.%&.& Daving and -sing Damples....................................................................................................%R% 6.%P '(; File Dupport..............................................................................................................................%R!
%"
%%
%!
%1
!A -roub/es$oo%ing REAPER...............................................................................................4"A
!1.% *nput3Butput *ssues........................................................................................................................&"1 !1.! '()P(' *nterface *ssues..................................................................................................................&"P !1.1 Troubleshooting 'ecord odes and onitoring..................................................................................&"R
1nde4..................................................................................................................................4"9
%&
%P
%R
To download '()P(', visit the download page http233www.cockos.com3reaper3download.php. 'ead the on. screen information carefully Aespecially about 1! bit and R& bitE and be sure to select the correct version for your computer. *f you keep the program for more than R" days then you must purchase a license. To purchase your '()P(' license, go to http233www.cockos.com3reaper3purchase.php )fter downloading you will need to install the program. There are differences in the installation process for BD ; A acE and for =indows APCE.
#.!
To install '()P(' on a ac ABD ;E follow this procedure. %. Double.click on the '()P(' disk image A.dmgE file to open it. !. *f you agree to accept the licence conditions, click on Agree to open this file. 1. Drag and drop the '()P(' icon Ashown rightE into your App/ica%ions folder. &. *f you also want to install Rea3o%e, drag this icon too into your )pplications folder. *f you choose not to do this, you can do so later. To pin '()P(' to the dock, simply drag and drop the '()P(' icon from the )pplications folder on to the Dock. =e strongly recommend that you should also, under 6ys%e) Preferences, ensure that for your 3ouse right click is enabled as a secondary button.
#.A
To install '()P(' on a PC with =indows you should follow this seHuence2 %. *n =indows (,plorer, find the install file. The file name includes the current version number, e.g. reaper4"-ins%a//.e4e. !. Double click on this file to start the install program. 1. Click the 1 Agree button to accept the conditions and continue. &. For a normal install, accept the default folder offered to you Abut see note belowE . for e,ample, 9:GProgra) Fi/esGREAPER. P. *f you need to, enable the Por%ab/e ins%a// option Asee note belowE, then click =e4%.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %#
=o%e: *f you are installing '()P(' for the first time, or if you wish to replace an earlier version of '()P(' with this one, you should accept the default destination folder and not enable portable install. *f you wish to install this alongside an e,isting earlier 1.,, version, change the default directory Ae.g. to U'()P('&E and enable portable install. This will ensure that your earlier 1.,, settings and preferences will be preserved separately. -ip: *f you choose not to install any '()P(' program elements or options, you can later change your mind by simply running the install program again.
#.4
The *nstall screen gives you the opportunity to decide which '()P(' elements you choose to install and which ones you prefer not to install. Oisted below is a summary of your main options. >y default, most of them are enabled.
1%e)
Audio Processing P/ug-ins
E4p/ana%ion
This is a collection of )udio and *D* F; that is supplied with '()P(' G such as a Compressor, a ?oise /ate and a Dynthesi<er. -sually you should make sure this option is ticked. This allows you to work with file formats such as =avPack as well as Sideo files. P1, B//,, FO)C and
This allows for the use of (uropean keyboards and offers you the option to later choose any of a number of color schemes for '()P('. This allows you to install elements such as the edia (,plorer, CD 'ipping3>urning, Control Durface Dupport and 'e=ire. These aspects will be discussed at various places in this guide. *f you are new to '()P(', or to audio software in general, you might wish not to install at this stage the 'ea'oute )D*B driver, nor 'e=ire nor 'ea ote. This makes for simpler options when audio routing. Kou can always add these later. Oeaving this option selected ensures that a '()P(' shortcut icon will be placed on your =indows desktop. Oeave this option ticked to ensure that '()P(' is added to your =indows Dtart enu. Ticking this option will enable you to open '()P(' with any of your '()P(' Pro@ect files direct from =indows (,plorer or any desktop shortcut that you might create for your pro@ects.
#.5
'()P(' is updated freHuently and regularly, with bug fi,es, new features and other enhancements. Kou can check for updates at any time by visiting $%%p:&&'''.reaper.f)& Dimply download and install. There is no need to first uninstall any previous version. (,isting preferences and settings will automatically be carried over. -ip2 '()P(' is freHuently updated. )n option is available under *p%ions? Preferences? Genera/ ADtartup DettingsE to have '()P(' automatically check for updates each time the program is started Aprovided of course that you are on.line at the timeE. >y default, this option is enabled. *f you do not wish to be notified whenever a new version is available, you can disable it.
*f you are intending to record and3or mi, down your recordings in, or convert other recorded material to, P1 format, you will need to install an P1 encoder. ) suitable encoder is O) (, which is available free of charge. This can be obtained from any of many web sites, including http233aegiscorp.free.fr3lame3 )fter downloading, ac users should un<ip the file and then drag the dynamic library file Anamed something like /ib)pA/a)e.dy/ibE into their '()P(' application launch folder. =indows users should copy the file /a)e;enc.d// into their '()P(' Program directory, which by default will be 9:GProgra) Fi/esGREAPER. *t can also be copied to other applications that may need it Ae.g. )udacityE.
#.B
6%ar%ing REAPER
To start '()P(', @ust double click on the '()P(' desktop icon. Kou might also wish to consider creating a keyboard shortcut for this. For =indows users, this is done using the 6$or%cu% tab of the icon:s Proper%ies dialog bo,. 'ight.click over the icon to display this.
#.C
>y default, '()P(' opens with the last used pro@ect. )s you will see later in this chapter, you can change this behavior if you wish. *n addition, you can use hot keys when starting '()P(' to override the default settings. Ac%ion Bpen '()P(' without loading last pro@ect. Bpen '()P(' without loading any default pro@ect template. 5oos%er HeyEsF 6$if% Awhile starting '()P('E 9%r/ 6$if% Awhile starting '()P('E
#.9
=orking in '()P(' involves making selections and giving commands. For e,ample, to copy a single item you would select the item Ausually using your mouseE and then give the command for '()P(' to copy it. Bther times, you will use commands that affect the whole pro@ect file without any selection. For e,ample, you might wish to save all your work. *n that case, there would be no need to select anything G you would only need to give the necessary command. There are four main methods commonly used to give commands in '()P('2
3e%$od
-$e 3ain 3enu 9on%e4% 3enus -oo/bars Heyboard 6$or%cu%s
9o))en%
)s with other applications, this is accessed by the mouse or keyboard. Click your right mouse button over an item or area of the screen to display a conte,t menu relevant to where you have clicked. Click your mouse on any toolbar button for its command to be e,ecuted. any commands and actions can be accessed by keyboard shortcuts. Kou can also assign own shortcuts to other commands and actions. Chapter %1 will show you how. *n some cases, different modifier keys are used for the PC and for the ac. The e,amples used throughout this guide are PC A=indowsE shortcuts. ac users should refer to this summary table of similarities and differences2 P9 E+indo'sF Hey Dhift Control )lt =indows 3ac E*6 8F Hey EIuiva/en% Dhift Command Bption Control
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %Q
'()P(' allows you to select from a number of different color themes. The screen shots used in this book mostly use the '()P(' & default theme. *f you are using any other theme, you might therefore notice some visual differences. *f this causes you any difficulties, consider switching to the default theme. *n some cases modifications have been made to enhance clarity when greyscale printing. =hen you start '()P(', it displays a screen similar Abut not necessarily identicalE to that shown below. The e,ample shows a very simple pro@ect file that has been opened. The table below the illustration introduces briefly each of the main screen elements.
E/e)en%
-$e 3enu 5ar
E4p/ana%ion
This displays the 3ain 3enu near the top as a row of commands G Fi/e? Edi%? Vie'? 1nser%? 1%e)? -rac( and so on. )s in other ac and =indows applications, the menu is used to give commands. $ust below the menu are two rows of seven buttons each. This is the '()P(' ain Toolbar. Depending on the color theme in use, your buttons might not look the same as those shown. Mowever, as with other programs, you can hover your mouse over any button to obtain a tooltip Asee e,ample, leftE. *n Chapter %1 you will be shown how you can customi<e this toolbar. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 !"
E4p/ana%ion
The timeline runs across the top of the '()P(' window, @ust to the right of the main toolbar. *t measures the length of your pro@ect and helps you identify the position of the various media items. *n the e,ample shown, the timeline is measured and displayed in both measures and beats AtopE and minutes and seconds AbelowE. This is to the right of the Track Control Panel. *t displays the actual media items Aaudio and3or *D*E that make up your tracks. *n this e,ample, there is one )edia i%e). Sideo items can also be included, but that is beyond the scope of this guide. This area is used to control the behavior of your audio and *D* tracks G in this e,ample there is one track, labelled usic. Bf course you can have as many tracks as you need, sub@ect only to any limitations imposed on you by your hardware. ?otice that each track has its own set of controls. =e:ll get to what these controls do and how they are used in Chapters ! and &. Tooltips are available for each of these Asee e,ample, leftE. This is used to control recording and playback G for e,ample, to start and stop recording. =e:ll look at this in Chapter !. This is displayed Ain this e,ampleE across the bottom of the screen. *t displays your tracks in a different way. *n this e,ample one track is shown2 this is the same track as is shown in the TCP. ?otice that this also includes a 3as%er output track. The output of the aster is what you actually hear when you play your tracks and media items. The i,er and aster will be e,plored in detail in Chapter %".
-$e Arrange Area: 3ain +indo' and +or(p/ace2 -$e -rac( 9on%ro/ Pane/ E-9PF
DonIt be surprised if your screen doesnIt look Huite the same as this, or even if it looks a lot different. The '()P(' screen can be customi<ed to suit your individual needs. =eIll be covering this in Dection !.
#.##
*f you:ve used other D)= software before you:ll probably want to get to grips with '()P(':s track controls as soon as possible. This illustration shows the most commonly used of these. *n most cases you click on a control to use it Afor e,ample, click on ute button to toggle mute status of any track, click and drag on Solume control to ad@ust the volume levelE, and right click on the control for a menu of commands, options and3or settings. ?ewcomers to digital audio, don:t worry. )ll of these controls wil be e,plained in detail as you progress thru this guide.
#.#!
>efore you can record or play anything, there are a few setup options that have to be specified. This section covers setting up audio. This is where you tell '()P(' which audio deviceAsE you have, and how you wish to use them. There are differences in how you should do this for a ac under BD ; and a PC under =indows *n addition, it is also advisable to disable 6ys%e) 6ounds. For BD ; users, this is done in Dystem Preferences. =indows users should use the Control Panel.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !%
To set up your )udio Device, first choose the *p%ions? Preferences command from '()P(':s ain enu, then under Audio select 7evice from the list on the left. *n the e,ample shown below, an e,ternal device, a .)udio Delta %"%" PC* sound card, has been installed in the computer. This is one e,ample of the many devices available. *f on the other hand you plan to use the PC:s internal sound card, you should familiari<e yourself with its control software Ausually opened from the =indows Control PanelE. This is especially important to prevent previously recorded material from being mi,ed back in, and re.recorded with, new material when more tracks are later overlaid. Kou should also consider using )D*B&)OO drivers, which are available free of charge. For more information, see en.wikipedia.org3wiki3)udioNDtreamN*nput3Butput Bn the )udio Device Preferences screen, you should set the following options2 1%e) Audio 6ys%e) Enab/e 1npu%s 1npu% Range 9o))en% The other items on this screen will vary with the audio system selected . Choose A61* and A61* drivers if they are available for your sound card or Firewire or -D> device. This option needs to be turned on AtickedE if you wish to use '()P(' for recording. *f your device has multiple inputs, specify the first and last of these that you want to be available. *n this e,ample, eight inputs are available. This enables up to eight microphones or lines Ain any combinationE to be used simultaneously for recording. *f your device has multiple outputs, specify the first and last that you wish to be available. -sually, your )DT(' bus will direct output to a single pair of outputs, but you can use the others also if you wish. Kou can set sample rate and block si<e either here or using your sound card:s own control software. *f unsure, start with &&%"" and P%!. Clicking this button gives you direct access to the Control Doftware for your sound card or other audio device.
*u%pu% Range
#.#!.!
)udio devices on the BD ; are set up and selected in the BD ; Audio 3171 6e%up. ake sure you have first downloaded and installed the latest ac updates Kou should also check your )udio Device in '()P('. To do this, start '()P(' and choose the *p%ions? Preferences command from '()P(':s ain enu, then under Audio select 7evice from the list of headers in the column on the left.
#.#A
1npu% A/iasing
'()P(' supports 1npu% A/iasing. This is the ability to give your own names to your audio inputs. *t can be used to shorten the long names that the system will often give to these inputs, especially when your device supports multiple inputs. )n e,ample of the use of this feature might be to change names like Ana/og 1n # 7e/%a #"#" E#F, Ana/og 1n ! 7e/%a #"#" E#F and so on to @ust 3ic&.ine #, 3ic&.ine !, etc. *nput )liasing is accessed from the Audio Preferences screen. Delect 1npu% 9$anne/ =a)e A/iasing&Re)apping. The method is similar to that used for output aliasing G see section below.
#.#4
*u%pu% A/iasing
'()P(' also supports *u%pu% A/iasing. This enables you to give names to your audio outputs, names that make sense to you. This is especially useful if your sound card or other audio device provides multiple outputs. For e,ample, one pair of outputs might be connected to your control room monitors, another to studio monitors, and a third pair to a multi.output headphone monitor. >y default, your outputs will have names something like those shown here Aabove rightE. Clearly, these names are not very useful to you. >y assigning aliases to these outputs, you can ensure that whenever you need to list them Afor e,ample, when For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !1
#.#5
*f you intend to use *D* at all, you should enable your *D* devices. any PC* sound cards, Firewire and -D> audio devices include a *D* input and output port Afor use, for e,ample, with a *D* CeyboardE. Choose *p%ions? Preferences from the ain enu, then display the 3171 7evices screen under Audio. Kou can select in turn each of the listed *D* *nput and Butput devices, right. click over its name, then choose Enab/e 1npu%. Kou can double.click on any input device name to display its 9onfigure 3171 1npu% settings Asee below rightE. This enables you to assign your own name Aor aliasE for the device, or to specify your
#.#@
ThereIs one further Preferences screen you will probably want to visit before you get started G V6- P/ug-ins. )s with )udio Preferences, '()P(' has several pages of Plug.in Preference screens, but these can Aat first at leastE be left to their default settings. Mowever, if you already have a collection of SDT and3or SDTi Plug. ins on your computer, '()P(' needs to be told where to find them. To do this, choose the *p%ions? Preferences command, then select V6- under the P/ug-ins section.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !P
#.#B
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !#
#.#C
Delecting a language pack causes '()P(' to use that language for its menus, dialog bo,es, tool tips, and so on. The default language is -.D. (nglish. Oanguage packs are managed from the Genera/ page of '()P(':s Preferences. To see what language packs are available, and to download any, click on the link 7o'n/oad /anguage pac(s Asee belowE. This will take you to a -'O where you can follow the links Aincluding to '()P(' DtashE to find your language. )fter downloading, close the Preferences window and use the command *p%ions? 6$o' REAPER resource pa%$ in E4p/orer&Finder to display '()P(':s resource folders. ?e,t, drag and drop the downloaded fileAsE into the OangPack folder. To select a language pack other than -.D. (nglish, select from the drop down list ArightE and click on *H. Kou will need to restart '()P(' for the language to take effect.
#.#9
5ac(ing Up 6e%%ings
*n this chapter you have been introduced to some of '()P(':s settings and preferences. )s you progress, you will find many more. Kou can back up these settings and preferences at any time. This can be a good precaution to take against system failure, and can also be used to ensure identical '()P(' installations on two or more machines. The procedure for doing this is e,plained in Chapter %Q under the heading 7*mport and (,port Configuration.8 Don:t be concerned if you do not yet understand the meaning of many of the options. $ust keep it in mind that this facility is always available. *f uncertain about what to back up, it can be a sensible precaution to backup all your configuration settings from time to time, each time to a new 'eaperConfig.<ip file. Mow often you should do this really depends on how often you make changes to any of your settings, and how important those changes are to you. 'emember to keep a copy of your 'eaperConfig.<ip files off line, for e,ample on an e,ternal drive or a -D> flash drive.
+indo's
*nsert your e,ternal device into an available -D> port on your PC. ?ote its drive letter Ae.g. (2, F2. /2, M2. *2. etc.E. This will depend how many internal hard drives, disk partitions, e,ternal hard drives, DSD burners, etc. you have already installed. !. Double click on the '()P(' install file to start the install process. 1. Click on 1 Agree to accept the license agreement. The Choose *nstall Oocation window will be displayed. &. (nable the option for Por%ab/e ins%a//. P. Click on 5ro'se. Delect your flash drive and click on 3a(e =e' Fo/der. ?ame the folder Ae.g. '()P('E and press En%er. R. Bn returning to the screen shown here, work your way thru the installation process in the normal way. #. =ait while the various files are installed. There are a lot of files and this might take Huite a few minutes.
#.!#
?ormally to start '()P(' you can simply double.click on your =indows desktop shortcut. This will cause '()P(' to be started in accordance with your e,isting preferences and settings. Mowever, for times when you do not wish to do this, you should also be aware of other options available from the =indows 6%ar% menu. Click on the 6%ar% button, then A// Progra)s then REAPER to be presented with a flyout menu of choices2 3enu 9o))and 1ns%a// REAPER %o U65 (ey Rea3o%e 6/ave REAPER REAPER Ecrea%e ne' pro:ec%F E4p/ana%ion This can be used to install '()P(' to a Flash drive or similar device. Mowever, the method described earlier in this Chapter is simpler+ The use of Rea3o%e is beyond the scope of this -ser /uide. Mowever, you can read an overview in Dection !!. Dtarts '()P(' normally, with last pro@ect. Dtarts '()P(' with a new pro@ect file.
REAPER Erese% configura%ion %o Dtarts '()P(' and resets all settings, options and preferences to factory fac%ory defau/%sF defaults. -se this with caution+ REAPER ERe+ire s/ave )odeF REAPER Es$o' audio configura%ion on s%ar%upF REAPER .icense Unins%a// REAPER +$a%sne'.%4% Bpens '()P(' as a 'e=ire slave. This is beyond the scope of this -ser /uide, but is discussed in overview towards the end of Chapter %P. Dtarts '()P(' with the )udio settings Preferences page. Displays Oicense information. -ninstalls '()P('. *f you need to uninstall '()P(' for any reason, you should always use this method. Bpens the te,t file displaying a history of new features and changes introduced in each version of '()P('.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !Q
Oike any other program, '()P(' creates a series of files that it uses to store your work. Dome of the main file types and their purposes are described in the table below, along with other useful information. Fi/e -ype .RPP '()P(' Pro@ect File .RPP-ba( Pro@ect >ackup File .RPP-U=7* -ndo Mistory File E4a)p/e A/one.RPP E4p/ana%ion This file is the core of your pro@ect. *t holds all the information about your tracks, your media and their settings. .'PP files are stored in te,t format. =hen you save an e,isting pro@ect file, the previous version is saved with the .'PP.bak e,tension. Kou can recover a pro@ect from its previous state by opening the backup file. This file type will be created if you select the option to save your undo history with your pro@ect files. This option is included in the Undo 6e%%ings section of the Genera/ settings in your *p%ions? Preferences window. This topic is e,plained more fully in Chapter !. These files contain the information necessary to enable '()P(' to draw the waveforms etc. on your media items. These files contain inde, information about your individual media items.
A/one.RPP-ba(
A/one.RPP-U=7*
Vo4.'av.reapea(s Vo4.'av.reapinde4
#.!A
Kou:re nearly ready to start making music with '()P('+ >efore you do, though, you should take a few moments to read this section, which deals with the not uncommon problem of unwanted pops and clicks being heard when you play back your music. This is a computer issue rather than a '()P(' specific issue, and is generally less likely to occur with a ac than with a PC. *f you encounter the sound of unwanted pops and clicks when you play back a song in '()P(', then most probably all it means is that your audio device settings are not right for your computer. )s a Huick fi,, try ad@usting the block si<e APreferences, )udio, DeviceE, starting at %!6 and working up thru, !PR, P%!, #R6 or %"%! to find the lowest setting for your system at which you can play back your music without any pops or clicks getting in the way *f you do encounter this problem, you should also read Chapter %Q.& to learn more about this topic.
#.!4
Unins%a//ing REAPER
There is no need to uninstall your current version of '()P(' before installing a new one. Kour e,isting installation will automatically be upgraded from the new installation. Mowever, should you wish to uninstall '()P(' for any reason, BD ; users should simply drag the '()P(' icon into Trash and then remove the folder K&.ibrary&App/ica%ion 6uppor%&REAPER. =indows users should follow this procedure2 %. Click on the =indows 6%ar% button, then A// Progra)s, then REAPER then Unins%a// REAPER. !. =hen the '()P(' -ninstall =i<ard is displayed, click on Unins%a//. 1. =hen the uninstall process is finished, click on 9/ose. &. =hen prompted, choose 0es if you wish to see which files have been left on your Mard Drive, otherwise choose =o. -ip: *f you are likely to be reinstalling '()P(' at some later date, do not remove these files. This will ensure that your previous settings and preferences will be recalled when it is reinstalled.
*n this chapter you will be taught the essential basics about working with a pro@ect file in '()P('. Topics include opening and closing files, navigating the '()P(' environment, working with tracks and audio effects, and more. ost of the topics introduced here will be covered in greater depth and detail later in this guide.
!.!
To open an e,isting '()P(' Pro@ect File, use the Fi/e? *pen Pro:ec% command, or the keyboard shortcut 9%r/ *. )s with other =indows )pps, you will need to navigate to the appropriate folder to find your pro@ect. 'ecently used pro@ects can more easily be opened using the Fi/e? Recen% Pro:ec%s command. This causes a list of up to the last %"" recently used pro@ect files to be displayed. Kou can then select any file from that list.
The Genera/ page of your *p%ions? Preferences window offers a number of options. *n particular, you can2 anage your Undo preferences Asee Chapter !E. Dpecify whether or not you want the most recently used file automatically loaded when '()P(' is started. -se the .oad .as% Pro:ec% on 6%ar%up option for this. Dpecify whether you want to Au%o)a%ica//y 9$ec( for =e' Versions of REAPER on 6%ar%up . Determine the number of files displayed on the Recen% pro:ec% /is%. Bther /eneral Preferences settings are discussed and e,plained in Chapter %Q. ?otice too the toggle command 9on%inuous scro//ing on the *p%ions menu. *f disabled Athe defaultE, the play cursor will scroll from left to right during playback. *f enabled, this cursor will find and then remain stationary in the center of the arrange window during playback, while the media items scroll across the screen. The e,amples used throughout this guide use the pro@ect file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.RPP. This can be downloaded from '''.coc(os.co)&'i(i&inde4.p$p&REAPER;User;Guide. *t might help you to keep that pro@ect open while using this documentation. Take a copy of this file and work with that. Kou will then be able to e,periment freely without fear of damaging any of your own important pro@ects. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1%
(very '()P(' pro@ect has a number of settings that can be defined and changed to meet the reHuirements of each individual pro@ect. The Pro:ec% 6e%%ings dialog bo, is accessed by choosing the Fi/e? Pro:ec% 6e%%ings command, or by using the keyboard shortcut A/% En%er. The dialog bo, has three pages of settings . Audio 6e%%ings, Pro:ec% 6e%%ings and =o%es. *f in doubt, you can leave most of these settings at their default values, at least until you understand better what they are and how they work.
-$e Pro:ec% -i)ebase 6e%%ings The pro@ect timebase controls how media items, track envelopes, and pro@ect markers behave when the pro@ect tempo changes. =hen possible, get your pro@ect timebase settings right before you record or import any items. The default settings are 5ea%s Eposi%ion? /eng%$? ra%eF for items3envelopes3markers and 5ea%s for tempo3time sig envelopes. For more detailed information about the timebase, Bpen the Ac%ions /is% Afrom '()P(':s main menuE and run the action Pro:ec% se%%ings: %i)ebase $e/p. For more about the )ctions Oist, see Chapter %1. *t:s worth also noting that you can still over.ride the pro@ect timebase setting for individual tracks within your pro@ect. To do this, select the trackAsE and choose 6e% %rac( %i)ebase from the track control panel conte,t menu. To do this for an individual item, select the item then press F! to display the *tem Properties dialog bo,. Pro:ec% 6e%%ings: =o%es This very handy section lets you enter any notes and comments that you would like to be included with your pro@ect file. Kou can specify that the notes should automatically be displayed each time the pro@ect is opened. -ip: Kou can save all these settings as the defaults to be used for future new pro@ects. Bf course, for any individual pro@ects you can over.write your defaults.
!.4
)udio output will by default go from your master to the first available pair of outputs on your soundcard Ausually outputs % and !E, and only to this pair. *f your sound card has multiple pairs of outputs and you wish to change this, you can do so via the Rou%ing 3a%ri4 AVie', Rou%ing 3a%ri4 or A/% RE. Kour available hardware outputs are displayed along the top of the grid. Mere you can select and3or deselect any of the available outputs.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 11
*f the Transport >ar is not visible in your '()P(' window, use the Vie'? -ranspor% command to display it, or use the keyboard shortcut 9%r/ A/% - to do this. The Transport >ar might appear as a floating window inside '()P(', or it might be docked @ust below your track control panels. )t this stage, the position of the Transport >ar does not matter. The main Transport Controls are the seven buttons in the center, which are as follows2 Func%ion Re'ind %o s%ar% of pro:ec% 6%op and re'ind %o '$ere p/ay /as% s%ar%ed Eedi% cursorF P/ay Pause E6%op a% curren% posi%ion and )ove edi% cursorF Go %o end of pro:ec% Record -ogg/e Repea% E'$en a /oop $as been definedF 7efau/% Heyboard 6$or%cu% + 6pace 6pace 9%r/ 6pace End 9%r/ R R
To the left of the buttons is displayed the current pro@ect time. *n the above e,ample, this is %2!#.&!#. >elow that are shown the start and end positions and length of any current %i)e se/ec%ion. Time and loop selection will be covered throughout this -ser /uide, but especially in Chapters R and 6. )t the far left is the G/oba/ Au%o)a%ion *verride feature2 we:ll revisit this in Chapter %R. To the right of the control buttons is displayed a Ra%e 9on%ro/ Fader edit bo, which can be used to speed up or slow down playback. To the left of that are edit bo,es that show the Pro@ect 5ea%s per 3inu%e setting. To change the value of any edit bo, Asuch as beats per minuteE you can click in the bo, and type the new value. *f you prefer, you can also hover your mouse over the bo, and use your mousewheel to increase AupE or decrease AdownE the value. Bther useful Transport Control keys are listed in the table that follows. Func%ion Go bac( a /i%%/e Go for'ard a /i%%/e P/ay E'i%$ /oop se/ec%ion s(ippingF 7efau/% Heyboard 6$or%cu% 9%r/ .ef% 9%r/ Rig$% A/% 6pace
'ight clicking over the Transport >ar displays a conte,t menu. This may seem slightly intimidating at first. =e:ll get to the more advanced stuff in Chapter 6, but for now @ust notice that there are menu options available to2 Delect your preferred time display format. Dock or -ndock the transport in the ain =indow. Kou can choose the main docker or any of four other positions G 5e/o' arrange vie', Above ru/er, 5o%%o) of )ain 'indo' or -op of )ain 'indo'. 6crubbing The top of the edit cursor is marked by an upside down triangle. Kou can grab this with your mouse and drag to move the edit cursor without affecting playback. Depending on your preferences settings, you may need to hold down the 6$if% key while you do this. *f you do this when the pro@ect is not playing, it will have the effect of 7scrubbing8 your audio.
-se the Vie'? 5ig 9/oc( command Aor press A/% 9E to toggle on and off the display of the >ig Clock, which clearly displays the current position of the (dit Cursor. This window can be si<ed and moved at will, or docked in the docker. 'ight clicking over the >ig Clock gives you a conte,t menu of options, including changing the display format.
!.B
-rac( 9on%ro/s
*f you play the pro@ect A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.RPP you will notice that e,actly the same sound is coming out of both speakers and that the different instruments and vocals are all competing with each other for the same acoustic space. ThatIs because no ad@ustments have been made to the Solume or Pan controls for these tracks. The e,act position of these faders may vary according to the width and height of the your control panel. The hori<ontal fader shown here is used to ad@ust a trackIs vo/u)e. The smaller rotary to its right Apositioned here at centerE ad@usts the panning, sending the signal more to the left speaker or the right speaker as preferred. (ach track may also contains a second rotary pan control Anot shown hereE @ust below the first pan control. =hether this control is present Afor stereo width controlE will depend on which pan mode and3or track layout is selected Asee Chapters %" and %%E. Dtereo width control is a more advanced concept, primarily used for folders and tracks with stereo media files. This will be covered in Chapter %". -ntil then, we will be working with @ust the one pan control. *n any event, to ad@ust any hori<ontal, vertical or rotary faders in '()P(', you can2 Click and hold down the left mouse button over the fader, then drag in the direction reHuired, releasing the mouse when finished. For rotary faders, drag up to rotate clockwise, down for anti.clockwise. Mold 9%r/ while doing this for more subtle ad@ustments. Mover your mouse over the fader, use the Dcroll =heel to ad@ust the level down3up. To disable this feature, go to *p%ions? Preferences? Edi%ing 5e$avior? 3ouse and select 1gnore )ouse'$ee/ on %rac( pane/ faders. ore about mouse behavior preferences can be found in Chapter %Q. 'ight.clicking on the volume fader opens the routing dialog bo, Ashown rightE. Kou can enter values as d> for volume Ae.g. .RE and as percentages for pan Ae.g., !P' for !PL rightE and width directly into this bo,. >y default, the volume and pan controls apply to a track:s audio output. *f you want to use these to control its 3171 signal, right.click on the track number in the TCP, then choose 3171 %rac( con%ro/s, then .in( %rac( vo/u)e pan %o a// 3171 c$anne/s from the conte,t menu Asee Chapter %!E. -ip: To audition possible changes, hold down the A/% key while dragging the fader with the mouse. =hen you release the mouse, it will then return to its original position. -ip: To work with more than one track, hold down 9%r/ while clicking in the Track control panel on each track number reHuired. Then release 9%r/. )ny fader or other movement will be applied to all selected tracks. The two rightmost buttons on each trackIs control area have these functions2 3u%e 6o/o Toggles ute on3off for selected trackAsE =o%e2 >oth the ute and Dolo controls can also be used with modifier keys such as )lt and Ctrl for various functions. Dee Chapter & for details.
?otice that by default, track 6o/o causes not only the track itself to be played, but also the output of any sends originating from that track. *f you wish to hear only the track without these sends, hold the A/% key while you solo the track. ?otice also that immediately below the arm record button is another button. This is the p$ase con%ro/ button. This can be used to reverse track polarity. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1P
Kou can also change the pan /a' for individual tracks. 'ight.clicking over a trackIs pan fader opens a window where you can select from the list Ain a range "." d> to .R." dbE or type in your own value. ) negative setting causes the signal at the center to be attenuated as panning increases. The Gain co)pensa%ion Eboos% pansF option can be enabled to cause the signal:s audio strength to instead be boosted as it is panned. )nother option is to select your preferred pan )ode Asee rightE. This is Huite a comple, topic and will be e,plained and dealt with more fully in Chapter %" when we look at stereo panning. *n brief, however, you have a number of options G 6%ereo ba/ance&)ono pan is the default Asee Pro@ect DettingsE. This is eHuivalent to the panning mode used in versions of '()P(' before '()P(' &. *f you select stereo pan or dual pan, the width panner will automatically be displayed. The various pan modes are e,plained, along with stereo and dual panning, in Chapter %".
!.9
Kou can change any default keyboard and mousewheel assignments if you wish. For e,ample, you might like to use @ust the Down and -p arrows Awithout Ctrl )ltE to go to the ne,t or previous track, or to use the mousewheel without a modifier to scroll rather than <oom. Kou can also use other customi<ed mouse modifiers for <ooming. ouse modifiers will be covered in Chapter %1 -ip: 3a(ing and using a Doo)&naviga%e %oo/bar. Tooming and navigating are activities that are performed a lot. Kou might wish to consider making your own Toom3?avigate custom toolbar. *t isn:t as complicated as it might sound. Mow to create your own custom toolbars is e,plained in Chapter %1. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1#
!.##
-rac( F8 5asics
Track F; A$D, SDT and Direct ; as well as SDTi and D;i, and, for ac users, )-E can be added to any track by directly inserting the F; into the F; =indow for the reHuired track. *n some programs, these are known as track inserts. ) good selection of F; plug.ins is supplied with '()P(', including $esusonic and Cockos effects. =e:ll be taking a closer look at many of these individually later in this -ser /uide, especially in Chapters P and %&. For now, let:s @ust focus on some general aspects of how F; fit in to the '()P(' scheme of things. To use any of these F;, simply follow this procedure2
&. To add more F;, click on the Add button in the Track F; window, then repeat steps ! and 1 above.
=o%e: =hen you add any plug.in to any track:s F; chain, that plug.in will then be displayed in the F; >rowser:s Recen%/y Used F; folder.
!.#!
Sery often you will wish to use some of the e,cellent F; that are shipped with '()P(' to improve the sound of your tracks. The use of these F; is a huge topic. Kou will find many e,amples in Chapters %&, %P and %R of this -ser /uide. For more detailed information and more advanced e,amples, you should consider obtaining a copy of Rea3i4: 5rea(ing %$e 5arriers 'i%$ REAPER which is available from the '()P(' >ookstore at http233stores.lulu.com3store.php4 f)cct*D5%1#& Mowever, as a means of getting started you might wish to e,plore some of the presets that come with these plug.ins. For e,ample, 9oc(os Rea7e/ay includes presets which as a starting point you can try with your various tracks. Dimply display the drop down list and select the item that you want Ae,ample shown rightE. ost of the Cockos 'ea series of plug.ins include a number of presets. Kou can e,plore these for yourself to discover what is available. Bf course, you can also make any ad@ustments and changes to these that you like, in order to customi<e them more precisely to your own needs. -o se% any F8 prese% as %$e defau/% for %$a% F8 %. !. 1. Delect the reHuired preset from the drop down list. Click on the J button to the right of the list and choose 6ave prese% as defau/% from the menu. Type your own name for the preset and click on *H.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1Q
!.#A
9on%ro//ing -rac( F8
'()P(' provides you with a number of tools to help you manage your Track F;. For e,ample, you can2 Change the order in which they are applied. Copy or move any F; from one track to another. Dave Aand retrieveE any seHuence of F; as a chain that can be easily inserted into other tracks. >ypass individual F; or an entire F; chain. Dpecify a default set of F; to be automatically inserted into new tracks for your pro@ect. -as( 7oc( %$e F8 9$ain Ad:us% %$e va/ues for -rac( F8 para)e%ers 3e%$od Choose the F8? 7oc( F8 +indo' in 7oc(er command. Drag with the mouse, or scroll the mouse wheel over, the fader that controls the value of the parameter that you wish to change. For fine ad@ustments, hold down the 9%r/ key while you do this. *f you prefer, select the control with the mouse, then use the up3down keys on your keyboard. Delect the plug.in in the F; chain, then use the mouse to ad@ust the small rotary control ne,t to the -* button on '()P(':s F; window interface, as shown here. ) setting of %""L eHuals completely wet2 a setting of "L represents completely dry. Drag and drop the F; name up or down within the Track F; window. Double.click on the F; name in the F; Chain window AtogglesE. The title bar of the floated window will display the track name, the F; name, and its place in the track F; chain. For e,ample2 V6-: ReaEP? -rac( # TVoca/U V!&AW. This would be the second F; in a chain of three. Click on the pin symbol at right of title bar. Double.click on F; window title bar. Mold down 9%r/, drag the F; from the source track F; window and drop on the track panel for any other track. Mold down A/%, drag the F; from the source track F; window and drop on the track panel for any other track. Delect the F; name in the F; Chain and press F!. -ntick either the check bo, left of the F; name in the Track F; window or the check bo, in the top right corner of the F; window. Delect the F; name within the Track F; window then click on the Re)ove button.
Heep F8 or Add F8 'indo' on %op 9/ose a f/oa%ing F8 'indo' 9opy an F8 fro) one %rac( %o ano%$er. 3ove an F8 fro) one %rac( %o ano%$er. Rena)e an F8 1ns%ance 5ypass an F8 Re)ove an F8 fro) a %rac(
3a(e %$e curren% -rac( F8 %$e defau/% for ne' %rac(s Re%rieve an e4is%ing previous/y saved F8 9$ain .oad your defau/% F8 9$ain Access %$e F8 Preferences se%%ings 5ypass a// F8 for a %rac(
!.#4
*f you have used other D)= software such as Donar, you might be used to having an (F Plug.*n automatically inserted for you in every track. '()P(' allows you to do this by creating a default F; chain which is then automatically applied to every new track that you create. Bf course, this default chain can contain any F; that you wish. To do this, you simply follow this procedure2 Bpen the F; =indow for any track. )dd the F; reHuired. =ith the F; selected, right click and choose 6ave c$ain as defau/% for a// ne' %rac(s from the menu. -ip: *f you switch the F; to bypass mode before saving your F; chain, then the F; chain will be saved in bypass mode. This means that the F; in your new tracks will not reHuire any CP- usage until such time as you open the F; window and enable them.
E4a)p/e
*n this e,ample, we will create a default F; chain that consists of 'ea(F and 'eaComp, both set to bypass mode. %. Bpen any pro@ect file and add a new track at the end. =e will use this track to create our F; chain. !. Click on the F8 button for this track to open the F; =indow. 1. *n the first AleftE column of the )dd F; window, click on 9oc(os. &. Delect in turn, first ReaEP E9oc(osF and then Rea9o)p E9oc(osF. *n each case, either use the *H button to add the plug.in to the track F; chain, or drag and drop them into the chain. P. ake sure that both these F; are unticked G this sets them to bypass.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) &%
!.#5
Using an F8 5us
*f you have used other D)= software, or an analog AtapeE recording and mi,ing desk, you are probably already familiar with the concept of a 5us. The e,act meaning of the term can have several variations, but most commonly Aand in this e,ampleE, a >us is used to enable a number of tracks to share the same resource Asuch as perhaps 'everb or Chorus F;E. This saves on valuable computer resources such as CP-. For e,ample, instead of reHuiring multiple instances of the same F; in perhaps three or four tracks or more, by using a >us you can ensure that only one instance of the F; is reHuired. ?ote that when you use a >us in this way2 The output of each track is still directed to the aster. *n addition, a copy of the signal from each track is directed to the F; >us. )t some stage, the output of the F; >us is then mi,ed back in with the original signal. Typically Aand in the e,ample shown hereE this is achieved by directing the output of the F; >us to the aster, although other more comple, routing arrangements are also possible.
The >us can be inserted anywhere in the pro@ect that you like. *n this e,ample, we will place it @ust after the last track. This e,ample uses the sample pro@ect file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.RPP. Bpen this file, then save a copy to a new name such as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% 'i%$ 5us.RPP before embarking on this e,ample. *n this e,ample, we are going to create an F; >us and insert into that bus a Chorus effect. =e will then ensure that both of our guitar tracks use the chorus. Kou will see that '()P(' is different from other audio software in that it makes no inherent distinction between a >us and a Track. The difference is determined solely by how you use it. ?otice that the illustration below shows that for a more pleasing sound, the guitar tracks have been panned somewhat to the left and right respectively.
?ote that for every send there is an eHuivalent receive, and vice versa. For e,ample, *f you now open the *B 'outing window for Track P you will see that it has two receives, one from each guitar track. Kou:ll learn more about '()P(':s routing later in this chapter A'outing (ssentialsE as well as in Chapter & and %P.
3a(ing Ad:us%)en%s
=hen you now play the song, youIll probably find that thereIs more chorus on the guitar tracks than you would like. There are four main ways to ad@ust this. (,periment until you find what gives you the results you want2 %. !. 1. &. )d@ust the chorus F; parameters. *n this case, you could lower the amount of =et signal in the mi,. )d@ust the levels of one or both of the receives in the F; bus routing window. Display the routing window for either guitar track and ad@ust the send levels for that track. )d@ust output volume fader for the track called F8 5us.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) &1
!.#@
Ana/yDing F8 Perfor)ance
F; plug.ins can impose a heavy load on your computerIs CP-. To help you overcome this, you can use the Perfor)ance 3e%er to closely monitor your F; in the following ways2 Kou can check how much CP- is being used by the F; in your various tracks and in the master. Kou can disable and enable F; chains for individual tracks, Huickly, easily and conveniently, all together in one place. Kou can toggle on and off the mute status for your tracks, again all in one convenient place. To display the Performance eter, press 9%r/ A/% P, or use the Vie'? Perfor)ance 3e%er command.
E4a)p/e
*n the e,ample shown ArightE, you can see that the F; are using 6.R&L CP- overall, and that the aster track with %1 plug.ins is using &.%PL Kou might wish to inspect this track more carefully. The first thing you can do is e,amine the F; for this track, to help you to identify e,actly what the F; on this track are doing. To do this, double click on the track name or number in the Performance eter window. This will open the F; chain for that track. This feature is especially useful if you have a large number of tracks in your pro@ect. Kou can use the Performance eter window to browse thru your pro@ect file, checking it track by track, without having to scroll or navigate thru Track Siew. Kou can of course also toggle F; >ypass for any track, selection of tracks, or all tracks in the -rac( Vie' or 3i4er Vie'. The table below summarises these options. 1n order %o do %$is > -ogg/e F8 5ypass *n&*ff for %$a% %rac(. -ogg/e F8 5ypass *n&*ff for a// %rac(s in %$e se/ec%ion. -ogg/e F8 5ypass *n&*ff for a// %rac(s. 1n 3i4er or -rac( Vie'? do %$is > Click the F8 5ypass button for any track. Delect a number of tracks A9%r/ 9/ic(E then click the F8 5ypass bu%%on for any track in the selection. Mold 9%r/ key while clicking F8 5ypass button for any track.
*n addition, the Performance eter has two right click menus, each with a number of options Asee aboveE. The first is accessed by right clicking in the track list area. 1n order %o do %$is > *pen F8 +indo' for %$a% %rac(. -ogg/e F8 5ypass *n&*ff. 1n %$e Perfor)ance 3e%er 'indo' do %$is > 'ight click on track name, choose 6$o' F8 7ia/og. 'ight click on track name, choose -ogg/e F8 5ypass.
The other menu is used mostly to select what information you want shown in the window. 'ight click anywhere in the main Performance eter area to display this. Kou can also use this menu to move the window to the docker. -ip: Kou can select several tracks G using 9%r/ 9/ic( G then right click over any of the selected track numbers in the Performance eter window to Toggle F; bypass and3or Track ute status for all tracks in the selection. =o%e: Kou can find more information about the '()P(' Performance eter in Dection %Q of this guide, Further Customi<ing '()P('.
!.#B
Bften you will want to work with @ust a part of your pro@ect for a while. *n order to do this, first check the *p%ions menu to see if .oop Poin%s .in(ed %o -i)e 6e/ec%ion is enabled. *f it is enabled AtickedE then making a time selection and defining a loop are the same thing. *f it is disabled Anot tickedE then making a time selection and defining a loop become two different things. =hichever is the case, you can define your loop area by clicking and dragging along the timeline. Dtop the playback at or near the point where you want your loop to begin Aor click your mouse in the background areaE to move the (dit Cursor there. Place your mouse over the -i)e/ine A@ust above the first trackE, then click and drag along the timeline, releasing the mouse to define the e,act area that you want to loop. The effect of this is illustrated above. ?otice that the start and end of the loop are marked by two small triangles. *f when you attempt this, the selection snaps outwards to define a larger area than you want, then '()P(' has snapping enabled. Dnapping will be discussed in detail in Chapter R, but for now you can use the shortcut keys A/% 6 to toggle this feature on and off. -ip: To set the loop selection to match a media item, hold 9%r/ while you double click on that item. To set the time selection to match a media item, hold 6$if% while you double.click on the item. ?ow when you play the pro@ect, provided that the loop Atoggle repeatE icon on the transport bar has been engaged, it will replay over again the area selected for your Ooop. This is known as the 'epeat Function. *f loop points are linked to time selection, the start time, finish time and duration of the selection are also shown on the -ranspor% 5ar. *n any event, pressing the R key toggles this 'epeat Function on and off. There is also the option Aunder *p%ions? Preferences on the P/aybac( pageE to stop playback at the end of a loop when the 'epeat Function is disabled. To change the region defined as your loop, simply repeat the original procedure. To clear the loop altogether, without defining a new one, @ust press the Escape key.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) &P
!.#C
*n the previous section you learnt how to click and drag within an empty area of the track view to define a time selection. This may or may not also change the loop selection, depending on your *p%ions? .oop poin%s /in(ed %o %i)e se/ec%ion setting. )s you progress thru this -ser /uide, you will see that time selection plays an important role in '()P(', for e,ample when it comes to editing your media items. KouIll probably find at first that itIs too easy to perhaps select too large an area, or to miss part of the area that you intended to select. -o )odify a /oop se/ec%ion using the mouse, hover the mouse over the edge at the start or finish of the loop selection on the time line, then click and drag left or right. Dragging left from the start of the selected area e,tends the selection left, dragging right shortens it. Dragging right from the finish of the selected area e,tends it to the right, dragging left shortens it. Molding 9%r/ while you do this will ensure that any active snap settings are ignored. -o )ove a /oop se/ec%ion, hold the mouse over the selected area on the time line, then hold down 6$if% while clicking and dragging the mouse left or right. Kou can also modify a time selection by scrolling the mousewheel over the Delection area of the -ranspor% 5ar. Dcroll over the start area to ad@ust start time, end area to ad@ust end time, or over the length of selection area to move the entire selection. *f you wish, you can enter actual times in the start and end time bo,es. There are also several keyboard shortcuts you can use for managing -i)e 6e/ec%ions, summarised below. *f loop points are linked to the time selection, then the loop area will also be modified.
*f you wish, you can use the keyboard rather than the mouse to define your time selections. First you need to position the cursor at either the start or the end of the loop, then use one of these2 Func%ion 7rag cursor %o %$e /ef% and crea%e %i)e se/ec%ion. 7rag cursor %o %$e rig$% and crea%e %i)e se/ec%ion. Heys%ro(e 6$if% .ef% Arro' 6$if% Rig$% Arro'
The following keystrokes can be used to <oom when you are working with a time selection2 Func%ion Qoo) %o -i)e 6e/ec%ion. Qoo) bac( %o Pro:ec%. Heys%ro(e 9%r/ PageUp 9%r/ Page7o'n
-ip: *f you are unable to position your cursor e,actly where you wish when creating a loop selection, it may be that you have snapping enabled. A/% 6 will toggle snapping status on and off.
!.#9
=aviga%ing by u)ping
Kou can @ump to any point on the timeline using the Vie'? Go -o? u)p -o command, or by using the keyboard shortcut 9%r/ . *n specifying the place to @ump to, you should use the same format as is used on the timeline. *n the e,ample used here, the timeline displays easures and below it inutes and Deconds. Kou could therefore use either format, e.g. AA.# or #:"4.
!.!"
There are two special ways in which the transport bar can be used with a loop selection or a time selection. 1n order %o do %$is ... Repea%ed/y p/ay %$e se/ec%ion over and over P/ay bac( pro:ec% s(ipping over %i)e se/ec%ion
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) &#
Depending on Appearance? 3edia preference settings, you may Aor may notE see your item names displayed above the media item rather than on it Asee rightE. Kou might also see some media item icons Aor buttonsE. Kou:ll learn more about this when we e,amine media items more closely in Chapter R.
!.!!
This section will teach you more about one of the most important core functions of '()P(' G Rou%ing. 'outing is the means by which you ensure that your media Aaudio and3or *D*E are directed to where you want them to go, so that your pro@ect can be heard e,actly as you want it to be heard. Kou were introduced to some basic e,amples earlier in this chapter, when we looked at creating and using an F; bus. 'outing can be very simple or e,tremely comple, G and anything in between. This section introduces you to basic routing concepts. ore comple, routing options will be covered later in this Chapter, also in Chapters & and %P, and elsewhere. (ach track includes an 1* 5u%%on in its panel toolbar. Clicking that button causes the routing window for that track to be displayed. To close the track routing window, either press the Escape key, or click on the little 8 in the top right corner of the window, or click anywhere outside the window. The actual contents of your Track 'outing window will vary according to your pro@ect structure and your D)= hardware setup Ae.g. sound card and audio devices, *D* devices etc.E. Depending on the nature of your pro@ect, your display should be similar to that shown above, but not necessarily identical. ?otice in particular2 3as%er&Paren% 6end G (nabling this ensures that the trackIs output will be directed to the aster. *n the sample files provided, you will want to direct the output of all tracks directly to the aster, as shown for Track % AbelowE. *f in doubt, leave this item enabled. 6ends G *n the F; >us e,ample earlier in this chapter you created sends. ) track:s output can be routed via a send from any track to any other track or tracks. This topic will be covered in more detail later. Audio ,ard'are *u%pu%s G in addition to Aor instead ofE directing output to your aster >us, you can also direct output of any track directly to Mardware Butputs on your audio device. *f your audio device has multiple outputs, this can be useful, for e,ample, for creating a separate headphone mi,, or as series of separate headphone mi,es. 3171 ,ard'are *u%pu% G -se this option to direct *D* output to an e,ternal device or to the icrosoft /D =avetable Dynth. Receives G For every send AsourceE track there will be a receive AdestinationE track. *n the earlier e,ample, the F; bus included two receives, one from each of the two guitar tracks in that pro@ect file.
=hen you create a new pro@ect, by default the output of each new track is routed to the aster track and from there to the output of your sound card. *f that is all you need, you do not need to study the routing options right now. Mowever, understanding '()P('Is routing capabilities will almost certainly enable you at some stage to get more benefits from the program. The illustration below shows an e,ample of the Track 'outing =indow for a track for which both sends and receives have been created. Kou will be shown how to do this later in this -ser /uide, starting at Chapter &. )pproach track routing gently at first2 it is a very powerful feature of '()P('. The main body of this -ser /uide will take you thru the basics of track routing. )fter you have mastered these, you will find some rather more comple, e,amples elsewhere in this -ser /uide, especially in Chapter %P. =o%e: Dends and 'eceives can be any of three types. These are Pos% Fader EPos% PanF, Pre-Fader EPos% F8F and Pre F8. The differences will be discussed in Chapter %P. eanwhile, if in doubt accept the default option Pos%-Fader EPos% PanF. Dee also the flow charts that are shown at the end of Chapter P.
!.!A
'()P(':s 'outing atri, is a 7one stop8 window where you can manage and arrange a pro@ect:s entire routing structures. For e,ample, you can add and delete sends and receives and manage their various parameter controls, such as volume and pan. Press A/% R to display the routing matri,. For the pro@ect file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% 'i%$ 5us it should resemble that shown right2 of course your hardware outputs will not be the same.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) &Q
!.!4
Too many views on the screen at once creates clutter. ThatIs when the Docker becomes useful. 'ight clicking over the title bar or background area of most windows causes a conte,t menu to be displayed which will offer a list of choices relevant to that window. -sually their purpose will be obvious. This will include an option 7oc( in 7oc(er. =hen a number of windows are docked, at the foot of the Docker you will see a series of Tabs. These are used to select which item is displayed by the Docker at any time. *n the illustration here, the Docker includes several items. ?otice also that2 *f you close a =indow, ne,t time it opens its docking status will be the same as when it was closed. *f a =indow is docked when it is closed, ne,t time it is opened it will still be docked. To undock a window, right click over the background or tab area of the window and deselect the 7oc( in 7oc(er option. The Docker can itself be attached to the main window or detached and floated. Click over the small e,clamation mark in the bottom left corner of the Docker and use the option to A%%ac$ 7oc(er %o 3ain +indo' to toggle. >y default the docker will be attached to the bottom of the main window, but you can use the same menu to change this position to left, top or right. Clicking over the e,clamation mark after detaching the Docker from the ain enu will also give you access to the 6e% *paci%y feature. This can be used to ensure that when floated and not in focus, the Docker is transparent. Bpacity can be set between !PL and %""L.
-ip: The keyboard shortcut A/% 7 can be used as a toggle to show or hide the Docker or Dockers.
!.!5
'()P('Is -ndo feature is user friendly and very powerful. The Vie'? Undo ,is%ory command Aor use 9%r/ A/% QF toggles open and closed the Undo ,is%ory +indo'. Kou can double click on any event displayed in that window to go back to that point. The Genera/ settings page under *p%ions? Preferences includes a section which you can use to determine the behavior of the -ndo Mistory. *n particular, you can2 Dpecify the ma,imum amount of memory to be allocated to -ndo. Detting this to <ero will effectively disable this feature. Dpecify whether item selection and3or time selection and3or edit cursor movements are to be included in the -ndo Mistory. (nsure that if the allocated -ndo storage area becomes full, the most recent actions will be retained in the -ndo Mistory. 6ave your Undo ,is%ory 'i%$ %$e Pro:ec% Fi/e and ensure that this file is loaded with the pro@ect. This means that even after retrieving the pro@ect file at some later date, you will still be able to revert the pro@ect to an earlier state if you wish. 6%ore )u/%ip/e undo&redo pa%$s. =ithin the -ndo Mistory window you can even store alternate seHuences of commands and actions, then switch between them+ -ip2 Bn the Appearance page of your Preferences settings, you can enable or disable the option 6$o' /as% undo poin% in )enu bar. *f you enable this, your last undoable action is shown after the last command on the menu bar. Kou can click on this at any time to open and display the -ndo Mistory window. Click a second time to close this window. ?ote also that the -ndo Mistory window is dockable. To do this Aas with most other windowsE, right.click on the title bar and choose 7oc( in 7oc(er from the conte,t menu.
!.!@
The small pin shown on the right of the title bar of most windows A@ust before the 8E can be used to pin a window to keep it on top. Click on this to toggle its on top status. =hen the pin is shown in the down position, the window is locked on top. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) P%
'()P(' lets you keep more than one pro@ect open at the same time, using multiple pro@ect tabs. This makes it easy for you to @ump between different pro@ects if you are working on more than one song, or to move or copy media items Aaudio and3or *D*E from one pro@ect to another. To create a new pro@ect tab when you already have one file open, simply use the Fi/e? =e' Pro:ec% -ab command Aor press 9%r/ A/% =E. ) new tab will be opened Alabelled UnsavedE, but the previous pro@ect will also remain open on a different tab. Kou can @ump between pro@ects simply clicking on the tab Asee belowE. To open a file in a particular pro@ect tab, simply select that tab, then use the Fi/e? *pen Pro:ec% command in the usual way. To open it in a new pro@ect tab, simply select this option from the dialog bo, when opening the pro@ect. Kou may have as many pro@ects open as you wish Asee belowE. 'ight click over any pro@ect tab to show the pro@ect tab menu. The commands are2 =e' pro:ec% %ab, This inserts a new tab. 9/ose curren% pro:ec%. Closes the pro@ect currently open in that tab, and the tab with it. Kou can also do this by simply clicking on the 8 at the right hand end of the pro@ect tab. A/'ays s$o' pro:ec% %abs. This toggle command can be used to show pro@ect tabs, even if only one pro@ect is currently open. 6$o' pro:ec% %abs on /ef% side of 'indo': Toggles display of tabs on left of window rather than top. ,ide bac(ground pro:ec% F8&3171 'indo's. (nsures that when one of a number of open pro@ect tabs is selected, any open F; windows and the like belonging to other open pro@ects are not displayed on top of it. Run bac(ground pro:ec%s. This allows you to play the pro@ect in one tab while working on another. Run s%opped bac(ground pro:ec%s. Commences playback of pro@ects in tabs not currently selected. P/ay s%opped bac(ground pro:ec%s 'i%$ ac%ive pro:ec%2 (nables background pro@ects Aopen on other tabsE to be played with the current pro@ects. *ff/ine bac(ground pro:ec% )edia. This sets to offline the status of media items in all tabs other than whichever is currently active. 3oni%oring F8 > This opens the monitoring F; window for hardware output monitoring2 see Chapter P. -ips: =hen working with multiple pro@ect tabs, they can be reordered using drag and drop. =hen using multiple pro@ect tabs, you can use the Fi/e? 9/ose A// Pro:ec%s command to close all open pro@ects at once.
!.!C
>y default, when a pro@ect is playing, pressing 6%op Aor 6pacebarF will stop playback and return the play cursor to its previous starting position. Pressing Pause Aor En%erE will pause playback at the current play cursor position. Kou can also specify that the play cursor should be moved when you click on the Time 'uler, an empty area of any track or in the empty area below tracks. These three options can be enabled3disabled in your 6ee( p/aybac( '$en c/ic(ed. A*p%ions? Preferences? Audio? 6ee(ing settingsE.
!.!9
Kou can use the command ,e/p? ,-3. .is%s Eau%o-genera%edF? 3ouse 3odifier Heys and Ac%ion 6$or%cu%s Aor @ust press 6$if%JF#E to open your web browser with a list of '()P(':s mouse modifiers and keyboard shortcuts. )s you will see in Chapter %1, you can define your own mouse modifiers, keyboard shortcuts and action keys, so that your mouse behavior is determined by the conte,t in which you are using it.
This chapter will take you thru everything you need to know to get started with recording in '()P('. )t the end of the chapter, you will find a helpful checklist.
A.#
To create a new pro@ect file, you can either use the Fi/e? =e' Pro:ec% command, or press 9%r/ =. The Pro:ec% page within the *p%ions? Preferences dialog bo, can be used to determine how '()P(' behaves each time you create a new pro@ect2
)mongst the most useful options on this screen are the following2 6pecify a %e)p/a%e fi/e for pro:ec%. This enables you to create a pro@ect with, for e,ample, tracks, buses and routing already set up for you in your preferred fashion. This feature will be covered in detail later in this section. Pro)p% %o save on ne' pro:ec%. *f you enable this option, you will be prompted to save your new pro@ects immediately they are created. *pen proper%ies on ne' pro:ec%. *f this option is selected, the Pro:ec% *p%ions dialog bo, will automatically be displayed every time you create a new pro@ect. This can help ensure that you select the correct recording format and other settings that you reHuire. Au%o)a%ica//y crea%e a bac(up eac$ %i)e your fi/e is saved and over'ri%%en. This helps protect you against accidental loss of work. =hether to create and save )u/%ip/e pro:ec% versions. This feature is e,plained in Chapter %%. Au%o)a%ica//y save %o a %i)es%a)ped fi/e a% in%erva/s you specify . This can help to protect you from the conseHuences of an unforeseen circumstance such as a power outage or a computer crash. Kou can save these files to the pro:ec% direc%ory and3or an addi%iona/ direc%ory. Kou can also specify the freHuency Ain )inu%esE of automatic saving, and whether to apply this '$en no% recording, '$en s%opped, or at any %i)e.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) P1
A.A
)fter creating a file, use the Fi/e? 6ave Pro:ec% command, or the keyboard shortcut 9%r/ 6, to save it. Kou will need to specify a pro@ect file name. =hen saving a new file you are offered a number of options. Kou can choose to 9rea%e subdirec%ory for pro@ect. *f you also select 9opy a// )edia in%o pro:ec% direc%ory you may also specify a format for these items to be converted. *f you select 3ove a// )edia in%o pro:ec% direc%ory , then by default all media files used by the pro@ect will be moved into the pro@ect subdirectory. Bptionally you can ask to 9opy ra%$er %$an )ove source )edia if no% in o/d pro:ec% )edia pa%$ . Kou would be likely to choose this, for e,ample, if your pro@ect uses files from a samples library, to ensure that the samples are not removed from the library. Kou should also make sure that you get into the habit of freHuently resaving your pro@ect after making changes. The easiest way to do this is simply to press 9%r/ 6. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 P&
)fter creating a new pro@ect file, the ne,t thing you will want to do is to create a track or a number of tracks for recording. ) pro@ect can contain as many or as few tracks as you want. Kou can add tracks using the -rac(? 1nser% =e' -rac( command or by pressing 9%r/ -. )lternatively, you can simply double.click anywhere in the vacant area of the Track Control Panel. *t is advisable to name the tracks before you start recording. To do this, double.click in the track name area and type the name. The media file that is created when you record will then be given a sensible name that matches the track. -nder *p%ions? Preferences you can display the Recording settings page and decide which items are automatically included in your trackIs file names. These can be any combination of track inde, AnumberE, track name, and the time of the recording. =e:ll look at more of these recording preferences later in this chapter. '()P(' supports multitrack recording. The number of different sources that you can record at the same time is limited by the number of enabled inputs Aunder Preferences, )udio, DeviceE on your audio soundcard. >efore commencing recording, for each track you will need to2 )rm the track for recording. '()P(':s Preferences include a page )ssign the *nput that is being used. of -rac(&6end defaults which you can Check that the sound level is right for recording. use to set track default characteristics Ae.g. default volume fader levelE.These Bptionally, you may also2 are e,plained in Chapter %Q. Delect a recording format other than the default. Turn input monitoring on. =o%e: Kou do not need to specify when creating a track whether it is to be a stereo or mono track. =hen assigning the track input for recording, you can use either a single mono input or a stereo pair. ?ote that both stereo and mono tracks can be panned between the left and right speakers as you wish. Panning is a topic that occurs throughout this guide, for e,ample in Chapter &.
A.5
%. Check the *p%ions menu to make sure that Record )ode: =or)a/ is selected. =e:ll e,amine the other modes as this chapter progresses. !. Click on the Record Ar) button for that track Aon the leftE The button should now appear red. 1. Click the mouse over the 1npu% se%%ings for that track Abelow the volume fader . see rightE to display a menu. The e,act options on that menu will depend on which sound card and audio deviceAsE you have installed. &. Delect the reHuired input from the menu. This will be the one to which the microphone or line that you are using for recording is connected. *n most cases, this is likely to be one of the 1npu%: 3ono options. *f you are not sure which option to pick, choose 3ono when recording from a single microphone or lead. P. (nable 1npu% 3oni%oring G this is the first option A3oni%or 1npu%E on both the Record ar) button and 1npu% se%%ings right.click conte,t menus, or you can use the toggle Record )oni%oring button shown here ArightE. The e,act location of this button on the TCP may vary according to your choice of layout and the TCP column width. *f your sound card supports direct monitoring you will most likely wish to use that, in which case you should not enable '()P(':s input monitoring. Consult the sound card:s documentation for more information about this. *f your sound card does not support direct monitoring, then you should enable '()P(':s input monitoring. There:s more about input For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) PP
A.@
To prepare multiple tracks for recording you could repeat all of the necessary steps as many times as you reHuire tracks, but that might be tedious G and besides, itIs too easy to make a mistake when selecting your audio inputs. Kou could end up with one input being recorded more than once, and perhaps another input being accidentally missed out. This is something that, at one time or another, is likely to happen with most D)= software. To avoid this problem, you can follow this seHuence2 %. -se the 1nser%? 3u/%ip/e %rac(s command to insert as many tracks as you reHuire. Dpecify the number, then click *H. ?ame your new tracks. !. Delect all tracks to be recorded. )fter making your selection, click on the Record Ar) button of any one of them to arm the entire selection. 1. Bne method is to use the Rou%ing 3a%ri4. Press A/% R to display this. *n this e,ample, four tracks are to be recorded at the same time. >y default, all four tracks are at first -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 PR
A.B
*f you wish, you can ensure that tracks are automatically armed for recording when selected and unarmed when deselected. Dimply select the trackAsE then right click over the record arm button for any track in the selection and choose Au%o)a%ic record ar) '$en %rac( se/ec%ed. This command can be toggled on and off. To set all tracks in a pro@ect to auto arm, choose the -rac( command from the main menu, then 6e% a// %rac(s %o au%o)a%ic record ar) '$en se/ec%ed.
A.C
Kou can set up and use a etronome when using '()P(' for recording. To do this, you need first to right.click on the metronome button on toolbar, or the use the *p%ions? 3e%rono)e&Pre-ro//? 3e%rono)e& PreRo// 6e%%ings command to set up your metronome. Oeft.clicking on the metronome button, or choosing the *p%ions? 3e%rono)e&Pre-ro//? 3e%rono)e Enab/ed command from the main menu, is then used to toggle the metronome on3off.
A.9
)t times you may wish to record from two inputs direct to a stereo track. This might be the case, for e,ample, if you are uploading some previously recorded material from audio tape into '()P(', or recording perhaps a piano with stereo paired microphones. To do this, follow a similar procedure to that e,plained in section 1.P, selecting a stereo input instead of mono. The signal from paired stereo inputs can be recorded on to a single stereo item on a single track. )s has already e,plained in Chapter !, it is advisable to open the )udio page of your Preferences settings and turn off the option to 6$o' =on-6%andard 6%ereo 9$anne/ Pairs. This will reduce your available stereo paired inputs from a list such as that shown above to a more logical selection such as that shown above.
A.#"
3u/%i-9$anne/ Recording
This is a more advanced topic, less suitable for novices. *f you define a track as multichannel Afor e,ample, perhaps &, R or 6 channelsE then your recording input conte,t menu for that track will include an option for multichannel recording. Kou can, for e,ample, record from four, si, or eight microphones simultaneously, each to a separate channel on the one track. This method is suited, for e,ample, for use with four channel ambisonic microphone arrays as used in surround sound production. For multichannel tracks, there is also a toggle command on the record arm conte,t menu -rac( VU )e%er, 6$o' pea(s fro) a// %rac( c$anne/s Eno% :us% #J!F.
)fter you have set up a track Aor a number of tracksE for recording, you might think that you may wish to use this same track e,actly as it is again in some future pro@ects. This can be done using -rac( -e)p/a%es.
=o%e: Track properties and settings are saved into the template, including track name, inputs and outputs, any
F; plug.ins Awith any parameter settings, parameter modulation, and track controlsE, sends and receives. Mowever, if a track included in a track template includes any sends to or receives from any track or tracks not included in the template, then these sends and receives will not be saved into the track template. -ip: *rganiDing %rac( %e)p/a%es. Kou can find where your track templates are stored by using the *p%ions? 6$o' REAPER resource pa%$ > command Asee Chapter %E. Mere you can create subdirectories within the TrackTemplates folder where you to store and arrange your track templates as you please. Kour subdirectories and their contents will automatically be shown on the 1nser% %rac( fro) %e)p/a%e sub menu.
A.#!
The -rac(? 1nser% -rac( fro) -e)p/a%e? *pen -e)p/a%e command can be used to import an entire '()P(' pro@ect into your current pro@ect. )ll tracks in the original pro@ect file are imported G media items, track settings, F;, routing, etc. Mowever, items that are not track specific Asuch as markersE are not imported. To do this, simply select Pro:ec% Fi/es as the File Type when the *pen -rac( -e)p/a%e dialog bo, is displayed, navigate to select the file you wish to import, then click on *pen. The tracks from the imported pro@ect file are inserted immediately below the currently selected tracks.
A.#A
Pro:ec% -e)p/a%es
) Pro@ect Template goes further than a Track Template in that it can be used to create an entire Pro@ect File, based upon the structure and settings of the template file. For e,ample, Pro@ect Dettings Aincluding edia DettingsE are saved with a pro@ect template, along with the screen layout, which views are open, how they are si<ed, whether they are docked, and so on. Mowever, unlike when creating a Track Template, you should remove the media clips and items from a file before saving it as a pro@ect template, otherwise every time the template is used to create a new file, those media items will be inserted. A-nless, of course, there are media clips that you actually want saved into the templateE.
-ip: *f you are specifying a default pro@ect template it is a good idea to also save an empty pro@ect as a pro@ect template called E)p%y Pro:ec%. Then, if you want to create a new file that doesnIt use your default pro@ect template, you can do so by simply choosing from the menu Fi/e? Pro:ec% -e)p/a%es? E)p%y Pro:ec%.
A.#4
.ayered Recording
The term layering refers to a recording techniHue in which two or more instruments and3or voices are recorded for the same song, but not all at once. -sually, the tracks are recorded one at a time. )n initial track is laid down G this is often a guide track which will be discarded at the end of the recording process. Then each other track is recorded while the musician or singer listens thru headphones to a mi, of what has already been recorded and what she is recording now. *n order to use this layered recording method2 %. =ith 'ecord ode set to =or)a/, record the initial track, as e,plained earlier. !. )fter recording, make sure the output of this track is directed to the aster. ake sure also that you 7disarm8 this track. 1. ake sure that the aster is directed to whichever hardware outputs are connected to your headphones or headphone amp. &. )dd another track. ?ame it. )rm this track for recording. Delect the *nput used by the microphone or line that is to be used to record this new track. P. ake sure that Record: inpu%Eaudio or 3171F is selected and that 1npu% 3oni%oring is turned on for this track Asee aboveE. This will enable the person being recorded and the recording engineer to hear in their headphones a mi, of previously recorded material with that being recorded now. R. )d@ust the Solume levels of the previously recorded track Ausing the track faderE and the volume level of the incoming signal Ausing your e,ternal mi,er desk or audio device, or audio device control softwareE until you are happy with your headphone mi,. #. Press 9%r/ R to start recording, and 9%r/ R again to stop when finished. )gain, disarm this track when you have finished recording on it. 6. 'epeat this procedure for all other tracks to be layered. )t step R. you can feed into your aster a mi, of all tracks previously recorded up to that point. =o%e: *f you notice an echo type delay in your headphones it will be because latency is too high. Oowering the block si<e Asee %.%!E to !PR or %!6 can improve this. Bn consumer Huality built in sound cards, however, this might cause pops and clicks. For =indows users, the use of )D*B&)OO drivers might resolve this. -ip: any sound cards and -D> or Firewire audio devices come with software that can be used for <ero latency input monitoring and headphone mi,ing, especially those devices with multiple inputs and outputs. *f you use that software for input monitoring, then you should turn off the input monitoring option within '()P('. -ry i% no'2 Bpen the supplied pro@ect file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.RPP and save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% .A0ER6.RPP. Mave a go at recording another instrumental track of your choice to go into this pro@ect . any instrument you choose+ =o%e: 3oni%or 1npu% E-ape Au%o 6%y/eF. This option differs from normal input monitoring in that it monitors input only when the transport has stopped or when you are recording. During playback you will hear only the timeline audio, not the input.
Kou can go over an e,isting track to re.record a section with which you are not satisfied, to correct perhaps @ust a few notes of an instrument, or a line or two of a vocal. -se punch recording for this. Kou can play back in your headphones previously recorded material along with any other tracks while you record. )t the point where you want recording to begin, the track on which you are recording will cut out, and the recording will begin. )t another point specified by you, the recording will stop, and the e,isting recording will come back in. The techniHue can be applied with both audio and *D* items. *D* is discussed later in this chapter when /ooped %i)e se/ec%ion recording is also e,plained.
A.#@
>y default, punch recording is not destructive2 it creates a new take, but does not destroy the original. To use punch recording, follow this seHuence2 %. Choose the *p%ions command, then Record )ode: %i)e se/ec%ion au%o punc$. The display of the Transport >ar record button will change. Disable the Toggle 'epeat function on this toolbar. !. Delect the track and arm it for recording. Siew the *p%ions menu and for now ensure that 6$o' a// %a(es in /anes E'$en roo)F is not selected. =e:ll look at lanes shortly. )lso, for this e,ample, make sure that .oop poin%s /in(ed %o %i)e se/ec%ion is not enabled. 1. ake sure that the track output is sent to the aster and that *nput onitoring is enabled. &. ake sure that the aster output is directed to the audio hardware outputs to which your headphones or headphone amp is connected. P. Click once on the e,isting media item to select it. Click and drag along the arrange background area to select the region that you want to be re.recorded Asee aboveE. R. 'ewind the track to a point a short way before the position where you wish to start recording. This can be done by simply clicking at the reHuired place on the timeline. #. Press 9%r/ R. Kou will hear the recorded material up to the start of the defined region, where you can re. record that passage. Press 6pace to stop when you have finished recording. Disarm the track. 6. =hen prompted, accept the option to save your recorded media. Don:t forget to restore normal recording mode when you have finished your punch recording. Kour track now contains two media items, with the new one on top of the old one. =hat:s happened to the originally recorded passage4 =ell, it:s still there and you can still use it if you like. Kou:ll find out how when we get to look at -a(es. =o%e2 Kou can enable the option 3oni%or %rac( )edia '$en recording. *f you do this when punching in, say, a guitar or vocals, regular 3oni%or 1npu% will cause you to hear both the e,isting and the new material right up to the punch, then only the new material during the punch. 3oni%or 1npu% E%ape au%o s%y/eF will monitor only the e,isting materials up to the punch, then only the new material. -ip2 *f you make a mistake or change your mind when overdubbing, you can use 9%r/ Q to undo the recording or you can select the unwanted media item and use the 7e/e%e key to remove it. /etting to grips with '()P(':s various record modes and in particular how they work in combination with other options Asuch as monitoringE can be somewhat bewildering for new users. Chapter !1 includes a summary table -roub/es$oo%ing Record 3odes and 3oni%oring. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) R%
Kou have the option when punch recording of actually removing from the e,isting track the previously recorded material if you wish. *f this is what you want, use the *p%ions? =e' recording %$a% over/aps e4is%ing )edia i%e)s command to turn on the toggle option -ri)s e4is%ing i%e)s be$ind ne' recording. >e careful how you use this. Kou can restore this option to its default setting by choosing 6p/i%s e4is%ing i%e)s and crea%es ne' %a(es from the same menu.
A.#C
'()P(' allows you to apply automatic crossfades and fades in and out of your recorded items. This feature can be turned on and off or customi<ed thru the *p%ions? Preferences? Pro:ec%? 3edia 1%e) 7efau/%s. Kou can select a preferred shape and duration AlengthE for your fade curves. Clicking on the image of the curve Ashown aboveE causes you to be offered a number of choices Asee rightE. )s you will see in Chapter R, you can easily change the default fade type and3or length for individual media items. *f you prefer not to use automatic fades, @ust disable that option.
A.#9
'()P('Is multiple takes feature can help you when you want to record several versions of a track to see which you prefer. *t works like this2 %. Det record mode to normal A*p%ions? Record 3ode: =or)a/E. !. ake sure that Enab/e %rac( free i%e) posi%ioning AF*P E is not enabled Ai.e., not tickedE for the tracks being recorded. -se the TCP right click conte,t menu to do this. =e:ll get to F*P later in this chapter.
1. 'ecord your first take of the track. &. 'ewind to the start then record your ne,t take. P. 'epeat step &. as many times as you wish. *n the e,ample shown, an initial vocal track has been recorded, then above it three takes have been made of a vocal harmony track. ?otice the te,t displayed with the name of the media item displayed for the Marmony So, track. *t begins with the te,t -a(e A&A. =o%e: -nder *p%ions? Preferences? Appearance? Pea(s&+avefor)s there is a setting to Au%o)a%ica//y co/or any recording pass %$a% adds ne' %a(es %o e4is%ing i%e)s . =hen you are recording multiple takes to two or more tracks at the same time, enabling this option can help you to visually identify which takes belong in the same set.
Bptionally, when you have multiple takes, you may choose to have them displayed in lanes. This of course takes up more room on the screen, but has the advantage that it makes it easier to see for your various tracks which take is currently selected. This option is toggled on and off by pressing 9%r/ . or by choosing *p%ions? 6$o' a// %a(es in /anes E'$en roo)F from the ain enu. *n the first e,ample Ashown rightE, three takes have been made of a vocal duet. The first and second are complete takes, the third is a punched.in overdub of one small section. *n this case, the option to 7isp/ay e)p%y %a(e /anes A*p%ions? -a(e /ane be$avior menuE has been enabled. This ensures that the short overdubbed section is given its own complete lane. This makes it easier for you to keep track visually of which parts of each take belong together. For both tracks, the second take is currently selected Ae,cept for the overdubbed sectionE and will be played. *n this second e,ample ArightE, different takes Aand permutations of takesE have been selected for the different tracks. *n this third illustration, the tracks have been minimised, so that at any point only the selected take is visible. Mowever, as long as the option to Dhow )ll Takes in Oanes remains active, the lanes will automatically be restored to view when the height of these tracks is e,panded. =o%e: =hen you create multiple alternative takes in this way you will later be able to easily pick the best passages from each of your takes and @oin them together as a single item. The method for doing this will be e,plained in Chapter # of this -ser /uide.
A.!#
'()P(':s 1%e)? 1%e) and %a(e co/ors command offers a variety of interesting ways that you can use color when working with takes and items Asee rightE. =e:ll look at this whole topic in detail in Chapter#, but for now notice the command 6e% ac%ive %a(es %o one rando) co/or. *f after making your preferred working selection from the available takes for any track you double.click on that track in the Track Control Panel then all media items in that track will be selected. Choosing 6e% ac%ive %a(e %o one rando) co/or will now produce an effect similar to that shown below. This will only be visible if an option to show take colors is enabled in the )ppearance, edia page of your Preferences. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) R1
A.!!
=here an item includes more than one take, you can right click over any take and use the -a(e command to control and manage your multiple takes. The Take submenu is Huite e,tensive . we:ll e,plore most of its features in Chapter #. For the time being, however, you should be aware of the following, especially if your takes are not displayed in lanes.
9o))and
?e,t Take Previous Take (,plode )ll Takes to ?ew Tracks
6$or%cu%
6$if% -
Effec%
Displays ne,t take for selected trackAsE. Displays previous take for selected trackAsE. Creates a separate track for each take Asee belowE.
E4p/ode A// -a(es %o =e' -rac(s differs from 6$o' A// -a(es in .anes in that it lets you treat each take separately as a separate track. The picture on the right illustrates this. Track % consists of two takes which are shown in lanes. )fter e,ploding these takes to new tracks we have Ain addition to the original trackE two new additional tracks, one for each take. 9au%ion: Bne look at the -a(e submenu Aon the media item:s right.click conte,t menuE will show you that there are commands available for deleting takes and cropping to active take. Kou are advised to avoid these until you have worked thru Chapter # of this guide. *n particular, avoid using the 7e/e%e key when selecting takes2 you are likely to delete more than @ust the take that you don:t want+ -ry i% no'2 Bpen the pro@ect file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% .A0ER6.RPP Awhich you saved earlierE and add a vocal harmony track to this pro@ect. -se this track to record three takes G then save the file.
A.!A
*ver/apping 1%e)s
Kou have already been shown two of the three overdubbing options on the *p%ions menu command =e' recording %$a% over/aps 'i%$ e4is%ing )edia, i.e. 6p/i%s e4is%ing i%e)s and crea%e ne' %a(es Edefau/%F and -ri)s e4is%ing i%e)s be$ind ne' recordings E%ape )odeF . The third option is to 9rea%e ne' )edia i%e)s in separa%e /anes E/ayersF. The e,ample below shows how this works. *n the first illustration AaboveE a part of a track has been recorded. *n the second illustration AbelowE, we have returned to this track and with the option 9rea%e ne' )edia i%e)s in separa%e /anes E/ayersF enabled we have re.recorded the last part again, together with some new material. *n this case, despite the two takes being labelled Take % and Take !, the second take is to all intents and purposes a separate media item. Kou can choose which of these media items are and are not played.
A.!4
=e have already seen how you can use '()P(' to record multiple takes on the same tracks. Oater, in Chapter #, you will be shown how to edit these, so as to take the best parts from each of several takes and then patch them together into a single take. )s an alternative to using multiple takes, however, you may wish to record additional items onto an e,isting track, perhaps overlapping. This is an e,ample of where free item positioning can offer you greater fle,ibility. >y default, free item positioning is not enabled. To record e,tra items Arather than additional takesE on to an e,isting track, follow this seHuence2 %. Det record mode to normal A*p%ions? Record 3ode: =or)a/E. !. ake sure Free 1%e) Posi%ioning AF*P E is enabled AtickedE for the tracks being recorded. 'ight click on the Track Control Panel for the selected tracks and select Enab/e free i%e) posi%ioning for se/ec%ed %rac(s if this is not already ticked. 1. 'ecord your first item for the track. &. Position the cursor at the point where you wish to record the second item. 'ecord this item. P. 'epeat step &. as often as reHuired.
E4a)p/e
*n the first screen shot shown here, Track ! contains a Socal Track and Track % a Socal Marmony for the first half of the song. *n the second screen shot, the option for Free i%e) posi%ioning AF*P E has been enabled for Track %. The mouse cursor shows a small handle that can be used to ad@ust the height of this media item. *n the third screen shot, a second Socal Marmony has been recorded on to Track %, overlapping the original harmony. ?otice that this is not an alternative take of the first harmony, but an additional media item.
=o%e2 *n the Bptions, Preferences, Pro@ect, Track3Dends Defaults window there is an option to make free item positioning enabled for your tracks by default.
A.!5
(mpty (vents are a clever device which can be helpful when you are overdubbing or layering. *f you know e,actly the regions where you want recording to start and stop, you can define these regions by inserting empty events. Then, when recording is commenced, only those regions defined by the empty events will actually be
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) RP
A.!@
Recording 3171
Kou have a number of options for recording *D*, depending on what eHuipment you have and how it is set up. *n every case, however, the principle is the same2 Kou will need to use either '()P(':s virtual keyboard or a *D* input device, such as a keyboard attached via a *D* *n port on your sound card or other audio device. Kou will need to create a track Aor assign an e,isting oneE for your *D* recording. Kou will need to assign an output device for your track. Kou will need to assign a Channel for the *D* item. Kou will need to turn *nput onitoring on to be able to hear what you are playing. '()P(':s Vir%ua/ 3171 Heyboard, can be played using your mouse or PC keyboard. This keyboard is displayed using the command Vie'? Vir%ua/ 3171 Heyboard. The shortcut keys A/% 5 can be used to toggle display on and off.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) R#
A.!B
=hen recording *D*, you should select one of si, modes. *n the above e,ample, we used Record 1npu%. =ith this mode, any e,isting events will be retained2 the new material will be recorded as a new take. Four of the other five are Record: 3171 overdub rep/ace modes2 Record 3171 overdub2 this will add new notes on any channel 'i%$in e,isting items while preserving what is already there. Record 3171 rep/ace2 from the time you start recording until you stop, e,isting *D* notes will be removed and any new material played on any channel will be recorded in their place. Record 3171 %ouc$-rep/ace2 e,isting *D* notes will be replaced by any new notes played over them on the same channel as the original material. )ll other e,isting material will remain as it is. Record 3171 /a%c$-rep/ace2 e,isting *D* material remains unchanged until you strike the first note. )ll of the old material will then be replaced with notes played on the same channel as the original material until recording is stopped. Record *u%pu% -M Record: ou%pu% E3171F2 Dimilar to the input mode, but records the *D* signal coming out of the F; chain. ?ote that these options can often be used effectively with time selection recording Asee sections 1.%R to 1.%6E and looped time selection recording Asee belowE. -ry i% no'2 *f you have a *D* keyboard, open the pro@ect file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% .A0ER6.RPP Awhich you saved earlierE and add a *D* keyboard track to this pro@ect.
A.!C
Ooop overdubbing allows you to make repeated overdubs of a section of recorded material without having to be repeatedly stopping and starting. The techniHue can be used with both audio and *D*. *n both cases, you will need to check your *p%ions? Preferences? Audio? .oop Recording settings. (nable +$en recording and /ooped add recorded )edia %o pro:ec% *n s%op. -sually you will also want to enable 1n /oop recording? discard inco)p/e%e firs% or /as% %a(es if a% /eas% one fu// /oop 'as recorded . Kou should also Afrom '()P(':s main *p%ions menuE disable .oop poin%s /in(ed %o %i)e se/ec%ion and enable -i)e se/ec%ion au%o-punc$. ?ow arm your track for recording, select your record options and make your time selection @ust as you would for normal punch recording. Click and drag along the timeline to create the loop G this should enclose the time selection, as shown below. ake sure -ogg/e repea% Ane,t to 'ecord buttonE is enabled on the Transport >ar. =hen Record inpu% Eaudio or 3171F is selected, then both audio and *D* essentially behave in a similar way. =hen you record, a new take will be created within the time selection for each pass over the loop until you press 6%op. The loop is used to audition material immediately before and after the section being recorded.
A.!9
To use a virtual instrument Asuch as a SDTi or D;i plug.inE for recording a *D* track, you should choose the 1nser% vir%ua/ ins%ru)en% on ne' %rac(> command. This can be done either by choosing 1nser% from the main menu Athen Vir%ua/ ins%ru)en% on ne' %rac(E, or by right clicking over the vacant Track Control Panel area and selecting the reHuired command from the conte,t menu. Kou will then be presented with a selection of all the virtual instruments that you have installed on your system. Double.click on the reHuired item. The track will be created, armed and named and the instrument displayed. The e,ample shown here is for Rea6yn7r, which reHuires four outputs. *f the item selected is one that Alike thisE reHuires multiple outputs then '()P(' will create the initial track and prompt to ask you if you would like the other reHuired tracks to be automatically built. *f you select 0es the entire output chain will be built for you. =hat e,actly this produces will, of course, depend upon which Sirtual *nstrument you have selected. 3oni%oring an E4%erna/ 6yn%$esiDer *f you are working with an e,ternal hardware synthesi<er then it is likely that at times you may wish to monitor its output in '()P('. This topic is covered in Chapter %!, anipulating and (diting *D* *tems.
A.A"
Kou can use the icrosoft /D =avetable Dynth if it is included with your version of =indows. This can be especially useful for playing any *D* files that you may wish to import into '()P('. Kou will be shown how to import files later in this section. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) RQ
A.A#
Kou can incorporate e,isting media items Asuch as P1, *D* and =)S filesE into a '()P(' pro@ect. This can be done from the main menu, using the 1nser%? 3edia Fi/e >, but itIs often easier and more fle,ible to use '()P('Is 3edia E4p/orer. The edia (,plorer includes several features that make it easier for you to insert items. The edia (,plorerIs state is toggled between displayed and hidden using the Vie'? 3edia E4p/orer command, or the keyboard shortcut 9%r/ A/% 8. )mongst the edia (,plorerIs useful features are these2 The edia (,plorer can be docked and undocked in the usual way or from the *p%ions menu. Kou can navigate to display of any folder:s contents in its main window, by clicking on the small button with two dots, located @ust below the Bptions command. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 #"
A.A!
=ithin the edia (,plorer Dhortcuts panel you can create your own database Aor databasesE to further customi<e how your samples and media files are organi<ed and displayed. Bne benefit of this is that it lets you display together files that might be stored in different folders. For e,ample, you might use different folders for various types of drum samples Asnare, kick, hi hat, etc.E. There might, however, be times when you would want to see the contents of these various folders listed together. To do this, you could create a database called 7Drums Sarious8 and add all of these folders to that database. Databases are set up and managed using right.click conte,t menus in the 6$or%cu%s column. 1n order %o do %$is > 9rea%e a da%abase 7o %$is >. 'ight.click over empty area in Dhortcuts column. Choose 9rea%e ne' da%abase... from the menu. Type a name, press En%er. Add fo/der con%en%s %o da%abase Delect database in Dhortcuts column. 'ight.click over its name and choose Add pa%$ %o da%abase > from menu. ?avigate to reHuired folder, select it and click on *H. 'epeat this to add more folders. Re)ove a fo/der con%en%s fro) da%abase 9$ange da%abase na)e Upda%e da%abase con%en%s %o ref/ec% c$anges in fo/der con%en%s Re)ove a da%abase Delect database in Dhortcuts column. 'ight.click over its name and choose Re)ove pa%$ fro) da%abase... from menu. ?avigate to reHuired folder, select it and click on *H. Delect database in Dhortcuts column. -se Rena)e da%abase... command on conte,t menu. Delect database in Dhortcuts column. From conte,t menu use 6can da%abase for ne' fi/es to search for and add new files, Re)ove )issing fi/es fro) da%abase to remove deleted files. Delect database in Dhortcuts column, use Re)ove da%abase command from conte,t menu.
Dhown here is the edia (,plorer Bptions menu. ost of the commands and options on this menu reHuire no further comment, but one that does is 7efau/% ac%ion Edoub/e-c/ic( or en%er (eyF. This can be used to specify what happens when a file name in the edia (,plorer is double.clicked. For e,ample, choices include 6%ar% Previe', 1nser% )edia on se/ec%ed %rac(, 1nser% )edia on ne' %rac(. For .RPP files, you can also choose between *pen pro:ec% in curren% %ab and *pen pro:ec% in ne' %ab. This enables you to open any e,isting pro@ect file easily from inside the edia (,plorer.
A.A4
=ave and other audio files can be imported directly into a pro@ect via the edia (,plorer. For e,ample, if you have a set of wave files that have perhaps been e,ported from another D)= application such as Cubase or Donar, you can import them all together and automatically create a new track for each. )lternatively, you can @ust drag and drop the files from '()P('Is edia (,plorer window, or even from =indows (,plorer. Dpend some time e,ploring the options under *p%ions? Preferences? 3edia Anot )ppearance, ediaE. These are summari<ed and e,plained in Chapter %Q. Mowever, in particular you should be aware of the choices that you have when importing multiple media items Kour four options as the default behavior when you import more than one item together are2 1nser% in one %rac( Eadvancing %i)eF G each is placed one after the other in the same track. 1nser% across %rac(s G each item is placed in a separate track, all starting together. 7ecide au%o)a%ica//y G if files are of the same length Afile si<eE they will be placed in separate tracks, otherwise they will be inserted seHuentially in the same track. Pro)p% user G you will be prompted each time to indicate whether to insert the items on separate tracks or seHuentially on a single track.
A.A5
To import part of an audio file into your pro@ect, simply follow this procedure2 %. Delect the file within edia (,plorer. !. Click and drag along the waveform preview to select the portion that you want to import. 1. Drag and drop the selected area into your pro@ect, or right.click and use the menu. The conte,t menu choices are the same as those shown in the table on the previous page. *n addition, you can use 9%r/ A/% while dragging and dropping your selection for either of two special purposes2 To a track in arrange view to render the selection as a new loopable file, inserted into that track. To a sampler plug.in or other application to e,port the selection, tempo matched to the sampler.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) #1
To preview a *D* file in edia (,plorer, first create an empty track in your pro@ect and insert a virtual instrument or synthesi<er into that track:s F; chain. Kou can then select any *D* file in edia (,plorer and preview it. Kou can also select any part of a *D* file to import2 use the same techniHue as that described immediately above. 'ight.click over the file to choose one of the insert options. =hen you import a type % *D* file into '()P(', you are offered the option of separating the tracks, or importing the file as one track. ) message such as that shown on the right will appear. *f you enable the E4pand option, the file will be imported as a series of separate tracks, one for each channel. Btherwise, the material will all be imported onto different channels within a single *D* track. Kou have also the options of merging the *D* files tempo map to the pro@ect tempo map and3or importing any *D* markers Aif presentE as pro@ect marekers. There are several methods available to you to then assign these tracks to an e,ternal synth for output Ato enable you to play the songE. This is one suggestion2 %. )dd a new track immediately above the first of your *D* tracks. !. ake this a folder track all of with your *D* tracks contained within the folder. 1. *nsert a synthesiser Asuch as 'eaDynthE into the F; chain for the folder track. &. Dave and play the file. Kou:ll learn more about folders and how you create them, set them up and use them in Chapter &.
A.AB
Kou can use '()P(':s edia (,plorer to import into a pro@ect material from an audio CD Asuch as you might play on a CD playerE. This could, for e,ample, be material that you have previously rendered to audio yourself, or it could be material that has been passed to you for inclusion in a pro@ect. To use this facility you should follow this seHuence2 %. *nsert an audio CD into your PC CD drive and wait for it to be read. !. Display the edia (,plorer, select 3y 9o)pu%er in the left panel, then double.click in the main panel on the letter which represents your CD drive. 1. The contents of the CD will be displayed in a similar fashion to that shown above. *n this e,ample, the CD drive is labelled 8:. &. To play ApreviewE any track from the CD, right click over that track then choose Previe' from the conte,t menu Asee aboveE. Depending on whatever software is on your computer, you may also see some non. '()P(' related commands below this. P. To insert the contents of a track into your pro@ect as a media item, right click over that track and choose one of the other commands from the menu. (ach of these commands works as e,plained in Dection 1.1". )lternatively, you can double.click on the item to insert it into the currently selected track, or drag and drop to insert either on to an e,isting track or to a new one.
A.AC
)udio effects AF;E are usually added to a track later in the production process, well after the material has been recorded. This sub@ect was introduced in Chapter !, and you:ll find more about it elsewhere Afor e,ample, in Chapter %&E. Mowever, '()P(' does allow you to add effects to material as it is being recorded if you wish. -se
A.A9
There could be any number of reasons why you might wish to record a track:s output. Bne e,ample might be to record the output from an e,ternal synthesi<er directly onto an audio track, as a wave file or similar. Mere is an e,ample of how you might do this2 %. ake sure that your *D* keyboard is connected to your PC. !. Create a new track. ?ame it and arm it for recording. (nable input monitoring. 1. Delect Record: ou%pu% then your reHuired option. ost likely this will be mono, latency compensated. &. Delect 1npu%: 3171, then select your input device from the available options. P. ake such ad@ustments as you need Afor e,ample to the synthesi<er parametersE while you audition the music. R. =hen ready, record. #. Dtop recording when finished.
A.4"
Kou can record a track:s F; on their own. This could be the output of a single F; or an entire F; chain. Doing this opens up all sorts of creative options later when it comes to mi,ing. Mere:s an e,ample2 %. *n a pro@ect file, select a F8 5us track and arm it for recording. !. Kou might wish to also turn up the trackIs Receives to get a good strong signal G you can always turn down the volume when playing it back later. 1. Det the track to 3oni%or 1npu% and chose a Recording 3ode. This is likely to be *u%pu%? 6%ereo. &. Play the song and monitor the signal level. P. 'ewind to start and press 'ecord. R. Dtop recording when finished. -ip2 *f you do this, you will most likely want to set the track:s F; to bypass mode after doing so. *t is nevertheless a good idea to leave the F; inserted in the trackIs F; bin, as a record of how the F; was produced.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) #P
'()P(' can record a track with an e,ternal hardware F; device in much the same way as you might use an e,ternal device as an insert when recording on an analog desk. Kou use a plug.in called Rea1nser%. *f you want to try it out step by step, create a new '()P(' pro@ect file, insert a track, then get your F; device ready.
E4a)p/e
%. Connect an otherwise unused audio output to the input for your F; device. Connect the output of your F; device to an otherwise unused audio input. !. Create a new '()P(' pro@ect file and add a single audio track. /ive this track a suitable name. OetIs record a vocal with the F; on it. 1. Connect your microphone to an otherwise unused audio input. Dwitch on the F; Device. &. )rm the track for recording. P. Delect the input device Ato which the line or microphone is attachedE, select 3oni%or 1npu% and specify that you want to Record *u%pu% and choose your reHuired option Asuch as 3ono? .a%ency 9o)pensa%edE, @ust as we did in the section Recording a -rac(<s *u%pu%. R. ?ow display the F; =indow for this track, and add the F8 V6-:Rea1nser% to this window Asee rightE. #. Dpecify the actual Mardware Dends and 'eturns that you set up at steps %. and 1. 6. ake sure the F; Device mi, is set to %""L Dry, then click on Au%o 7e%ec%. This enables '()P(' to calculate the reHuired degree of delay compensation. Q. =ith the trackIs output directed to your headphones, monitor the reHuired Solume and F; Oevels, including the F; =et3Dry mi,. %". =hen you are ready, 'ecord. %%. =hen finished, donIt forget to disarm the track and set the 'ea*nsert plug.in status to 5ypass.
A.4!
The Recording page of the Preferences window can be used to specify a number of options about '()P('Is recording behavior. )vailable options include2 To scroll track view while recording. To display a preview of media item peaks as they are being recorded. This is useful to confirm that you really are recording and havenIt, for e,ample, forgotten to arm one or more tracks. Kou can also specify a screen update freHuency. =hen to build the peaks for recorded media files. To automatically display the whole Track Control Panel Aincluding S- metersE when a track is armed. =hether to prompt to save3delete3rename files when recording is stopped. *f you disable this option, files are automatically saved. =hether to prompt to save3delete3rename files on punch out. *f you disable this option, files recorded by this method are automatically saved. =hether to start recording to a new file after a specified number of megabytes. This can help to make data secure when recording a long live performance,. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 #R
Prevent recording from starting if no track is armed. Kou may wish to turn this off if you are using layered recording for a track Aor tracksE where recording is not reHuired to start until some way into the song. =hich items to include in the file names for recorded media G you can include any combination of the track inde, number, the track name and the time stamp Aor none of theseE. To check for free disk space before recording, and to display the amount of free disk space and3or recording path on the menu bar.
A.4A
The '()P(' -rac( 7efau/%s settings includes a number of items that you can use to help make the recording process a little easier. These settings can be found on the Pro:ec%? -rac(&6end 7efau/%s page of the *p%ions? Preferences window. Dettings on this page include2 The default gain level for the trackIs volume fader. =hether output should be routed to the ain send. The default new track height. =hether new tracks are automatically armed for recording. ) 'ecord Config option to set defaults for the 'ecord )rm conte,t menu. Bptions include, to turn on by default *nput onitoring and specify default record input settings. =hich 'ecord ode should be the default for new tracks. ?otice also that under *p%ions? Preferences? Appearance? VU 3e%ers&Faders there are settings which together determine how your track S- meters are presented. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) ##
A.44
'()P(' allows you to use different recording formats for different tracks in the same file. The default format for each new track that you create will be determined by your Pro:ec% 6e%%ings. To change these for any track, simply right click over the trackIs S- meter, then from the menu choose -rac( Recording 6e%%ings. Kou can choose any of the formats +AV, A1FF, 3on(eyNs Audio, F.A9, 3PA, *GG Vorbis, or +avPac( /oss/ess co)pressor. Depending on the format you choose, you will be presented with a range of options appropriate to that format.
A.45
The following checklist is for guidance only. *n some cases you may vary the suggested order Ae.g., you can switch on your PC and start '()P(' before getting together your microphone and leadsE. *n other cases the order is critical Ae.g. you should always connect your microphone to your preamp before turning on the phantom power supplyE. *f you are not sure, keep to the e,act same seHuence outlined here. 1%e) Prepara%ion 9o))en% Det up all e,ternal recording eHuipment needed Amicrophones, stands etc.E. )ll faders and gain controls on mi,er and3or sound device turned right down. Phantom power Aif availableE turned off. (verything connected that needs to be connected Ae.g. microphone leads to mi,er or sound deviceE. Turn eHuipment on, but check volume on speakers isn:t too loud. Connect headphones to headphone amp or sound device. *f phantom power reHuired Afor condenser microphoneE, turn it on. Turn on PC and wait for =indows to open. Bpen '()P(' with reHuired pro@ect file. Dave file. Check recording format and settings G e.g. !& bit =)S at &&%"" M<. *s a different format reHuired for this track4 ake sure 'ecord ode is set to ?ormal.
Recording Eva/ua%ing
A.4@
Kou can use '()P(' to record an audio stream from the internet. >efore doing so you should make sure that you are not in breach of any copyright restrictions. The e,act method will depend on your hardware setup, including your sound card. Kour sound card should include some sort of software for changing its settings. This may or may not have its own icon within the =indows Control Panel. *f you are not sure how to access it, you can click on the =indows 6%ar% button, choose Run, then type sndvo/A! Or and press En%er. *n overview, these are the steps that you will need to perform. %. )ccess your sound cards control software and modify its settings to select Adepending on the options availableE the reHuired option. Kou should probably temporarily disable input from all other sources A icrophone, Oine, etcE. !. Bpen your web browser and find the page containing the item that you wish to record. 1. Bpen '()P(', create a new file and add a track. &. The ne,t step may reHuire a little e,perimentation. Depending on the eHuipment you are using, it might be necessary to change your *p%ions? Preferences? Audio? 7evices settings to 7irec% 6ound. )n e,ample is shown here. These settings may not be the best for your particular system. P. )rm your track for recording, making sure to select the correct input. R. Press 9%r/ R to start recording. *n your web browser, play the item that you wish to record. =hen finished, stop recording and save your work. =o%e: DonIt forget when you have finished, to restore both your Dound Card 'ecording Control options and '()P('Is )udio Device Preferences to their previous settings.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) #Q
*n this internet age in which we live, it is becoming increasingly common for musicians to want to collaborate on pro@ects all the way across the world. Consider this scenario. Kou have a part recorded pro@ect of perhaps P" or more !& bit wave files. *n some far off land you have a friend who has offered to lay down a track such as a flute. Kou:d like to get your source files to her, so that she can do this for you, layering it down against whatever headphone mi, best suits her. Mowever, your recorded material so far comes to over 1 /> and she doesn:t have a particularly fast internet connection. Bne solution could be to convert the files to a compressed format and send her those. There:s a Huick way to do this, using the Fi/e? 6ave pro:ec% as > command. Choose this command and follow these steps. %. *f you wish, navigate to a reHuired parent folder. !. (nable the three options to 9rea%e subdirec%ory for pro:ec%, 9opy a// )edia in%o pro:ec% direc%ory, and 9onver% )edia. 1. Click on the For)a%... button to display the settings bo, shown above. &. (nable the option Atop leftE 6e% for)a% %o save as. P. Delect your reHuired format Ae.g. FO)C, P1 or, as shown here, B// SorbisE. R. Dpecify your preferred format settings. #. Click *H then 6ave. )ll audio media items in the pro@ect will be converted to the specified format as they are copied across. The format of the original items will remain unchanged. Kou can also convert and e,port selected individual media items from one format to another without having to convert the whole pro@ect. This topic is covered in Chapter %6.
A.4C
Files can be imported into '()P(' in any of the following media formats. CD )udio A.CD)E DDP A.D)TE FO)C A.FO)CE *D* A. *DE *D* Dystem (,clusive essage A.DK;E
*n Dection !, we introduced some very basic '()P(' track management features, such as Solume, Panning, ute and Dolo. *n this section, we will be e,ploring these features in more depth, as well as introducing several others, including moving and removing tracks, the use of track folders and track parameter grouping. any of the commands and actions involved in track management are available from the menu that is displayed when you right click over any track number. The illustration ArightE shows these. 'emember that at any time you can use 9%r/ Q to undo your last action. '()P('Is -ndo capabilities are described in more detail later in this section. -ip2 >efore continuing, you might wish to open the supplied pro@ect file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.RPP and save it to a new name such as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% E71-6.RPP. Kou can then use this file to try out and e,periment with some of the ideas presented in this section.
9opy a %rac( as %$e ne4% %rac( 9opy a %rac( %o a specified /oca%ion 7isp/ay %$e 3as%er in -rac( Vie' 3a(e %$e -rac( 9on%ro/ Pane/ 'ider&narro'er
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 6%
Four of the items used when auditioning tracks are the Vo/u)e? Pan? 3u%e and 6o/o controls. These controls were introduced in Chapter !. The +id%$ control is also shown here. This is only displayed if you select the stereo pan or dual pan law Afrom the pan fader right.click menuE. This will be discussed in Chapters %" and %%. >y default, volume and pan faders control audio output. *f you wish instead to use them for data on *D* channels for any trackAsE you should first select the tracks, then right.click over the track number and choose 3171 %rac( con%ro/s then one of the .in( %rac( vo/u)e&pan %o 3171 options from the menu Asee Chapter %!E.
6o/o 7efea%
Dolo Defeat can be used to ensure that a track will still be heard even when another track or track selection is soloed e,clusive.
-$e 3u%e and 6o/o con%ro/ con%e4% )enus The options shown above are also available by right.clicking over the ute and Dolo buttons respectively. These conte,t menus are shown on the right. They can be applied to an individual track or to a selection of tracks. 5u/( -rac( 3u%e&6o/o To mute or solo a range of tracks in one action, click and drag in the TCP from the mute or solo button of the first track in the range to the same button on the last track in the range, then release the mouse button. 'epeat this action to unmute3unsolo all muted or soloed tracks within a range.
4.A
6o/o 1n Fron%
The solo in front feature allows you to hear the rest of your pro@ect Huietly in the background when a track or track selection is soloed. This feature is toggled on and off by the *p%ions? 6o/o 1n Fron% command. The level at which the background tracks are heard can be specified via the Bptions, Preferences, )udio settings page. ?otice that this setting Ain the above e,ample it is set at %6d>E determines the number of decibels by which the background mi, is reduced. This means that the higher the setting the Huieter the background mi, will be heard and vice versa.
4.4
Kou have already come across a number of '()P('Is preferences settings. For e,ample, we have looked at some of the preferences settings for )udio Devices, *D* Devices, 'ecording and Pro@ects. The more you work with '()P(', the more you will realise how very many preferences settings there are. *n fact, there are so many that it can sometimes be difficult to remember which page you need for a particular setting. To help you here there is a te,t bo, and a Find button near the bottom of the Preferences window. Kou can enter any word or phrase in the bo,, click on Find and the first occurrence of that word or phrase will be shown. *f this isnIt the item that youIre looking for, each time you click the Find button the ne,t occurrence of that word or phrase will be shown. *n each case, the item will be displayed with a colored highlight. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 61
4.5
-rac( 9o/ors
>esides keeping tracks together in folders, you can use color as an effective means of helping you visually identify the relationship between different tracks. To do this, simply select the track Aor tracksE in the Track Control Panel, then right click, choose the 9us%o) -rac( 9o/ors command, then use any of these commands from the submenu2 9o))and 6e% %rac(s %o cus%o) co/or> 6e% %rac(s %o rando) co/ors 6e% %rac(s %o one rando) co/or 6e% %rac(s %o defau/% co/or The illustration ArightE shows an e,ample of how the 9o/ors interface Adisplayed by choosing the 6e% %rac(s %o cus%o) co/or> commandE can be used to specify different colors for different tracks and groups of tracks. Bn the Appearance page of your Preferences settings ABptions, PreferencesE you can use the -rac( 9on%ro/ Pane/ options to apply your colors to the track label background, the track panel background, or both. Mow the colors will be displayed for your track media items will depend upon which options you select on the Appearance? 3edia page of your Preferences settings. Kou can choose to tint the waveform peaks and3or the background. Kou can also set the color strength Abetween " and &E for both selected and unselected tracks. ore details of these and other )ppearance options are listed and e,plained in Chapter %Q. Effec% Bpens a Color Delection dialog bo, for you to select a color for the trackIs media items. Dets the media items for each track in the selection to a different randomly chosen color. Dets the media items for all tracks in the selection to the same randomly chosen color. 'estores the track:s color to the default for the current color theme.
4.@
9o/or -$e)es
'()P(' also supplies a number of color themes that you can use to present your pro@ects attractively. To select from the themes supplied with '()P(', use the *p%ions? -$e)es command. Kou can modify the colors and other characteristics of your preferred theme by going to the Appearance? -$e)e Edi%or page of your Preferences settings. ore details of this can be found in Chapters %" and %%. *n addition, a very large number of complete -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 6&
4.B
-rac( 1cons
*cons can be added to tracks as you wish. Kou can drag your own .P?/ or .$P/ files from =indows (,plorer and drop them on to any track in the track control panel, or right click over the track number and choose 9us%o) -rac( 1cons then 6e% %rac( icon... from the track menu to use any of those supplied with '()P('. This opens the .oad 1)age Resource dialog bo,, from which you can make your selection and click on *pen. Dhown here is an e,ample of a pro@ect which uses track icons. 'emember that if you create a track template from a track which displays an icon, then the icon will be saved with the template. To display these icons also in the i,er, open the i,er, display its menu and choose 6$o' -rac( 1cons in 3i4er. To remove icons from any track or selection of tracks, first select the tracks Ain either the track control panel or the mi,erE then right.click over any selected track icon and choose Re)ove -rac( 1con from the menu. *f you don:t care for the icons supplied with '()P(' G or you can:t find what you want G you can download more track icon sets from the '()P(' stash, at s%as$.reaper.f)
4.C
,eadp$one 3oni%oring
=hile you are listening to and evaluating your various recorded items, itIs usually recommended practice to use the monitors AspeakersE in your studio or control room. Mowever, you may wish also to use headphones from time to time, perhaps for those occasions when you need to focus in detail on a particular track or media item. )ssuming that you have a PC* sound card or other audio device AFirewire or -D>E which supports multiple outputs, hereIs a neat little trick. %. )ssign *u%pu% A/iases %o your outputs, as e,plained in Chapter %. !. Display your 'outing atri, and assign the output from the aster to the Control 'oom speakers. 1. Put on your headphones. &. )s you play the song, click on the appropriate cells on the routing matri, to also direct any particular track on which you wish to focus to your headphones. Bf course, you can change from track to track, or add as many or as few as you want at any time. *n the e,ample shown AaboveE, the entire mi, Afrom the asterE is being heard thru the only track # Vo4 is also being heard thru the headphones. ain Dpeakers, but
'emember that you can right click over this grid cell to display the controls for this send Asuch as SolumeE. This can be also a good techniHue to use when you have with you a musician who wants to particularly hear her own track while you are mi,ing+
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 6P
4.9
Provided your sound card includes at least two pairs of outputs, we can make the process of headphone monitoring easier and more fle,ible by creating a headphone mi,. This is how it is done. %. !. 1. &. P. Connect your Meadphones to your Meadphone )mp, and your Meadphone )mp to one pair of outputs. Create a new track and name it ,eadp$one 3i4. Create sends to this track for any and all tracks that you want to be able to monitor thru your headphone mi,. Choose the *p%ions? Preferences command, select the heading Genera/ then click on the Advanced U1&6ys%e) %'ea(s > button. (nable A//o' %rac( enve/ope&rou%ing 'indo's %o s%ay open. Click *H then *H again to close the Preferences window. Delect your ,eadp$one 3i4 track and open the 1* Rou%ing +indo'. )dd an Audio ,ard'are *u%pu% to the paired outputs to which your Meadphone )mp is connected. Disable the 3as%er&Paren% 6end for this track.
R.
Kou can now use the Pan and Solume faders for your receives, together with the your headphone mi,.
'()P(' lets you determine whether or not to show grid lines in your pro@ects. *f you choose to show them, you have a number of options to determine how they are displayed. *n this section we will look at three e,amples of how you might choose to use grid lines if you wish. The display of grid lines is toggled on and off using the Grid button on the toolbar, or the *p%ions? 6nap&grid? 6$o' grid command, or the keyboard shortcut A/% G. /rid line settings are accessed by right.clicking on the Grid button, or choosing the *p%ions? 6nap&grid? 6nap&grid se%%ings command or by the keyboard shortcut A/% .. The e,amples below illustrate the effects of various permutations of grid setting options. These include options for the display of )ar(er /ines. arkers will be e,plained in Chapter 6. 6$o' grid disab/ed.
6$o' grid enab/ed. Dpacing % beat, minimum !" pi,els. /rid line thru items, arker line over items. Dotted grid lines not selected.
6$o' grid enab/ed. Dpacing % beat, minimum P pi,els. /rid line under items, arker line over items. Dotted grid lines option selected.
6$o' grid enab/ed. Dpacing % beat, minimum P pi,els. /rid line over items, arker line under items. Dotted grid lines option selected.
?ote that you also have an option to set the grid line spacing to fra)e rather than to a fraction of a beat. This can be useful when working with video media. AFrame rate is set in Pro@ect Dettings, see Chapter !E. Oater in this guide AChapter P and RE, you will be shown how to use grid settings to automatically snap various ob@ects and items into position.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 6#
Kou have already seen that each of the tracks in your pro@ects has its audio output routed by default to the master, and that from here the audio signal is directed to your preferred output device or devices, such as speakers or headphones. The signal flow that occurs here within '()P(' can be represented by the first diagram on the right, which shows a simple pro@ect with @ust three tracks. *n Chapter! of this -ser /uide, you were shown how to use a track as an effects bus, for e,ample to add the same reverb effect to a number of tracks. The signal flow for this arrangement can be represented by the second of the two flow charts Abelow rightE. The sends that you create for each track carry a signal to the >us track, which applies the effect, and then sends the processed AwetE signal on to the aster. )t the same time, so long as the 6end 3as%er&Paren% option remains enabled, the dry signal for each track is also sent directly to the master. Mere it is finally mi,ed together with the 7wet8 signal from the bus before being directed to your speakers and3or headphones. These two e,ample models use routing arrangements that you would e,pect to find in probably any D)= program. Mowever, we are now about to enter territory where '()P(' may be substantially different from other software that you may have used before. This relates to how you can create and use submi,es. =ith most programs, to create a submi, Aperhaps for your various drum tracks or vocal harmoniesE you will need to create a bus, add sends from each track that is to be included in the submi,, and then disable the direct sends to the master from each of these tracks. Kou can use this method in '()P('. Molding the A/% key while you click on a track:s 1* button will toggle on and off the direct send to the master. *f a track:s output to the master is enabled this is shown on the track control panel. *f disabled, the word 3as%er is dimmed. This distinction is shown on the left. *n the first AtopE e,ample, the output from the track to the master is enabled. *n the second AbottomE e,ample, the output to the master has been disabled. Mowever, a smarter and potentially more powerful way of creating a submi, is to use folders Asometimes called track foldersE. =e:ll look at how this is done shortly, but first let:s get our heads around the concept. ) folder track is created initially in the same way as any other track. Kou then tell '()P(' to treat this as a folder track . and essentially that:s it. Kou now have your submi, Aas shown here on the rightE. Direct output to the master from the individual 7child8 tracks within the folder is automatically disabled. *nstead, they are passed thru the folder. ?ote that you should not manually disable the master3parent send for child tracks within a folder, or their output will no longer go to the folder Athe master trackE. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 66
4.#!
=hen a number of tracks are collected within a folder, you will probably want to use both the individual track controls and the folder controls. For e,ample, you can use the Vo/u)e controls for individual tracks within a folder to set the volume levels for the different tracks relative to each other. Kou can then use the Solume control for the folder itself to control the overall combined volume level of the tracks in that folder. )nother e,ample is that the 3u%e and 6o/o controls for the folder will act on the folder as a whole. Mowever, you do still have the option of using each trackIs individual ute and Dolo controls. The e,ample illustrated ArightE shows a folder called 1ns%ru)en%s that contains three individual tracks. The faint peaks that you see in the folder:s lane in arrange view represent the combined contents of the folder:s child tracks. This can be disabled on your Preferences, )ppearance, Peaks3waveforms page. *dentify the little icons that you can see below the track number of each item in the track control panel. These are used to determine a track:s folder status. Brdinarily, this can be one of four states2 )n ordinary top level track Athe defaultE. The icon is displayed as a faint image of a folder. Mover the mouse over this image and it changes to aJ sign. ) folder track. This is displayed as in the *nstruments track above, as a stronger image of a folder. Mover the mouse over this image and it changes to an 8 Asee rightE. ) child track within a folder. The track is nested and the icon is displayed as a faint image of a folder. Mover the mouse over this image and it changes to a J Asee below rightE The last track in a folder. ) folder icon is shown and the track is nested. Mover over this icon and it displays a down pointing arrow. Kou can click on this icon to set a track:s status. Oet:s work thru an e,ample. #. Bpen the file A// -$roug$ %$e =ig$%.RPP and save it as A// -$roug$ %$e =ig$% Fo/der.RPP 6. ake sure the So, track is track %, /tr >ody track !, /tr ?eck track 1 and >ou<ouki track &.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 6Q
4.#!.#
)nother way of creating folders is by dragging and dropping. Kou identify which track is to be the folder, which are to be its children, then select and drag and drop the children into the folder. =hen you know what you are doing, this method is probably Huicker, but it can be tricky at first. This process is illustrated below.
Mere:s the same pro@ect file as before Ae,cept that this time the 'everb track has already been addedE. Three tracks have been selected and we have began to drag and drop them up. ?otice that the thick hori<ontal bar shown above the first of these tracks occupies the whole width of the track control panel.
Carefully and slowly drag them a little higher and you will notice that the hori<ontal bar is now indented slightly. ?ow release the mouse and you will see the three tracks have been placed as child tracks within a newly created *nstruments folder Asee belowE.
*f you hover the mouse over the folder icon for the >ou<ouki track you should see confirmation that it is the last track in the folder. The drag and drop method can also be used to add tracks into an e,isting folder, and3or to remove them. Mowever, the techniHue may take a little getting used to. (,periment with this now if you wish. ?otice the small down pointing arrow @ust above the track number of the folder track Ain this case Track!E. This can be used to toggle the display of child tracks in the folder between normal Aas shown above leftE, minimi<ed and collapsed Aas shown below leftE.
4.#!.!
=es%ed Fo/ders
'()P(' allows you to nest folders within folders, to as many levels as you like. This feature is probably more suited to relatively e,perienced D)= users than it is to newcomers. To create a nested folder, first create an empty track within an e,isting top level folder, then use the folder control icon to make that track into a folder. >ecause the track is itself contained within an e,isting top level folder, it will automatically be made into a second level folder. The pro@ect shown here is an e,ample of this. ?otice that2 There is a top level folder called So, Tracks which holds a Oead So, tracks and a Marmonies sub.folder with four child tracks. There is another top level folder called *nstruments which holds two sub.folders ADrum Cit and /uitarsE. The two second level folders which are sub. folders of the *nstruments folder each contain child tracks of their own. There is another top level folder A'everbsE which itself contains two reverb busses. )ny action taken on a folder will effect its entire contents. For e,ample, if in this case you were to mute the *nstruments folder, then you would automatically also mute the contents of the )coustic /uitar and Bther *nstruments folders. '()P(' does not limit you two levels of folders. Kou can have more if you like. >e warned, however, that if you do, life can get complicated+ For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) Q%
The topic of track and parameter grouping is a huge one with an e,traordinary range of options designed to help you especially in your mi,ing and arranging. *t is based upon this principle. Kou can define group relationships between different tracks and their controls so as to ensure that when you make a change to one track in the group, changes are also made to the other tracks in the group. The nature of these relationships can vary from being Huite simple to rather comple,, and everything in between. (verybody will have their own different ways in which '()P(':s track grouping feature can be helpful. Oet:s look at some possible e,amples. These e,amples have been selected primarily for learning purposes. Kou might or might not find the actual e,amples themselves to be useful for you. Kou might have two tracks that you wish to keep at a constant volume relative to each other. *n this case, you could ensure that whenever one is faded up or down then so is the other. Kou might have two tracks that need to be panned opposite each other. *n this case, you can ensure that when one is panned in one direction, the other is automatically panned in the other direction. Kou might have two or more tracks that you wish to treat as a group so that they are always soled or muted together. *n a moment, we:ll work thru some e,amples. There are two main ways to create and manage your groups. This can be done either using the -rac( 9on%ro/ Pane/ or the -rac( Grouping 3a%ri4. Mere is an overview of both methods. ethod % uses the /rouping dialog bo, Ashown rightE, which can be accessed from the Track Control Panel or the i,er Control Panel. The method is as follows2 *n the TCP or CP, select the tracks whose parameters you wish to group. 'ight.click over any track number in the group and choose -rac( grouping para)e%ers from the conte,t menu Aor press 6$if% GE. =hen the /rouping dialog bo, is displayed Asee leftE specify those parameters that you want to group, then click on 9/ose. ake sure that the option -rac( grouping enab/ed on the TCP or CP menu is selected AtickedE.
Kou can use this same method later to make changes to your grouped parameter definitions. This interface might appear a little overwhelming at first. For this reason, it may be easier, especially at first, to use the second method. 3a%ri4. This is illustrated overleaf. ethod ! uses the -rac( Grouping
The grouping matri,, which can be docked can be used to manage up to 1! different groups. To display this, choose the Vie' command, then -rac( Grouping 3a%ri4, or press 9%r/ A/% G. The e,ample above shows @ust three groups on display. >y way of preparation, we can create a special pro@ect file for our e,amples. Kou can group any selection of tracks that you like2 in this e,ample, we will be working with two of three tracks enclosed within a track folder. Bf course, you do not need to place tracks in a folder in order to be able to group them.
4.#A.# E4a)p/e
*n the e,amples that follow, the optional +id%$ control is shown, but not included in any groups. =hether or not this is visible will depend on your choice of track layout. This is e,plained in Chapters %" and %%.
%. Bpen the file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.RPP and immediately save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% GR*UP6.RPP
1. Choose the Vie'? -rac( Grouping 3a%ri4 command to display the /rouping
&. P. R.
Pan one guitar track about P"L left, and the other P"L right. *n /roup % on the /rouping Vo/u)e column. atri,, click in the cells representing G%r 5ody and G%r =ec( in the
Click also in the cells representing G%r 5ody and G%r =ec( in the Pan column. *n this column, click also in the Pan Reverse cell for one of the guitars. This is shown on the right. Kou will now find that the volume controls for these two tracks are grouped so that when you ad@ust the volume for either track, both volume faders will move together in the same direction. Perhaps more interesting, when you now move the pan control left or right for either of these tracks, the other track:s pan fader will move in the opposite direction. Dave the file.
#.
6.
Q.
%". ?ow click in the cells for the two guitar tracks in the )u%e and so/o columns and again save the file. The solo and mute controls for these two tracks are also linked together. )s shown above. Try them out+ %%. To temporarily override the grouping, hold 6$if% while you ad@ust the volume of one of the guitar tracks. ?otice only that one fader is ad@usted. Kou can use 6$if% to temporarily override any grouped track parameters. %!. To temporarily disable the group altogether, click where shown ArightE on the /roup % enable3disable toggle control. Kou will now find that all group controls for this group are disabled. %1. Click in this same cell again to again enable the group. Dave the file. The table that follows on the ne,t page summari<es what you might have discovered about grouping track control parameters from this e,ercise. =o%e: ) item:s group control status can be master only A E, slave only ADE or master3slave Athe defaultE. *n this e,ercise, all grouping has been of the default type, master3slave. =e:ll get to the other two options shortly. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) Q1
4.#A.!
4.#A.A
>y default, colored ribbons are used on the Track Control Panel to identify grouped track parameters Asee rightE. -nder *p%ions, Preferences, Appearance there is a sub.section -rac( 9on%ro/ Pane/s whose contents includes the option to instead use lines on the edges, or not to use any indicator at all.
4.#A.4
(ach parameter that is included in a grouped relationship can take one of three states G aster3Dlave Athe defaultE, aster only, or Dlave only. The different ways in which this affects that parameter:s behavior are2 ) aster3Dlave item can control other aster3Dlave and Dlave only items, but not aster only items. *t can itself be controlled by other aster3Dlave and aster only items. ) aster only item can control other aster3Dlave and Dlave only items, but not aster only items. *t cannot be controlled by any other item ) Dlave only item cannot control any other item, but can itself be controlled by aster3Dlave items and aster only items.
1.
&.
P.
R.
#.
6.
Q.
4.#A.5
(arlier we introduced the track grouping window, and said that this interface offered a different method of working with track grouping and with grouped track parameters. Oet:s now see how. The /rouping window displays all group information about the various parameters for any selected track or selection of tracks. ost commonly Aand most usefullyE it makes sense to use it with individual tracks, one track at a time. )gain, this will be more readily understood if you work thru an e,ample. E4a)p/e %. =ith the pro@ect file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% GR*UP6.RPP open, select the G%r 5ody track in the track control panel.
!. (ither right.click over the track number and choose -rac( Grouping Para)e%ers > from the conte,t menu, or press 6$if% G. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) QP
&. *n the TCP, select the >ou<ouki track. The display in the /rouping window changes Aabove rightE, to show the currently grouped parameters for the bou<ouki G in this case, @ust the master control on the volume track. P. *n this dialog bo,, click and select 3u%e 3as%er? 6o/o 3as%er, 3u%e 6/ave and 6o/o 6/ave. These group parameters are now also selected for this track. This is confirmed by the display in the track grouping matri,. Bne more thing we can do here is to rename the group. Click on the Rena)e button, type 1ns%ru)en%s and press En%er. Close the dialog bo, and look at the track grouping matri,. Dave this file.
R.
#. 6.
Kou can define up to 1! groups in a pro@ect file. *n the e,ample below, a second group has been added, to help when ad@usting the balance between the volume of the vocal track and the instrument mi,.
Enab/e&7isab/e group
-ip: =hen you are playing back a song, in the course of editing you may from time to time wish to reset your S- Peaks without needing to stop and restart playback. To clear one peak, simply click on the peak number shown at the right hand end of the S- meter in the TCP or top of the S- in the CP. To clear all peaks, hold down the 9on%ro/ key while you do this.
4.#4
=here a track has more than two channels you have the option of showing the output of all channels on the track:s S- meters in the TCP and i,er. This feature is toggled on and off for any track or track selection by right.clicking over the track panel area Afor e,ample, on the track numberE and enabling or disabling 3u/%ic$anne/ %rac(
*n the e,ample shown here, a 5ig 3e%er layout has been selected for this track in the mi,er.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) Q#
Dcrubbing is a techniHue that originated in the pre.digital days when all recording was done with magnetic tape. *t helps you to move within a pro@ect, or track, or group of tracks, to audition or locate a particular section. Dcrubbing is most commonly used in '()P(' when your pro@ect is not playing, but you can over.ride this default setting. To scrub a portion of a song, simply position your mouse over the triangle that is located on the top of the edit cursor, as shown on the right. This causes the mouse pointer to change to a white hand. Kou can then click and drag in either direction. KouIll probably find when scrubbing that you will want to <oom in Huite closely on your pro@ect. Kou can set your scrub preferences in the Audio? P/aybac( page of the *p%ions? Preferences window, as shown below. ?otice in particular that2 Kou can enable or disable scrubbing as the default behavior. Molding the 6$if% key down while dragging the edit cursor will temporarily over ride this setting. This means that even with 6crub&:og source )a%eria/ not selected Aas shown aboveE, you can still use the 6$if% key to scrub when you wish. Kou can also choose to be able to engage scrub mode to over.ride normal playback. *f you enable the *n/y p/ay se/ec%ed %rac(s option, then only those tracks currently selected will be heard when you apply scrubbing. Kou can limit the scrub rate AspeedE to no more than normal playback speed. This makes it easier to identify the audio material when scrubbing. >y default, holding down the 9%r/ key while scrubbing will enable og mode. *n this mode scrubbing will be much slower. This can help when looking for very short glitches, for e,ample when <oomed in close.
?otice also ArightE that if scrubbing is enabled and you have a three button mouse, you can use the ouse odifiers arrange view middle button conte,t to determine @og3scrub behavior.
=e have already covered the basic techniHues involved in using effects ADirect ; and SDTE with '()P(' tracks. =e are now going to look at some of the options available to help manage and use your F; more effectively. =e:ll be looking in more detail at how you use some of the more important individual effects later AChapter %&E2 in this section we:re mainly concerned with the broader issues of managing and organising plug.ins.
5.#
Grouping F8
F; can be grouped for your convenience in any way you wish. For e,ample, if you use chorus, delay and reverb a lot, you might wish to create one group called Chorus3Delay and another called 'everb. *f there is a set of plug.ins Afor e,ample, >ootsyE that you use freHuently, you can create a separate group for them. Kou can create as many groups as you wish, and the same plug.in can be placed in multiple groups. For e,ample, you could place the >ootsy (picSerb plug.in both in a group called 'everb and in a group called >ootsy.
-o crea%e a F8 group: -se the command Vie'? F8 5ro'ser or the keyboard shortcut 6$if% F to open the F; browser window. 'ight click over the te,t 3y Fo/ders where shown Asee aboveE and choose 9rea%e ne' fo/der. Type a name, then press En%er. -o add F8 %o a group: Delect the category A// P/ug-ins in the left hand panel of the F; window. This will ensure that all F; are available to you. Drag and drop the reHuired F; from the right hand panel to the folder where you want the F; to be listed. To drag multiple F;, use 9%r/ with left mouse click to build up a selection, then drag them all together. -o c$ange %$e order in '$ic$ F8 groups are disp/ayed: 'ight click on the name of the folder to be moved. From the conte,t menu choose ove to top, ove up, ove down, or ove to bottom. -o disp/ay and se/ec% fro) a group *n the left panel of the F; window, click on the name of any F; group to display its contents in the larger right hand panel. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) QQ
5.!
P/ug-ins 6e%%ings
'()P(':s Plug.ins settings and preferences are e,plained and discussed in Chapter %Q. Kou can access this settings page directly from any track:s F; Chain window by choosing the command *p%ions? F8 P/ugins se%%ings > from the menu.
5.A
F; Chains and plug.in presets can be backed up and restored using the e,port3import configuration buttons in '()P(':s Preferences A/eneral settingsE. Dee Chapter %Q for more information about importing and e,porting configuration settings.
5.4
Fi/%ering -rac( F8
>y entering a te,t string in the Fi/%er /is% te,t bo, in the bottom left corner of the Add F8 window, you can display a list of those F; which match your criteria. >efore doing this, you should select either A// P/ugins from the list of plugin folders, or any particular folder if you wish to restrict your search. *n the e,ample shown here, we have applied the te,t string lim as a filter, in order to see what limiters we have available. The 9/ear Fi/%er button can be used to remove the filter and restore all plug.ins to view. Kou also have two options Aon the *p%ions menuE which if enabled will ensure that your filters are automatically cleared for you. These are Au%o c/ear searc$ fie/d on fo/der c$ange and Au%o c/ear searc$ fie/d on c/ose. This latter option refers to closing the F; browser window, not closing '()P('. '()P(' will remember your previous filter. Kou can access it from the filter drop down list, by clicking on the down pointing arrow located to the right of the Filter list bo,, @ust before the Clear filtrer button.
*f you use sub.folders to organi<e effects within a =indows SDT Plug.ins folder then you can display and use this folder structure within '()P(':s F; >rowser A)dd F; windowE. This feature is toggled on and off using the *p%ions? 6$o' V6- Fo/ders command. Kou can then select any folder listed in the left pane to display its contents in the right pane of the F; browser. Kou can right click over any displayed folder name Asee rightE to display a menu of options which includes 6$o' fu// pa%$s %o V6-s and 1nc/ude p/ug-ins found in sub-fo/ders. )s in =indows (,plorer, you can collapse or display the various levels of subfolders. '()P(' will remember your settings so that each time the browser is opened it will recall the layout that was last used before it was closed.
5.@
9opying -rac( F8
)ny track F; can be copied from one track to any other track, or tracks. =hen a track F; plug.in is copied in this way, the settings and parameter values are also copied with it. Kou can use standard =indows techniHues like 9%r/ 9 and 9%r/ V if you like, but the simplest way is to simply select the reHuired plug.in the F; window of your source track and use the mouse to drag and drop to the F; button of any other track. This can be done from either the TCP Atrack control panelE or the CP Ami,er control panelE.
E4a)p/e
For this e,ample, open the file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% Fo/der.rpp that you saved earlier in this section. *f you did not make this file, use any other file which has more than one track. %. Click on the F8 5u%%on for the track G%r =ec( to open the track:s F; =indow. !. *nsert the V6- ReaEPE9oc(osF plug.in into this window. 1. Mover the mouse over the te,t SDT 'ea(F in the plug.in window. Press and hold down the left mouse button and, holding it down, drag the mouse to point on the track control area of the G%r 5ody track Asee rightE. &. 'elease the mouse. The ReaEP plug.in will now have been copied into this track. Kou can of course repeat this as often as reHuired to copy the same plug.in to other tracks. =hen you copy an F; in this way, any settings and parameter values that you have set will be copied with it. To copy more than one plug.in at the same time from one track to another, use this seHuence2 %. Click on the first plug.in to be selected. Mold the 9%r/ key down while clicking in turn on each additional plug.in that you want copied. )lternatively, if you want to copy all F; in a chain, click on the first item, then hold 6$if% while you click on the last item in the chain. !. -se the method described above to drag and drop on or near the F; button of the track to which you wish to copy your plug.ins.
5.B
F8 Puic( 7isp/ay
Track F; are listed on a track:s F; button right click menu Asee rightE. Kou can open the window for any of these F; direct from this menu.
5.C
3oving -rac( F8
To move Arather than copyE a plug.in from one track to another, simply hold down the A/% key while you drag and drop.
-ip: Movering your mouse over any trackIs F8 button causes a tooltip to be displayed, listing the plug.ins present in that trackIs F; bin. *t displays this information even if the F; chain is set to bypass.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %"%
To change the default name of any Direct ; or SDT F; Abut not $DE plug.in2 Display the F; >rowser =indow AVie'? F8 5ro'ser or 6$if% FE. 'ight Click over the plug.in to be renamed. Choose Rena)e F8 from the menu. Type the new name and press En%er.
5.#"
Kou can rename individual F; Plug.in instances so that your custom name is used for that F; in both Track Siew and in the i,er. Typically this can be used to describe the purpose of the F;. For e,ample, you might want to rename an instance of 'ea(F that has been added to a vocal as 7)dd warmth8 or 7 ore presence8 and so on. To do this, simply select the plug.in and press F!, or follow this seHuence2 'ight click over the F; *tem in either the F; Chain window, or the F; >in in the i,er view. From the menu, choose Rena)e F8 ins%ance. Type your custom name. Press En%er. ?ote that your custom name will only be applied to that single instance of the F; Plug.in in that one track. Bther instances will not be affected.
5.##
Kou can specify that any set of F; parameter settings is to be used as a default whenever that F; is applied to any track or item. =hen you have your settings right, click on the small J button and choose 6ave prese% as defau/% from the menu. Kou will need to enter a name for the preset. The use of presets is e,plained more fully in Chapter%&.
5.#!
Per 1%e) F8
'()P(' allows you to apply F; not only to individual tracks but also to individual media items within a track. Duppose, for e,ample, that you wish to add an effect Asuch as reverb or delayE to @ust part of a track. Kou can split the track media into several items and apply the effect only to those items where it is wanted. *f you have selected the option to display the F8 and =o F8 item icons A*p%ions? Preferences? Appearance? 3ediaE you can click on any item:s F8 button to open its F; window. This topic will be e,plained in more detail in Chapter R. Btherwise you can select a media item and use the default keyboard shortcut 6$if% E. To add a plug.in to a media item2 Delect the edia *tem. Click on the F8 button or press 6$if% E to display the item F; Chain. The Add F8 %o 1%e) window will be displayed. Double.click on the Plug.*n. )d@ust the parameters. then close the F; =indow. *f you find this method too 7fussy8 then try this. Kou can simply drag and drop any F; from the F8 5ro'ser window straight on to any media item. Kou can drop the F; anywhere on the item. =hen F; have been added to an item, then the F; names will be displayed in arrange view together with the item name Asee aboveE. -ip: Kou can also add new F; to an item, or open an e,isting effect for editing, by right.clicking over the item:s F; button to display a conte,t menu Asee aboveE.
5.#A
=hen you use the multiple alternative takes method of recording your tracks, each take can be assigned its own media item properties. For e,ample, you can insert separate F; plug.ins into individual takes, as shown in the e,ample here.
*f you have enabled the options 7isp/ay )edia i%e) %a(e na)e and 7ra' /abe/s above %$e i%e) Aboth under )ppearance, edia, see aboveE, then any F; chain for the currently selected take will be included in the information displayed. *n the e,ample shown on the right, Take ! is currently active2 the F; names displayed above the item are therefore the F; assigned to Take !.
*f you wish, you can insert the same F; into each take and apply different parameter settings for each one.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %"1
Dome plug.ins can be Huite greedy in their use of CP-. This especially tends to be the case with delay based F;, such as Delay, Chorus, and especially 'everb. '()P(' provides a number of options which you can use to minimi<e the drain placed on your computer resources by your plug.ins. These options can be found in the REAPER Preferences window A9%r/ PE under the heading Audio? 5uffering. This window is shown and discussed further in Chapter %Q. There is no 7one si<e fits all8 optimal group of settings. =hat is best for you depends on various factors, including which processorAsE you are using and which plug.ins. Mowever it shouldnIt be too difficult to e,periment. ?ote in particular the following2 Try using the default settings for 3edia 5uffering at first. Kou can ad@ust them later. A//o' /ive F8 )u/%iprocessing. Try turning this on if your PC has multiprocessors. An%icipa%ive F8 processing. This can reduce CP- usage, but too aggressive a setting can cause pops and crackles on playback. *f working with -)D.%,for best results, both Dynchronous F; and -)D.% Dynchronous modes should be enabled. )nticipative F; should be disabled. -)D.!, however, is compatible with )nticipative F; mode and this is recommended for best low latency performance.. *p%i)iDe buffering for /o' /a%ency $ard'are. *f you find that any particular plug.in or% F; chain gives you problems with media buffering or anticipative F; processing, you can disable either or both for individual tracks using the -rac( Perfor)ance *p%ions on the Track Control Panel right.click menu.
5.#5
The '()P(' F; Chain window includes an area for any 9o))en%s Aor notesE that you may wish to make G see e,ample below. Click on the > button @ust above the bypass tick bo, to add comments. The notes are linked to the individual instance of the specific plug.in. *n the e,ample shown, the comment is only displayed when the & band (F is selected for Track !, the So, Oead. Kou may add notes for all or any of a track:s F; if you wish, but only one comment at a time will be displayed in the track:s F; window. Kou can open the comments in a separate window of their own by clicking on that > button . Kou may have as many as you wish of these comment windows open at any time.
5.#@
The wet3dry mi, control was mentioned in Chapter !. Click and hold your mouse over the small rotary fader near the top right corner of the plug.in window and you will see the wet3dry balance for that plug.in displayed as te,t Aabove rightE. )t %""L wet Athe defaultE the plug.in is applied to the track in the way that you would normally e,pect. Click and drag the mouse on this to ad@ust this value to create a mi, of the dry signal Athe audio stream with no effect appliedE and the wet signal Athe audio stream with the effect fully applied. For e,ample, set to %""L, this mi, is fully wet. )t "L it is fully dry Aeffectively sounding the same as bypassE. )t P"L the dry and wet signals are mi,ed together in eHual amount. ?otice also that the small check bo, to the immediate right of this control has a bypass function. Oeave it ticked as shown and the effect Aas determined by its various parameter settings including the wet3dry mi, controlE will be applied to the track. -ntick this bo, and the effect is bypassed. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 %"&
>y default, '()P(' uses plug.in delay compensation APDCE to ensure that audio remains time aligned. *t does this by ad@usting for any latency caused by any plug.in, such as can arise with some convolution reverb plug.ins for e,ample. The latency for any track is displayed in the bottom left corner of that track:s F; chain window. For e,ample, a display of !PR3P%! spls would mean that one of the F; reHuires a latency of !PR samples2 '()P(' rounds this up to a number of blocks based on your buffer si<e. )ll other tracks will be delayed to match the track with the greatest latency. *f you encounter circumstances in which PDC is creating problems Afor e,amples, dropouts or e,cessive latencyE then it can be disabled for any plug.in from the pin connector button Ashown here labelled 7! in ! out8E conte,t menu. ?ote too that PDC is disabled when feedback routing is employed.
5.#C
)ny computer program will crash given the right Aor wrong4E circumstances. '()P(' is very stable, but nevertheless there may be occasions when you e,perience a crash. This can be caused by a problem with some third party SDT, SDTi, D; or D;i plug.in. *f this happens, you should enable the option to *pen 'i%$ F8 off/ine Erecovery )odeF when re.opening the file from the Fi/e? *pen pro:ec% dialog bo, Asee rightE. This will open the file with all F; set offline. >y reintroducing them online one at a time, you should be able to identify which is the plug.in that is causing the problem. To then fi, the problem you should remove this plug.in and replace it with another of eHuivalent functionality. )nother method is to hold down 9%r/ 6$if% while you open a file from the Fi/e? Recen% pro:ec%s menu.
5.#9
6%e) Rendering
Dtem 'endering is a techniHue that can be applied to ease your CP- load, to prevent it from becoming overstressed. The item is rendered to a new track, whilst the original track remains but is automatically muted and its F; are bypassed. *f you later wish to change the F; in a stem rendered track, you can delete the rendered track, unmute the original, and make your changes. This is how you make a stem track2 %. *n the -rac( 9on%ro/ Pane/ area, right.click over the track number. !. From the menu, choose Render&freeDe %rac(s, then one of the Render %rac(s %o > s%e) %rac(s Eand )u%e origina/sF commands. Kour choices are )ono, s%ereo or )u/%ic$anne/. The first of these commands will render to a mono item Aas shown hereE. The second will always produce a stereo item. The number of channels produced when multichannel is selected will be determined by the number of channels that you have defined for the track. >y default, '()P(' tracks comprise @ust ! channels2 in this case, both the stereo and multichannel options will produce the same result. )s well as track F;, any audio or *D* received from sends from other tracks is included in the rendered material. Dtem rendering has a similar effect to free<ing tracks Asee section after ne,tE. Bne main difference is that Aunlike free<ingE stem rendering leaves both the rendered and the unrendered tracks in the pro@ect. *f you only wish to render the track F; without keeping both tracks in the pro@ect, you might wish to consider using one of the Render&freeDe free<e actions instead. These are covered in the couple of pages that follow this one. Dtem rendering is also available with an e,tensive range of options Asuch as output format and HualityE using the Fi/e? Render... command. This opens the Render %o Fi/e dialog bo,. Dee Chapter %6 for details. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %"P
This e,ample uses the Render %o Fi/e dialog bo,, which is e,plained in detail in Chapter %6. Kou can apply stem rendering to a group of tracks, so that they will be mi,ed down to a single audio file. To do this2 %. Put the reHuired tracks in a folder. !. *n the Track Control Panel, select the folder. ?o other track should be selected. 1. Choose the Fi/e? Render command. &. ake sure your selected options include 6%e)s Ese/ec%ed %rac(sF and Channels 6%ereo or 3ono Aas you wishE as shown on the right. *f you wish, also select the option to Add i%e)s %o ne' %rac(s in pro:ec% '$en finis$ed. P. Delect your output format Ae.g. =)SE and format specifications Ae.g. !& bitE. R. Click on Render # fi/e... *n the e,ample shown below, the output of the /uitars folder has been rendered to a single stereo track. This has been added to the file and the folder has been muted. =hen working with multichannel tracks you can also render your output in multichannel format. Kou will need to select the reHuired number of channels from the Channels drop down list in the Render %o Fi/e dialog bo,. Kou:ll learn more about file rendering, including multichannel rendering, in Chapter %6.
5.!#
The FreeDe %rac(s actions Afrom the Track right click menu Render&freeDe %rac(s commandE are used to free<e any track in place, replacing its contents with a single rendered audio item. The first of the free<e actions shown ArightE will produce a )ono audio item, the second s%ereo and the third )u/%ic$anne/ Aaccording to the number of track channelsE. *f more than one track is selected, each will be rendered separately. Bn line F; are applied to the rendered item, as is the content of any signals sent to the rendered channels from other tracks. =here these include *D* data or items, they will be rendered as audio. >oth on line F; and receives are then removed from the track. ?ote that a *D* item with no synth attached to it will be rendered as silence. =here a synth is present, it is the output of the synth that will be rendered. =hen a track has already been fro<en, UnfreeDe %rac(s will appear on the above menu as an action that can be used to restore the track to its state at the point in time that it was fro<en. >oth the F; chain and any receives will be restored. Bther points to note are2 ) track can have further F; and receives added to it after it has been fro<en. *n this case, if you then -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 %"R
6e/ec%ed F8 FreeDe
Bther options, available from a track:s F; chain window, are to free<e a track up to its last on.line or selected F;, as you wish . see above. *n this case, only the first two F; A'eaComp and 'ea(FE have been selected. The action FreeDe %rac( %o s%ereo? up %o /as% se/ec%ed F8 will cause the compression and (F to be fro<en on to the track. These two F; will be removed from the track:s F; chain. The third A$DE effect will not be rendered to the new audio item. *t will remain, and can be further ad@usted, or removed altogether as the user wishes. Bne useful action Aaccessible from '()P(':s )ction Oist windowE is Vie': 6$o' %rac( freeDe de%ai/s. This can be used to display free<e history and details for any fro<en track. Chapter %1 e,plains in detail more about actions and about how you can assign them to toolbars or to your own shortcut keys.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %"#
The two diagrams that follow Ain this section and the ne,tE illustrate how audio signals flow thru '()P(':s tracks to the master and to your output devices. Dome of the items shown in these charts Ae.g. *tem3Take settingsE have not yet been discussed in this -ser /uide. They will be covered later, mostly in Chapter R.
=o%es: %. The track mute button is shown more than once Anear the beginning and near the end of the chainE. This is because it does not only mute at the beginning Aso that for e,ample, all media items are effectively mutedE, it also mutes at the end Aso that, for e,ample, a synth in the track F; chain that is fed *D* data via a receive from another track is also mutedE. !. *f track mute and track solo buttons are both enabled, then solo overrides the mute. 1. *f the aster is soloed, direct outputs to hardware from tracks3folders will not be processed.
5.!4
To open the F8: 3oni%oring window you can2 Choose 3oni%oring F8 > from the conte,t menu of any pro@ect tab, or Click on the 3oni%or F8 button at the end of the pro@ect tab bar Aif you are using pro@ect tabsE, or -se the Vie'? 3oni%oring F8 command from the main menu, or Mold 6$if% while clicking on the F; button of the aster track. This F; window is the same as any track F; window. Kou can specify any F; that you want to put on your hardware outputs. These do not show up in renders, do not affect the metronome and are not stored in the pro@ect file. (,amples when you might use this feature might include2 =hen running analysis F;. Compensating for the acoustic characteristics Aperhaps with (F or reverbE of a particular room. ?otice that2 Kou can right.click on the onitor F; button to access any plug.in assigned to output monitoring, or to add more F;. Click over the right hand end of this button to toggle bypass status. The button turns red when bypassed. =ithin the F8:3oni%oring window, click on the Para) button then .earn to assign control of any selected F; parameter to an e,ternal control device.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %"Q
The display of the F; tree and items can be toggled between vertical and hori<ontal layout by double.clicking on the boundary between the two sections, on the double.headed arrow mouse cursor as shown below. Sertical layout
Mori<ontal layout
5.!@
Don:t forget that as well as saving F; chains by themselves, you can include them with other track settings Asuch as name, pan settings, volume levels, etc.E into track templates. 'emember too that you can use the -rac(? 6ave %rac(s as %e)p/a%e command to save a whole selection of several tracks into a single track template. Dee also Chapter 1.
5.!B
Kou will find many e,amples in this -ser /uide of the use of various CBCCBD effects, especially in Chapter %&. *n addition, a free PDF 'eaper CBCCBD (ffects Dummary guide can be downloaded from the following -'O2 $%%p:&&'''.coc(os.co)&Kg/aDfo/(&ReaEffec%sGuide.pdf ?ote that this link is case sensitive.
Kou can specify up to two third party programs Asuch as )dobe )udition, )udacity, =avosaur or Dound ForgeE which you wish to integrate with '()P(' for editing your media items. To do this2 %. Choose the *p%ions? Preferences command, then E4%erna/ Edi%ors. !. Click on the Add button 1. -se the 5ro'se buttons Ashown rightE to identify and select your preferred wave editor or editors. &. Click on *H, then *H to close the Preferences window. ?otice that you can specify different editors for different file types, e.g. =)S, P1, idi. -o use your e4%erna/ 'ave edi%or: There are two main ways you can access your preferred e,ternal editing program from within '()P('2 Delect the media item and press 9%r/ A/% E. =ithin a '()P(' pro@ect, right click over the media item that you wish to edit. From the menu, choose either *pen 1%e)s in edi%or then, from the sub.menu, select either the option to open the item itself or to open a copy of the item. -nlike versions of '()P(' earlier than &.", by default double.clicking on an audio media item will no longer open it with your primary editor. This behavior can be changed thru the Preferences, Edi%ing 5e$avior? 3ouse 3odifiers page if you wish. This topic is covered in Chapter %1.
*f the e,ternal editor works destructively on your files then the safer option is to open a copy. This copy will then be inserted into your track when you save it, close the editor and return to '()P('.
@.!
The topic of editing items in '()P(' is a big one. '()P(' features a comprehensive range of editing techniHues for managing the items within your pro@ects. *f you have worked with other audio software, you might find '()P(':s ways a little strange at first. The first Huestion you might have when you look at the screen is, 7=here are all the editing tools48 The answer is J there arenIt any+ )t least, there arenIt many the first time that you use '()P('+ >ut as you are about to see, that doesnIt mean that '()P(' isnIt up to the @ob. Kou @ust get the wave editing features that you need, but without the screen clutter. =hat:s more, you can create and add as many editing tools of your own as you like. =e:ll get to this in Chapter %1. There are some basic concepts that you need to understand about '()P('Is design philosophy and structure before learning individual editing techniHues. For e,ample2 For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %%%
@.A
'()P(':s smart editing features enable you to do many of the most commonly reHuired editing tasks Huickly and easily. *n this section, we will look at smart editing techniHues for moving, copying and deleting media items, selections of media items and parts of media items. To use them, make sure that the option .oop Poin%s .in(ed %o -i)e 6e/ec%ion is disab/ed. The table below shows '()P(':s default behavior for various mouse actions. Kou can change any of these by selecting the conte,t 3edia i%e) and .ef% drag on the 3ouse 3odifiers page of your Preferences. -o do %$is 'i%$ %$e )ouse > 3ove i%e) or se/ec%ion of i%e)s ignoring %i)e se/ec%ion 3ove i%e) or se/ec%ion of i%e)s ignoring snap and %i)e se/ec%ion 9opy i%e) or se/ec%ion of i%e)s 9opy i%e) or se/ec%ion of i%e)s ignoring snap 3ove i%e) con%en%s E'i%$in i%e)F Ad:us% i%e) pi%c$ fine Render i%e) %o ne' fi/e 9opy i%e)? poo/ing 3171 source da%a Dhown right is an e,ample of how you might change any of these. *n this e,ample, we are in the process of changing the default click and drag behavior from 3ove i%e) ignoring %i)e se/ec%ion to 3ove i%e): :us% )ove. This will enable us to move any selected area of an item @ust by dragging and dropping it. Kou:ll find more of that in Chapter %1. -ip: *f you accidentally move an item it can be restored to its original position by choosing 1%e) processing then 3ove i%e) %o source preferred posi%ion from the media item right.click conte,t menu. 0ou need %o do %$is > Drag and drop. 6$if% drag and drop. 9%r/ drag and drop. 6$if% and 9%r/ with drag and drop. A/% drag and drop. 6$if% and A/% drag and drop. 9%r/ and A/% drag and drop. 6$if% 9%r/ and A/% drag and drop.
any of the basic editing tasks that you will be performing in '()P(' involve the use of fairly intuitive standard =indows procedures for selecting and manipulating items. There are also some e,tra ones. Mere is a summary.
6e/ec% 1%e)s
Delect an item by clicking on the item. Delect multiple items by using 9%r/ 9/ic(. Delect ad@acent items by using 6$if% 9/ic(. Delect groups of items by right.clicking and dragging a marHuee around the items. *t is not necessary to marHuee the whole of an item to select it Asee above rightE. The marHuee feature can, however, be made to behave differently by using any of a number of modifier key options Asee 3arIuee 3odifiers table belowE. These techniHues can be used in '()P(' in several conte,ts G for e,ample, 9%r/ 9/ic( and 3arIuee can also both be used to make multiple note selections in the *D* (ditor Asee Chapter %!E.
6p/i% 1%e)s
Dplitting items is used in several '()P(' editing functions. >e sure to familiarise yourself with the following2 *f no item is selected, pressing 6 will do nothing. *f itemAsE are selected, pressing 6 will split all selected itemAsE at the edit cursor position. *f there is a time selection current, pressing 6$if% 6 will split all selected *temAsE at the beginning and end of the time selection. *f an item with any F; is split, then both the resulting items will contain the F;. This can be changed in your *p%ions? Preferences? 3edia page by disabling the option 7up/ica%e %a(e F8 '$en sp/i%%ing i%e)s.
9u%&9opy 1%e)s
)part from smart editing Asee previous sectionE there are other ways to copy or cut items in '()P('. These are based on standard windows techniHues -se the keyboard shortcut 9%r/ 9 to copy or 9%r/ 8 to cut any selected itemAsE in its entirety. ?ote that if a time selection is current, 6$if% 9%r/ 936$if% 9%r/ 8 will copy3cut only that current time selection, not the whole item. Kou can use the )ctions (ditor AChapter %1E to change this behavior if you wish. 'ight.click on an item and select 9opy i%e)s or 9u% i%e)s from the menu. Delect an item, then select Edi%? 9opy i%e)s&%rac(s&enve/ope poin%s ignoring %i)e se/ec%ion or 9u% i%e)s&%rac(s&enve/ope poin%s ignoring %i)e se/ec%ion from the menu. =o%e: 9opying 3171 1%e)s in Arrange Vie' 2 Dpecial considerations that need to be taken into account when you are copying *D* Arather than audioE items in arrange view. These are e,plained in Chapter %!.
Pas%e 1%e)s
-se 9%r/ V to paste an item at the cursor position. *f a track is selected, the item will be pasted into the selected track. *f no track is selected, the item will be pasted into the last track that was selected in the TCP. *f you give focus to the main arrange view window before pasting, a new track will be created. Delect a track and use Edi%? Pas%e to paste the item at the current edit cursor position.
7e/e%e 1%e)s
Delete completely removes the item from the track. ?ote that it does not remove the media file from the pro@ect directory. There are several ways to delete items. =here an item has several takes, any of these actions will delete all takes, not @ust the active one. Dee Chapter # for how to deal with individual takes. -se the 7e/e%e key to delete selected item3s. 'ight.click on a selected item and select Re)ove i%e)s. This will delete any selected items. Delect 1%e)? Re)ove i%e)s from the main menu. 6$o' *ver/apping 1%e)s 1n .anes Kou might wish to place several overlapping media items on one track. *f so, consider whether or not you wish to crossfade them. Crossfades can be applied manually, or automatically, by enabling the )uto Crossfade tool on the toolbar. Crossfade behavior can also be managed using the Crossfade (ditor which will be e,amined later in this chapter. Kou might also wish to enable 6$o' over/apping )edia i%e)s in /anes on the *p%ions menu. The ma,imum number of lanes to be used can be set on the Appearance page of your Preferences.
=o%e: This feature is often referred to as 7nudge8. =ith '()P(', nudging is relative to the screen display. For e,ample, if you are <oomed in very closely on an item, then nudging left or right will move or slide it backward or forward thru a much smaller unit of time than if the view was <oomed out to the full pro@ect. -ip: Double click on a trackIs inde, number in the Track Control Panel to select all the items in that track.
3arIuee 3odifiers
odifier keys e,ist for changing the marHuee behavior when you right.click and drag. >y default, these are22 3odifier HeyEsF Rig$%-c/ic( drag Eno )odifierF 6$if% Rig$% c/ic(-drag 9%r/ Rig$% c/ic(-drag A/% Rig$% c/ic(-drag 6$if% A/% Rig$% c/ic(drag Purpose arHuee select items. arHuee add to item selection. arHuee toggle item selection arHuee select items and time arHuee select items and time ignoring snap.
Kou can change any of these modifiers and3or add others of your own choosing, using the 3ouse 3odifiers page of your '()P(' Preferences. ore information about how to do this is given in Chapter %1.
Familiarise yourself with '()P('Is main editing behavior preferences and how they work. *f you do, you will find life getting a lot easier+ They are displayed on the Edi%ing 5e$avior page of the Preferences window. These are e,plained in Chapter %Q, but in short, some of the most useful of these include2 =hether to move the edit cursor when performing various actions G e.g. changing time selection or inserting media. =hether by default to link loop points to time selection. =hich focus point to use as the center when <ooming hori<ontally and vertically. These two important options put you in control of '()P(':s <oom behavior. Delecting mouse cursor allows you to simply point and <oom with the mousewheel. The option whether to move the edit cursor when selecting a media item is no longer on this page, but can now be set using the 3edia i%e) /ef% c/ic( conte,t on the mouse modifiers page. The default behavior for this is 6e/ec% i%e) and )ove edi% cursor but this can be changed to @ust 6e/ec% i%e).
@.@
The setting .in( /oop poin%s %o %i)e se/ec%ion Aon your Preferences, Edi%ing 5e$avior pageE determines whether by default the loop points are linked to your time selection. =hen linked, this means that when you select a time area other than that currently selected, the loop selection changes with it. )t any time you can override the default behavior by using the toggle command .oop poin%s /in(ed %o %i)e se/ec%ion on '()P(':s main *p%ions menu. (ven when this option is disabled Ai.e. not tickedE, you can still use the A/% key while you click and drag along the timeline to set both the time selection and the loop selection together.
E4a)p/e
For this e,ample we will be assuming that .oop poin%s /in(ed %o %i)e se/ec%ion has been turned off. *n this first e,ample, we have dragged along the timeline to create a loop. ?ow we have dragged within the track area, @ust below the media item. ) new time selection is made within the loop area, but the original loop selection remains. ?e,t, we have right.clicked over the area and chosen 6p/i% i%e)s a% %i)e se/ec%ion from the menu. =e now have a separate item Afor e,ample, to be muted, or to which we could add F;E, but the original loop area is still selected. Mere we have muted the previous Aand now splitE time selection, and made another new time selection, which we could also edit as reHuired. ?otice that we can carry on working with different times selections, but our original loop area remains intact. Kou can play this looped area over and over again while working on different time selections within it. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %%P
Kou have already learnt AChapter &E how to define grid settings. These determine whether or not a grid is displayed in your track area, and if so how that grid appears. The 6nap&Grid 6e%%ings window Ashown belowE can also be used if you wish to ensure that various actions Aincluding time or loop selectionE and3or items are automatically snapped into position according to your settings. This, for e,ample, might be to the nearest beat. The Dnap3/rid Dettings dialog bo, is accessed by choosing the *p%ions? 6nap&Grid 6e%%ings command, or by the keyboard shortcut A/% ., or by right clicking on the /rid button on the '()P(' toolbar. The keyboard shortcut A/% 6 is used to toggle the Dnap feature on and off. Kou can decide whether you want snapping applied in all or any of a number of ways, including2 3edia 1%e)s: (nsures that media items
when created, moved or edited will be snapped to your settings . at their start, at both the start and the end, or as determined by the mouse position at the time. 6e/ec%ion: Determines whether your time and loop selections should be snapped. 9ursor: Determines whether your cursor should be snapped. 9ursor %o edge of )edia i%e)s on any %rac(: /ood for navigating to item start, end, splits, etc. 6nap %o pro:ec% sa)p/e ra%e: (nables items to be snapped to items samples, cursor, markers, loop points and envelope points to snap to samples.
?otice the 6nap 7is%ance settings. These enable your snapping to be more fle,ible. For e,ample, you might set your grid spacing at, say P" pi,els, specify snap distance of, say, P pi,els and turn off the option to 6nap %o grid a% any dis%ance. This will ensure that snapping to grid will occur only when you click the mouse within P pi,els of one of the grid lines. Btherwise, the cursor will be positioned at the e,act place where the mouse is clicked. ?otice that you also have the option to make snapping Re/a%ive %o Grid.
@.C
@.9
The toggle command *p%ions? -ri) con%en% be$ind )edia i%e)s '$en edi%ing can be used to ensure that e,isting material is effectively replaced by new material which as a result of some editing action is placed over it. This option is also available by right. clicking on the )uto Crossfade icon on the main toolbar. The easiest way to understand what this feature does is to look at an e,ample of what happens when you move one item onto another with 7trim behind8 disabled and enabled. *n this e,ample, we are assuming that auto.crossfade has been turned off. Oet:s first recall how '()P(' behaves with trim behind disabled Athe default settingE.
!. =e drag and drop the item from the second track over the top of the first. 1. *f we now enable free item positioning on the track and increase the track height, by dragging the item on top below the original media item we can see that both the original item and the new item are now stored in this track. Oet:s now see what happens if we repeat this e,ercise, but this time with the option -ri) con%en% be$ind )edia i%e)s '$en edi%ing enabled. Dteps one and two would appear to be the same as before. >ut look what now happens at step 12 This time, when we allow free item positioning and drag the new item down, there is nothing behind it+ The original item has been replaced with the new one. This e,ample has been included only as an illustration and an e,ample. *t does not mean that you have to make use of free item positioning if you wish to work with 7trim behind8 enabled.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %%#
The =udge&se% i%e)s window can be opened from the media items right.click conte,t menu. Kou can use the )ctions Oist editor to assign this action to a keyboard shortcut, or the Customi<e enus3Toolbars editor to assign it to a toolbar. The use of both the )ctions Oist editor and the Customi<e enus3Toolbars editor is covered in Chapter %1. Bnce opened, this window stays open until you close it. Kou can select any item Aor a number of itemsE and use this window to nudge or set a position. (,actly how this behaves will at times depend on your other settings Afor e,ample, snap settings, and whether or not the item is loop enabledE. The main options and parameters in this window are described in the table below, moving from left to right. 1%e) Ac%ion E4p/ana%ion Choose =udge or 6e%. =hich of these you choose will determine how '()P(' will interpret the Uni% information. *f you choose ?udge, the item will be moved according to the unit specified by the amount specified. *n the e,ample shown above, the item position would be moved %" ms to the left or right Adepending on which ?udge button is clicked. *f you choose Det, the item will be moved to the position specified. =udge&6e% 7efini%ion Determines e,actly what will be nudged or set. Kour choices are2 Posi%ion .ef% -ri) .ef% Edge Rig$% Edge 9on%en%s 7up/ica%e =hole item2 the whole item will be physically moved The item is trimmed from the left The left edge is moved The right edge is moved The item itself remains static, its contents are moved within it Creates duplicate itemAsE
=hether the movement is left or right will depend on which button is clicked. *f 7up/ica%e is selected, you will be able to specify number of copies reHuired. Uni% Va/ue Determines the number of units by which the item will be nudged. This information needs to be interpreted together with the Uni% -ype selection. *n the e,ample shown above, the unit type is milliseconds and the unit value is %". Bptions include milliseconds, seconds, grid units, measures3beats, samples, frames, pi,els, item lengths, item selections and notes. *f notes is selected, an additional drop down list offering various fractions of a note Afrom %3!PR to wholeE is also displayed. =hether to enable or disable snapping. These buttons are displayed only if ?udge is selected. They determine whether to nudge the itemAsE to the left or to the right. These buttons are only displayed when Det is selected. Ge% 9ursor returns the current cursor position and writes it in the 7 %o:U bo,. App/y 3ove moves the item according to the various options and settings, including the position specified in the 7to28 bo,.
Uni% -ype
6nap %o Uni% =udge .ef% =udge Rig$% Ge% 9ursor App/y 3ove
)ll media items have a page of property settings which help determine the behavior of that item. Bften, editing in '()P(' consists of selecting an e,isting item Aor creating a new oneE and then changing its properties. To display an item:s properties, select it then press F!, or right click and choose 1%e) Proper%ies, or click on its properties button Aif visibleE. For audio Abut not *D*E items, you can also double.click on the item to do this. The edia *tem Properties bo, will stay open until you close it. *f you leave it open, its contents will reflect the properties of whichever item or items is3are currently selected at any time. Kou donIt need to understand every single one of these properties before you get started, @ust to know where this information is accessed and changed. The main properties contained within this dialog bo, are2 Posi%ion2 entering a precise figure here will move the start of this media item to that position. .eng%$ of media item Ashown in time or beatsE Fade 1n and Fade *u%2 you can define both the length and the shape, also enable or disable Au%ofades. 6nap offse%2 The amount of offset from the default snap position if snapping is enabled. 1%e) %i)ebase2 Defaults to pro@ect timebase but can be changed Atime, beats, etc.E. 1%e) )i4: (ffectively whether to replace or mi, when an item is placed over another. Defaults to pro@ect default. .oop source2 whether item is a loop. 3u%e s%a%us2 whether or not the item is muted. 1%e) /oc( s%a%us2 whether or not the item is locked. =hether or not to p/ay a// %a(es. Bbviously, this only applies where two or more takes e,ist. Ac%ive %a(e file name. )ctive %a(e na)e. >y default '()P(' will use the media item file name, but you can change this. Pi%c$ ad@ustment. 6%ar% in source: sets start time. P/aybac( ra%e. For e,ample, type 4! to double the playback rate of all items currently selected. =hether to preserve i%e) pi%c$ when the playback rate is changed. )d@ust Vo/u)e and Pan, =or)a/iDe. 9$anne/ )ode2 this is discussed shortly. =hether to inver% p$ase. )dd or remove -a(e enve/opes. =hich algorithm is to be used for pi%c$ s$if% and %i)e s%re%c$. 6%re%c$ )ar(er default fade siDe and whether to optimi<e for %ona/ con%en%. The option to use only a sec%ion of the media item. Bptions to reverse the item. (,amine the media item source file:s proper%ies. Choose a ne' fi/e to replace the e,isting source file. Rena)e the source file. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %%Q
)fter making any changes, use the App/y button to apply them and leave the window open, or *H to apply them and close the window, or 9ance/ to close the window without applying changes. There is also an option Aright.click on title barE to App/y c$anges af%er ! seconds of inac%ivi%y that you can enable if you wish. Dome of these options G such as .oop 6ource and 9$anne/ 3ode G are also available on the 1%e) 6e%%ings menu. *n addition, for many of them Ceyboard Dhortcuts either already e,ist or can be defined. Kou will be shown how to create your own keyboard shortcuts in Chapter %1 when we e,amine the Ac%ions .is% Edi%or. -ip2 To change a property Ae.g. playback rateE of several items at once, simply select all of the items then, with the edia Properties window open, make whatever changes you reHuire.
@.#!
For several of the settings in the *tem Properties dialog bo, there are icons AbuttonsE available that can be used as a Huick way of accessing these commonly used features. The display of buttons is turned on and off in the Appearance? 3edia page of the Preferences settings. The icons are listed in two rows. Ticking options in the first row means that the icons will be displayed only when the item has been enabled Aby a keyboard shortcut, the menu, or the *tem Properties dialog bo,E. Ticking options in the second row means that the icons will be displayed whether the feature is enabled or not. For e,ample, if you tick the 3u%e option in the first row but not the Un)u%ed option in the second, then the mute button will be displayed only when the item is muted. The button indicates the track:s mute status and can also be used to unmute it. *f you choose to tick this item in both rows then the mute button will always be displayed Aprovided there is sufficient roomE on all media items, and can be used as a toggle. (nabling Proper%ies Eresa)p/ed on/yF means that this button will only be displayed if an item is resampled. *n the e,ample shown AleftE we have two media items, both with lock status, notes, mute and F; buttons displayed. The first item is muted and the second item is locked. =hether your icons are displayed above the media items or superimposed upon the media items will depend on your preference setting Aon the same preferences pageE for the option 7ra' /abe/s above i%e) ra%$er %$an 'i%$in i%e) . ?ote that even if you have this option enabled, it will only be applied if there is sufficient track height. Kou:ll find more information about other settings on this Appearance, 3edia page in Chapter %Q.
@.#A
1%e) =o%es
The ?otes button Aor the 1%e) se%%ings? 1%e) no%es > command from the right.click menuE can be used to open a te,t bo, that can be used to enter any te,t notes for that item. =hen notes have been entered, a small ?otes icon will appear on the item. Movering the mouse over this icon will cause the notes to be displayed as a tool tip. Click on the icon to open and edit the ?otes window. =ithin the =o%es window, click on the .oad button to load any .P?/ or .$P/ image file. The option Use as i%e) bac(ground can be selected to display that image with the icon. Bptionally, you may also choose to 6%re%c$ %o fi% i%e). )n e,ample of a media item displaying an image is shown here. *cons can also be inserted into media items by dragging and dropping from (,plorer3Finder.
Kou can change the colors of individual media items Aor selections of media itemsE by first selecting the items and then displaying the conte,t menu and choosing 1%e) and %a(e co/ors, then 6e% i%e)s %o cus%o) co/or or 6e% i%e)s %o rando) co/ors or 6e% i%e)s %o one rando) co/or. Kou will need to ensure that at least one of the options to tint media item waveform peaks and3or backgrounds with 1%e) co/ors is enabled on the Appearance, 3edia page of your Preferences Asee aboveE. E4a)p/es *n the e,ample below, our vocal track has been split into several individual items. Oet us suppose that these include several verses and choruses, and that for whatever reason we wish to easily identify the choruses. =e can select the chorus items, then right.click over any item in the selection and choose 1%e) and %a(e co/ors? 6e% i%e)s %o cus%o) co/or from the menu. AThese commands are also available on the main Edi% menuE. =e can then select any color we wish from the 9o/ors dialog bo, and click on *H. These items are now shown in the selected color.
Bther similar commands include 6e% i%e)s %o rando) co/or and 6e% i%e)s %o one rando) co/or. To remove a custom color, choose 6e% i%e)s %o defau/% co/or.
@.#5
>esides using envelopes Awhich we:ll get to in Chapter %RE there are three main methods available to ad@ust the volume of individual media items. They are2 -sing either the item volume handle or the item volume button. -sing the volume fader in the *tem Properties bo,. ?ormali<ation.
@.#5.#
The Appearance? 3edia page of your Preferences settings includes the option to use either an 1%e) vo/u)e (nob or -op edge of )edia i%e) Aitem volume handleE as a Huick and easy way to ad@ust the volume of individual media items. The 1%e) vo/u)e (nob is shown here ArightE. Click and drag on this, up or down to increase or decrease item volume. Double.click to reset to "."d>. To ad@ust several items at once, select the reHuired items then ad@ust the knob on any one within the selection. The 1%e) vo/u)e $and/e is a hori<ontal bar that sits across the top of each of your media items. *nitially it will not be visible until you hover your mouse over the top of the media item to reveal a double headed vertical arrow. Kou can click and drag with your mouse down to lower the volume level Asee first illustrationE. To pick up the handle from the top of the media and increase the volume from there, hold down the 6$if% key while dragging Asee second illustrationE.
-se the 9on%ro/ key while ad@usting either the item volume knob or handle for fine ad@ustments. -ip: *f you want the item volume handle when set to "." d> to appear half way up your media items Arather than at the top edgeE, choose the *p%ions? Preferences command, then on the 3edia page set 3edia i%e) ad:us%)en% range to -inf...J@ d5. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %!%
The *tem Properties dialog bo, includes a hori<ontal fader Ato the left of the normali<e buttonE which can be used to raise or lower an item:s volume. )fter ad@usting the level, click on App/y to apply it to the item. This method is useful especially if you are making ad@ustments to both volume and pan settings together, or if you do not wish the item volume handle to be displayed.
@.#5.A
can be %. !. 1.
=or)a/iDing 1%e)s The term normali<ing refers to ad@usting the volume of an item Aor selection of itemsE to a standard level. This
especially useful if some of your tracks have perhaps been recorded at too low a level. To do this2 Delect any item Aor group of itemsE to be normali<ed. 'ight click over the selection. Choose 1%e) processing then either =or)a/iDe i%e)s or =or)a/iDe i%e)s Eco))on gainF from the menu. -se the co))on gain option if you want the level on all items to be raised by the same amount, or relative to each other. This will be the amount by which the loudest of the items can be increased without clipping. *f you want every selected item to be normalised independently do not select the common gain option. This can be e,pected to result in a greater increase in volume for some items than if common gain had been selected. )ny individual item can also be normalised by clicking the =or)a/iDe button inside the *tem Properties dialog bo,. This is especially useful if you need to make changes to other item properties while you are normali<ing.
@.#@
'ight clicking over any edia *tem and choosing 1%e) se%%ings from the conte,t menu causes a sub.menu to be displayed. ?otice in particular that for stereo media items, you have a number of 9$anne/ 3ode options Aalso available in the *tem Properties dialog bo,E. These include2 =or)a/: maintains or returns the stereo item to its original channel state. Reverse 6%ereo2 swaps left and right channels. 3ono E7o'n)i4E: combines both left and right channels into a single mono channel. 3ono E.ef%F: produces a single mono channel using only the output from the original left channel only. 3ono ERig$%F: produces a single mono channel using only the output from the original right channel only. For multichannel items Asee Chapter 1E you have also the option of mi,ing down in mono or stereo to channels other than % and !.
E4a)p/es
Dome e,amples are illustrated below. ?ote that these changes are non.destructive. Kou can switch an item between these different states as often as you wish. For e,ample, to convert a stereo media item to two mono items Huickly and easily, you can simply duplicate it, then set one to ono AleftE and the other to ono ArightE
3ode: =or)a/
@.#B
The -a(e )edia source section of the edia *tem Properties dialog bo, can be used to view the properties of the currently selected take, or to change or rename its source file. =here the media item consists of only one take, then the terms 7take media source8 and 7item media source8 become synonymous To change the media item contents click on 9$oose =e' Fi/e, or to rename it use the Rena)e Fi/e option. Kou can click on the Proper%ies button to display information about the format of the original )udio file or *D* recording which is the source of the item. *n the case of *D* items, you can also modify some properties, such as restricting which channels are played. (,amples are shown below2
@.#C
ost new users of any digital audio software struggle with editing at first, especially if they are used to another program which uses different techniHues. The best way to understand whatIs going on is to work thru some e,amples. These e,amples assume that you have the option to Oink loop points to time selection enabled. Bpen the file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.RPP. -se the Fi/e? 6ave Pro:ec% As command to save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% E71-6.RPP. The e,amples that follow are designed to help you to learn and understand the use of '()P('. They are not intended to cover every possible feature G you can e,plore these for yourself G nor is it suggested that they represent a particularly good arrangement of this song. >y way of preparation, set pan the two guitar tracks 11L left and 11L right respectively.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %!1
!. 1.
&. P.
R.
#.
6. Q.
%". 'ight click @ust beneath the -rac( 9on%ro/ Pane/ area and choose 6$o' )as%er %rac(. %%. )d@ust panning and volume for the various tracks to get a reasonable mi,. Kou might end up with something similar to that shown above. Press 9%r/ 6. %!. *n the e,ample shown, you might be happy with the overall balance between the different tracks, yet the overall volume of the aster might be @ust a tad too loud in parts. %1. Bpen the F8 bin for the aster and insert into it the 6&U%i/i%y .i)i%er. Det the ma,imum volume of the limiter to G".P. Close the F; window, and make sure the Solume Fader for the aster is set to "d>. Kou can now play the song without clipping. %&. ?otice there is an e,tended period at the end of the song that we might wish to remove. Position the Play Cursor at around the position shown AaboveE. ake sure that no track is selected, then press the letter 6 to split all tracks at the cursor mark. %P. ?ote that whereas before each track consisted of one item, each now has two items. The items Ato the rightE that you have @ust created by splitting should still be selected. *f they are not, right.click and drag over them to marHuee AselectE them. %R. Press 7e/e%e to remove these items. Press 9%r/ 6 to save. %#. ?ow weIre going to mute part of an item. =e first need to make a separate item containing @ust the area to be muted. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 %!&
!6.
@.#9
Kou can use '()P(':s various item editing and manipulation techniHues Aincluding smart editingE on selections of multiple items. $ust make your item selection and then carry out the reHuired action Adelete or move, etcE. %. Kou can do this with more than one ad@acent track at a time by using the marHuee method Aright.click and dragE when making a selection. !. Kou can also do this for media items in non.ad@acent tracks. ake the time selection, then select the first item, then hold 9%r/ while you click on each of the other items. *n the first picture ArightE, tracks % and & have had an
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %!P
@.!"
6/ip Edi%ing
Kou can slip.edit unwanted passages from the start or end of a media item by following this seHuence2 Mover your mouse over the lower part of an itemIs left or right edge so that the mouse appears as a double headed hori<ontal arrow with a sHuare bracket Aas shown rightE. The direction faced by the bracket will depend on whether you are at the start of the item or the end. Click and drag to the right or left Aas appropriateE, then release the mouse. 6/ip Edi%ing 3u/%ip/e 1%e)s To slip edit several items in different tracks, simply select all the media items reHuired Afor e,ample, hold the 9%r/ key while clicking in turn on each item, or use the marHuee methodE, then slip edit any item in the selection. The change will be applied to all items in the selection Asee leftE. This is another e,ample of where you may wish to customi<e '()P(':s mouse settings to change its default behavior. For e,ample, you might wish to ensure that even when multiple items are selected, only the one item is slip edited. This can be done on the 3ouse 3odifiers page of your Preferences window. This topic is covered in Chapter %1. Take care when slip.editing ad@acent items, especially when they are touching each other. *f you click and drag on one of the items so as to create a space between the two, then slip editing will take place in the usual way. Mowever, if you slip edit in such a way as to overlap the items, you will create a crossfade. >oth items will be heard when the overlapping portion is played. This is illustrated here, where the end of the first Afurther leftE of the two ad@acent items has been slip.edited to the right, overlapping the other item. This behavior can be modified in two ways. Disabling auto.crosssfade Aon the toolbarE will stop the crossfade, but both items will still be heard. (nabling -ri) con%en% be$ind )edia i%e)s '$en edi%ing A*p%ions menuE will ensure that only the slip.edited item Athe item on topE will be heard during the overlap. )nother techniHue is to use slip.editing to move the boundary between two ad@acent items Aperhaps when an original item has been splitE. Delect both items and hover your mouse over the boundary between the items to see the symbol shown here. Kou can then click and drag left or right to move the boundary.
@.!#
Ad:us%ing Fades
*f you select any item in a track and <oom in close enough, you will see that there is a fadeout curve at the end of that item. Kou can change both the shape and duration of this curve, either using the mouse, or thru the 1%e) Proper%ies dialog bo,. %. Delect the rightmost item on one or more tracks. *n the e,ample shown ArightE two tracks have been selected. *n this e,ample the items selected are vertically aligned2 this does not need to be the case. !. Mover your mouse over the vertical white line that marks the start of the fade. The mouse changes to display a curved shape. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 %!R
*n addition, the Preferences 3ouse 3odifiers page gives you additional functionality by using modifier keys with your mouse when working with fades and crossfades. For e,ample, holding 6$if% while dragging the mouse left or right will move a crossfade left or right. Bther default settings are shown here, but you can change them. For information about customi<ing your mouse modifiers, see Chapter %1.
@.!!
Typically a crossfade might be used to transition gradually from one media item on a track to another. *n the e,ample shown ArightE, two media items overlap each other with a crossfade. A/% 8 toggles on and off auto crossfade mode. =hen enabled, this ensures that dragging the start of one media item over the end of another will automatically create a crossfade. Default crossfade parameters Aincluding fade and crossfade s$apesE are set in the 3edia 1%e) 7efau/%s page of '()P(':s preferences. Sarious crossfade elements Asuch as shape, start and finishE can be edited with your mouse in much the same way as you might edit a simple fade. *n many cases this might be all you need to do. Mowever, if you need it the Crossfade (ditor gives you more precise control over the shape and sound of the crossfade. The Crossfade (ditor is opened using the Vie'? 9rossfade Edi%or command, or by double. clicking on a crossfade. >elow you can see the same crossfade as before, with the crossfade editor open. The crossfade area has been selected Aby click anywhere on the crossfade curveE. The crossfade editor displays the fade parameter information for the selected media items. *t might help to use a copy of your pro@ect at first, until you become familiar with how the controls work. The following should help you to understand the controls and options and how they can be used2
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %!#
The fader uni%s Atop rightE can be set to your preference, either time AsecondsE or beats. )ny of the seven s$apes shown can be selected for fade out, fade in, or both. )fter choosing a shape, you can use the mouse directly on the crossfaded media items. Drag left3right on either curve to ad@ust the fade itself, or at the intersection to move @ust the point where the fades cross. The dialog bo, controls can also be used to edit the fades and crossfade Asee points belowE. ouse modifiers can be used to customi<e mouse behavior Asee ne,t pageE. Bptionally, you can select EIua/ gain or EIua/ po'er. EIua/ gain settings include linear fades Athe top shapeE. EIua/ po'er includes logarithmic fades Asecond from topE. (Hual gain might be preferred when both items contain similar material. (Hual power might be chosen when the crossfade is between two different types of sound or different instruments. )d@ustable parameters are curve, cen%er of crossfade, s%ar% and end locations of fade.out and fade.in, /eng%$, position of con%en%s Athe crossfade media itemsE, and vo/u)e of fades. ost of these are self. e,planatory. The curve setting will ad@ust the shape of the left, right or Aif linkedE both curves. Depending on other settings, this may cause the fades: intercept point to move left or right. ?ote also that when ad@usting the /eng%$ you can specify which position should be preserved G center, start, or end. The con%en%s rotary can be used to move either of the media items left or right. The vo/u)e con%ro/ can be used to ad@ust the volume of the crossfaded items. Parameter values can also be typed directly into the edit bo,es. Oeft3right values of the different parameters can be /in(ed or )irrored. (,cept for s%ar% and end, link and mirror are mutually e,clusive options. For e,ample, if s$ape is linked then changing the shape of either fade will cause both to be changed in the same way. *f mirrored, selecting a shape for one fade will cause an opposite shape Aif one is availableE to be applied to the other fade. *f s%ar% and end are linked and mirrored, then ad@usting either of these controls will change the crossfade start and end length eHually, keeping the center point constant. *f /eng%$ is linked, ad@usting the length of either fade will change the length of both fades eHually. *f mirrored, lengthening one fade will cause the other to be shortened by an eHual amount. *f con%en%s are linked, that control will move both media items left or right together. *f mirrored, it will move them in opposite directions. *f vo/u)e is linked, then ad@usting either control will raise or lower the volume
-nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 %!6
@.!A
=hen recording, itIs not unusual to end up with a period of silence at the beginning, before your song actually starts, and varying periods of silence at the end of your various tracks, where you have perhaps allowed the recording to continue longer than necessary. Bf course, you can fi, this by slip.editing your tracks individually, then dragging and dropping them to the start of your timeline. ) Huicker way would be to 9rop pro:ec% %o se/ec%ion. To crop a pro@ect to selection, do this2 %. Click and drag along the background area to mark the area that you want to keep G see picture below. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %!Q
-ip: *f immediately after cropping to selection Aand before pressing EscE you again right click over the Timeline and choose Qoo) se/ec%ion from the conte,t menu Aor use the shortcut keys 9%r/ =u)pad P/us your pro@ect will e,pand hori<ontally to fit the width of your Track Siew window.
@.!4
Grouping 1%e)s
Provided that /rouping is enabled G *p%ions? 1%e) Grouping Enab/ed command, or A/% 6$if% G G items can be grouped together to facilitate working with them. For e,ample, you can move them together, set them all to a common color, mute and unmute them, and so onE. Delect the items and use G to add them to a group. *f you prefer, you can use the 1%e) grouping button on the '()P(' toolbar to toggle grouping on and off. *n the e,ample shown below, three of the si, items have been grouped. ?otice that for grouped items a Grouped icon will be displayed if this has been enabled in Preferences? Appearance? 3edia. (ven when this preference is disabled, you will see a thin colored bar above and below all items that have been grouped Asee rightE. Further items can be added to a group. Delect any item in the group, then press 9%r/ G to select the entire group. Mold the 9%r/ key while you click on those items that you wish to add to the group, then release Ctrl and press G. ?ote that U removes a selected item from a group. Kou can also use the Group commands from the right click item menu to manage groups.
E4a)p/e
Mere is a simple e,ample, using the file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% E71-6.RPP and save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% GR*UP 1-E36.RPP %. Delect the Vo4 track, and use the editing techniHues that you have already learnt to cut this track into several media items, so that it resembles that shown above. There are a number of ways you can do this G one is to position the cursor at the point that you want to split, then select the item, then press 6. 'epeat this as often as necessary. To remove unwanted items, select them and press 7e/e%e. !. Check your *p%ions menu to ensure that 1%e) Grouping is enabled. *f it isnIt, turn it on. ?otice that by default, the keyboard shortcut A/% 6$if% G can be used to toggle *tem /rouping on and off. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 %1"
@.!5
Different groups of items can be saved and recalled using the 1%e) Groups tab of '()P(':s Pro@ect >ay. The Pro@ect >ay will be e,plored in more detail in chapter %%. For now, notice that you can open it using the Vie'? Pro:ec% 3edia&F8 5ay command, and then select the 1%e) Groups tab. To create and save multiple groups, simply use this method2 Bpen the Pro@ect >ay and select the 1%e) Groups tab. Delect the items for your first group then right click over one of them and choose Group then Group i%e)s from the menu. ) group will automatically be created in the Pro@ect >ay. Kou can right click over the group name and choose Rena)e group to give it your own name. 'epeat this step to create subseHuent groups. The e,ample here shows a pro@ect with two item groups.
To select all items in a group, you can now right click over its group name in the pro@ect bay and choose 6e/ec% group from the menu. To remove a group, use the 7e/e%e group? (eep i%e)s command on the same menu. -ip: To ad@ust the volume of all items in a selected group, hold 9%r/ and A/% while ad@usting the item volume button or item volume handle of any one of the items in that group.
@.!@
=hen you have a number of items in a track that you wish to permanently treat as one, you should consider using the G/ue i%e)s command. =hen you glue items, they become one and a new media item is created. For e,ample, two *D* items glued together will automatically and always open together in the same *D* (ditor For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %1%
E4a)p/e
*n the e,ample shown below, a track is made up of si, separate media items Aas in the e,ercise aboveE. >y positioning the mouse initially over the first item, then right clicking and dragging to the last item before releasing the mouse, we ensure that all items are selected.
=e then right click over any of these items Awhere the mouse is shown aboveE and choose G/ue se/ec%ed i%e)s from the menu. )s a result, the five items are @oined into one, as shown below.
Bne application for gluing items is to @oin several items together into a new loop source. Kou:ll learn more about working with loops in Chapter 6. )nother use for glue is to render an item, for e,ample, incorporating item gain and item F; into the new media item and setting the F; to bypass. =hen a selection of two or more items are glued in this way, the F; and so on will be applied to the appropriate sections of the new item.
@.!B
'()P(' includes an optional pencil mode that can be used to create new media items or make copies of e,isting ones. Mow the feature works is determined by your -rac( /ef% drag settings on the 3ouse 3odifiers page of your Preferences window. *n Chapter %1 you will learn how to change these settings to suit your own custom reHuirements if you need to. For e,ample, you could assign the 6$if% modifier to be used to draw a new item. For now, we will be looking at the default settings. These default settings are shown here. >y default, the following modifiers can be used when clicking and dragging the mouse in an empty area in )rrange view2 9%r/ G draws a copy of currently selected media item. Dnapping will be applied if enabled. 9%r/ 6$if% . draws a copy of currently selected media item, will not snap. 9%r/ A/% . draws a copy of currently selected media item pooling *D* source data with snapping Aif enabledE. *D* source data, will not snap. 6$if% 9%r/ A/% . draws a copy of currently selected media item pooling
The illustration above is an e,ample of this. The first of two e,isting media items on a track has been selected. >y holding 9%r/ while clicking and dragging further along that track, a copy of that media item is made.
@.!C
The command 1nser%? E)p%y space a% %i)e se/ec%ion can be used to create a 7gap8 anywhere in a song. Dimply make your time selection before selecting this command. The space is applied to all tracks Aas shown hereE. Kou could then create additional material on any or all tracks in the space that you have opened out.
@.!9
Ripp/e Edi%ing
The simplest way to describe ripple editing is this2 usually, when you delete part of a media item, a gap is left on the track where the deleted item used to be. =ith ripple editing, the material on the track is moved over to fill that gap. This is illustrated in the three screen shots below. This first picture AleftE shows a media item selected with a time selection highlighted. =ith ripple editing off, deleting the selected area of the selected media item has the effect shown here. =ith per track ripple editing enabled, deleting the selected area of the selected media item has the effect shown here. To access 'ipple (diting, choose the *p%ions? Ripp/e edi%ing command, or use the keyboard shortcut A/% P, or use the 9yc/e Ripp/e Edi%ing 3ode button on the main toolbar. The same action Achoosing the command or using the shortcutE toggles the 'ipple (diting status between three states2 *ff: This is the default mode. *tems will not shift when you edit a track. Per -rac(: *f you select the ripple editing option once, it will change to per track ripple editing. 'ipple editing will then be applied when you are editing the currently selected trackAsE but not to any other tracks. A// -rac(s: *f you select the ripple editing option once more, it will enable the all tracks ripple editing. This means anything you do to )?K of the items on )?K track will affect the (?T*'( pro@ect. This can be used, for e,ample, for deleting entire sections of songs. *n this mode, markers and automation are locked to the items that they relate to, so as you move items the associated markers and automation move too. -sing this mode on multiple tracks is very useful for editing multitrack recordings of live material . everything that belongs together stays together in sync as you edit. For instance, if you split the item at a couple of places Aso you now have three itemsE then delete the middle piece, the remaining pieces @oin up, but unlike with a normal stereo editor, you can ad@ust the @oin by dragging the ends of the items appropriately. *f you want to move material from one place to another, you can split at the insertion point, drag the material to the right of the insertion out of the way, then make the insertion and drag the displaced material to @oin it. )ll items to the right of the dragged item will stay together and markers and automation will move correctly too. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %11
Mere is shown one e,ample which uses ripple editing on all tracks. 'ipple (diting, all tracks is enabled. *n the first illustration, the period of silence before the recorded program starts is selected. The command 9u% se/ec%ed area of i%e)s is then applied. The selected area is cut from all tracks, and the remaining material is moved to the pro@ect start. -ip: Dhortly in this chapter you will be shown how to use )ouse )odifiers to determine how '()P(' behaves when an item or selection of items is dragged. This includes options to select and apply any of the three ripple editing states when the itemAsE is3are being dragged,
@.A"
*f you want to trim a media item or track from both the start and the finish at the same time you can do so. $ust follow this seHuence2 %. Delect the media item Aor itemsE. !. Click and drag in the track background area to select the area that you want to keep. 1. 'ight click over a selected media item and choose -ri) i%e)s %o se/ec%ed area. *f Ripp/e Edi%ing is turned on, the area that is trimmed will also be removed from the timeline, otherwise some empty space will be left. *f your 6nap&Grid 6e%%ings are set to include 3edia 1%e)s, then provided that snapping is enabled, snapping will be applied when you select the area to be trimmed.
@.A#
Choosing the option for free i%e) posi%ioning enables you to move your media items around freely within a track or tracks. This can be helpful, for e,ample if you want two or more media items to play simultaneously or to overlap on the same track. To turn this feature on2 %. Delect the track Aor tracksE for which you wish to allow free item positioning. !. 'ight click over the Track Control Panel and choose Enab/e %rac( free i%e) posi%ioning from the conte,t menu. The following series of illustrations demonstrates an e,ample of how this feature might be used. *n the first screen shot we have a Oead Socal and a Marmony Socal on different tracks. =e might find it convenient to place these together on the same track. *n the second screen shot we have enabled Free *tem Positioning for the So, ain track. ?otice that there is a small handle Ashown by the mouse cursorE which can be used to ad@ust the height of this media item. *n the third screen shot the media item for the So, Mmy track has been dragged and dropped into the So, ain track. =hen this track is played, both of these media items will play together. *n fact, in this e,ample, Track 1 can now be deleted. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 %1&
(ach of the Ain this case twoE items is independent of the other. (ither or both can be muted and unmuted, have F; added to them, have changes made to pitch and3or playback rate, and so on. Kou can use the 3edia 1%e) Proper%ies dialog bo, AF!E and3or the right.click conte,t menu for this purpose.
@.A!
3ouse 3odifiers
Kou have already encountered many e,amples of how '()P(' uses the mouse with and without modifiers to perform a whole range of tasks. These have so far included making loop and time selections, copying and moving media items, slip editing media items, using item pencil mode, and so on. *n Chapter %1, you:ll learn more about how you can modify any of these if you wish, and even create your own. eanwhile, you can find out more about the various ouse odifier default settings by browsing thru the Edi%ing 5e$avior, 3ouse 3odifier section of your '()P(' Preferences. From the 9on%e4% list, select a topic, such as edia item click, edia item edge drag, Track click, 'uler, click, )rrange view right.click, etc. ) summary list of all default mouse actions relevant to that conte,t will be shown. Kou can then double.click on any entry in the odifier column to assign an action to that modifier. Dhown here AbelowE is an e,ample of the default actions associated with the various mouse modifiers for when you are dragging media items. For e,ample, by default, clicking and dragging a media item will move it, ignoring any time selection. Molding 9%r/ as you do so will copy it G and so on. There are many more for you to choose from. For e,ample, you could define 6$if% +in as a modifier to restrict item movement to being vertical only, when moved or when copied. Kou could use 9%r/ +in for ad@usting an item:s volume, and so on. To do either of these, you would need to double.click on the modifier in the list, then make your choice from the list of commands and actions offered. The 9on%e4% drop down list includes the following entries that can be relevant when you are working with media items. 3edia i%e) E/ef% c/ic(? /ef% drag and doub/e-c/ic(F 3edia i%e) bo%%o) $a/f E/ef% c/ic(? /ef% drag and doub/e-c/ic(F 3edia i%e) edge E/ef% drag and doub/e-c/ic(E 3edia i%e) fade&crossfade E/ef% c/ic(? /ef% drag and doub/e-c/ic(F any conte,ts have an option associated with them2 where present, this is displayed below the table, @ust above the *H button. *n the e,ample here, you have the option whether or not to treat the label area above the item as empty track space. ?otice too the 1)por%&e4por% button. This can be used for saving and recalling your mouse modifier actions, either for the currently selected conte,t or for all conte,ts. There:s a lot to e,plore here, and how you use these options will very much depend on your own personal needs. The e,amples that follow should help to get you started.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %1P
3edia 1%e) Edge .ef% 7rag Dhown here ArightE are the default mouse modifier settings that are used when clicking and dragging on the edge of any media itemAsE. Chapter %1 includes a step by step e,ample showing how you can change these.
*%$er *p%ions ?otice that you can assign different modifiers to be used when clicking on the bottom part of media items from those used when clicking on the top part. *n the e,ample shown here, the default action for a simple click on the bottom half of a media item is being changed to Add i%e) %o se/ec%ion. =o%e: =hen the conte,t 3edia i%e) bo%%o) $a/f is selected, an option is displayed to 7isab/e %arge%ing of bo%%o) par% of )edia '$en %a(e /ane $eig$% is /ess %$an 44 pi4e/s. >y default this is set to &&. Kou will need to change this if you want to be able to use these conte,t actions with media items less than && pi,els high. These are @ust some of the many possible e,amples which illustrate how you can use mouse modifiers in various different conte,ts when editing media items. *t:s up to you now to e,plore the many other options for yourself, depending on which aspects and options are most important to you+
'()P(':s Dynamic Dplitting is a powerful feature which can be used for all sorts of purposes. any of these are designed to help you with tempo based composition, but it has other more widespread applications. Bne such use is to clean up a track and remove those passages that should be silent. This can be handy, for e,ample, with a vocal track, to auto&matically clean up the passages between verses which might contain unwanted background noises such as breathing or shuffling sounds. Duppose that you have recorded such a vocal track. =ith dynamic splitting you can effectively tell '()P(' to go thru the track and take out all of the passages where the vocalist isn:t singing. These are the passages where you want the track to be silent and which otherwise might contain various breathing or other unwanted sounds. To do this, you first select the media item then right click over it and choose the 1%e) processing, 7yna)ic sp/i% i%e)s> command. Kou then need to select the reHuired parameters before splitting. Kou are given immediate visual feedback before e,ecuting the command. (ach split point is indicated by a colored vertical line and those areas marked for removal are shown as darker. Dynamic splitting will be e,amined in more detail in Chapter 6, in the conte,t of tempo based music production, but when applied to this particular task it can be used as e,plained in the table below. Dtart with settings similar to those shown here and ad@ust then as necessary.
6u))ary of 7yna)ic 6p/i%%ing Para)e%ers =hen used in this way, dynamic splitting basically employs a noise gate to tell '()P(' how often and where to split your media items and which areas are to be removed.
7yna)ic 6p/i%%ing Para)e%er A% %ransien%s +$en ga%e opens +$en ga%e c/oses Reduce sp/i% 3in s/ice /eng%$ 6e%%ing %o Re)ove 6i/en% Passages Deselect this option when using dynamic splitting for this purpose. Kou would be unlikely to select one of these options without the other. >oth of these options need to be turned on, so that '()P(' can work out the beginning and end of each passage that is to be removed. *n most cases, when using dynamic splitting for this purpose this item should be deselected. This sets the shortest length for any slice. Kou will probably need to e,periment to get it right. -sually, this should be set to a low value. Mappily, '()P(':s dynamic splitting interface gives you immediate visual feedback. Kou can see by looking at the screen when your settings are right. The illustration below shows the effect of setting this value too high. ?otice that it can result in some recorded passages also being removed *n most cases for this particular application this setting should not matter. *f in doubt, try both and be guided by the visual feedback.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %1#
This is another parameter that will reHuire fine tuning. Det too high it will fail to catch all the periods of silence, This setting can be used to ad@ust the level at which the gate closes relative to that at which it opens. *n the e,ample shown above, the gate will close at .R!.P d> and reopen at .P" d>. 'aising the hysteresis figure closer to or even above "d> will have create more splits. For this application you would choose 6p/i% se/ec%ed i%e)s or 6p/i% se/ec%ed and grouped i%e)s. The other options involve the use of stretch markers, which will be covered in ChapterQ. This option should be enabled. (nabling fade pad can help ensure a smoother transition. Oeave them as shown here.
Ac%ion %o perfor)
@.A4
6+6 E4%ensions
)s you get to know '()P(' better you will find that there are a number of editing and related actions that you will want to use freHuently. This might include, for e,ample, actions as diverse as lining up a number of media items with the edit cursor, or setting the volume of an entire selection of media items in one action. Kou will find that many of these actions G and more . are available as a plug.in to '()P(' by downloading and installing the 6+6 E4%ensions Pack. To do this, you simply follow this seHuence2 %. /o to $%%p:&&'''.s%anding'a%ers%udios.co) !. Follow the instructions to download the correct version for your operating system. 1. )fter downloading, run the install program, then start '()P(' in the usual way. The contents of this e,tension pack are by no means lightweight. They include not only hundreds of useful actions for editing and more but also whole modules which bring e,tra functionality to '()P(', including mi,ing snapshots and marker management. Do comprehensive are they that they come with their own PDF manual.
B - Arranging? 9o)ping and Edi%ing -a(es B Arranging? 9o)ping and Edi%ing -a(es
(arlier, in Dection 1, we looked at how you can create multiple takes when you are recording. *n particular, make sure you are familiar with the sections that cover 6$o'ing -a(es in .anes, Using 9o/or 9oded -a(es and +or(ing +i%$ 3u/%ip/e -a(es. The editing and arrangement techniHues covered in Chapter R can also be applied to editing a pro@ect with multiple takes. This e,ample is intended really to get you thinking about how you might approach the task. Kou have two main methods at your disposal. Kou can either2 (,plode the takes to new tracks. Kou can then work on and edit each track separately and Aif you wishE @oin them all back to a single track when you have finished, or =ork on and edit the various takes all within the single track on which they were recorded. =e:ll get to this method later in this section. ?ote that unless specifically stated otherwise, the instructions in this section assume that you have the free item positioning option disabled for the tracks that you are working on. This is the default setting. AFor more information about free item positioning, see chapter RE.
B.#
=e:ll start by looking at the first of these two methods. OetIs suppose that we have recorded three takes of a vocal track. =e can right click over the item and use the -a(e? E4p/ode a// %a(es %o ne' %rac(s command.
This command creates Ain this caseE three e,tra as yet unnamed tracks G the original track with its three takes is still intact. ?ow suppose that after auditioning we have decided which parts we want to use from each take. *n the ne,t illustration, we have edited the various takes to leave only the portion of each take that we wish to keep. This has been done using various editing techniHues that have been covered in Chapter R.
Finally, we select the various items from tracks 1 and & and use the =u) .oc( C key to move them up to track !. Track % is now muted and could of course be hidden. Tracks 1 and & could be deleted.
Kou could now select all of the items in track ! and use the G/ue 1%e)s command to bind them together as one media item. ?ote that the original muted track with the three takes on it is still available. This makes it easy at some later time for us to change our mind about what to include in the vocal track if we wish.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %1Q
B.A
)nother option is to use the -a(e? E4p/ode a// %a(es Ein p/aceF command. This has the effect of merging all takes on the track into a single lane. Mere:s an e,ample of when you might wish to do this. The track shown here includes three lead vocal takes. Kou have made your selection of the best parts of each take. These have had their individual item properties Asuch as volumeE ad@usted to give you the sound that you want.
>y e,ploding all takes in place, the selected items are placed over the others takes in a single lane, and are played together.
B.4
Mere:s a really interesting trick you can do with takes. Dhown here is a vocal track with an overdubbed vocal harmony for @ust two lines. >oth takes at that point have had individual pan and volume envelopes added, and perhaps some F; in their individual take:s F; chains. )fter selecting both these media items, right.click over either one of them and choose 1%e) se%%ings then P/ay a// %a(es. =e now have our complete vocal and harmony mi, on one single track+ This setting is also available from within the *tem Properties window.
Kou don:t need to e,plode takes to multiple tracks in order to manage them. *n this section we:ll see some of the ways in which you can manage your takes all within a single track. *n overview, this essentially consists of selecting the best parts of each take and comping them together into a single take of your preferred selections.
9o)p 6e%s
Kou can save multiple comp sets for individual tracks Aas shown aboveE and even for groups of tracks Aas shown rightE. This is a pro@ect with two vocal tracks, each of which has been sliced and diced and the preferred takes colored rusty red. =ith all media items in this set selected Ause marHuee for thisE, you can right.click over the selection and choose 9o)ps then 6ave as ne' co)p from the conte,t menu. Kou will be prompted for a name2 this name will then be added to the Comps menu and can be used to recall this comp from the menu at at any time. Bne advantage of this is that it makes it easier for you to compare different combination of slices from different takes, and hence arrive at the best outcome. There is no limit to the number of comp sets that you can save and use. Mere is a summary of the commands on the 9o)ps sub.menu. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %&%
Kour comps will be listed at the end of the Comps menu Asee e,ample rightE. Choosing any of these will cause that set of takes to be selected.
*n this e,ample, we have created a second comp set and colored it green. =e can now switch between comp sets at will.
*n this e,ample, with our preferred comp set selected we have used the command 3ove ac%ive co)p %o %op /ane. Don:t forget also that by pressing 9%r/ . you can toggle lane display on and off, as shown here. -ip: =hen you use lanes and slice and dice in this way, you can use the =u) Pad keys % and 1 to slide items left or right if their timing is slightly out of sync with other takes. The e,act amount by which these keys will slide your selected media itemAsE will depend on how closely you are <oomed in or out. )s a rule, you are likely to find that in the earlier stages of post production, you are more likely to want to create and save comp sets for individual tracks, rather than for groups of tracks. This will offer you a great deal of fle,ibility in how you 7mi, and match8 your various tracks together. Mowever, as your mi, progresses towards its completion, you may find that it can be more advantageous to save comped sets for whole selections of tracks, so that they can be recalled and used together.
6$o' F8 c$ain for ac%ive %a(e Re)ove F8 for ac%ive %a(e -a(e vo/u)e enve/ope -a(e pan enve/ope -a(e )u%e enve/ope -a(e pi%c$ enve/ope E4p/ode a// %a(es %o ne' %rac(s E4p/ode a// %a(es in p/ace E4p/ode a// %a(es Ein orderF
Copies all selected items to a single track as a series of takes. This command turns this ...
J into this2
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %&1
Pastes previously selected and cut or copied takes into selected tracks as a new item.
B.@
The third section of the *tems conte,t menu contains a series of commands that involve creating a new take from an e,isting item. These commands open up for you a number of interesting and creative options. The first three of these involve applying track effects to an e,isting media item and are essentially similar G one creates a mono item, one a stereo item and the third of these is used with *D* items. The table below summari<es these commands and how they are used. 9o))and E6$or%cu%F App/y %rac( F8 %o i%e)s as ne' %a(e App/y %rac( F8 %o i%e)s as ne' %a(e E)ono ou%pu%F App/y %rac( F8 %o i%e)s as ne' %a(e E3171 ou%pu%F E4p/ana%ion Bne use for this command is to free up CP- if your system is becoming stressed. Consider an e,ample of a track with some F; in its F; chain, say reverb and a compressor2
)fter applying track F;, we have a new take with the F; applied to it. The original F; chain can now be set to bypass2
This will not only reduce your CP- overload, it also opens up further creative options for you. Try selecting P/ay a// %a(es then using pan and volume envelopes on both takes to vary their placement and relative volume levels for different parts of the song. Render i%e)s as ne' %a(e This command is another CP- miser. *t will render the e,isting media item as a new take.
)s well as these commands, '()P(':s )ction Oist Asee Chapter %1E includes a number of actions you can use to deal with empty take lanes. These actions Awhich can be assigned to shortcut keys or toolbarsE are2 1%e): Re)ove a// e)p%y %a(e /anes 1%e): Re)ove %$e e)p%y %a(e /ane af%er %$e ac%ive %a(e , and 1%e): Re)ove %$e e)p%y %a(e /ane before %$e ac%ive %a(e Don:t forget how many options you now have J slice and dice, play all takes, volume, pan and mute envelopes, pitch and3or playback rate shifting, take F; J and so on+ Foo%no%e: 9onfused abou% co/orsX '()P(':s Preferences? Appearance, 3edia settings includes so many color options that you could be forgiven for being confused as to how they work. *n the e,ample shown here, we have asked for media item peaks and backgrounds to show both track colors and take colors. Clearly to show both of these will not be possible. *n cases like this, the option furthest to the right will take precedence. *n other words, for a particular media item, if takes have not been colored then the track colors will be used. *f, however, take colors have been specified, then these will take precedence over track colors.
B.B
Takes and comps can also be managed from within '()P(':s Pro@ect >ay. The Pro@ect >ay is a one.stop center which allows for the convenient management of a pro@ect:s media items, F;, item groups, takes and comps. *t is e,plored and e,plained in detail in Chapter %% of this -ser /uide. To open and display the Pro@ect >ay, use the Vie'? Pro:ec% F8&3edia 5ay command. Click on the tab labeled -a(e 9o)ps to display the takes and comps management section. Clicking on the *p%ions button Abottom rightE displays a menu. This menu is e,plained in detail in Chapter %%. For now, notice the option to 3irror se/ec%ion in bay and pro:ec%. =hen enabled, this allows you to select any media item or segment by clicking on it either in the pro@ect itself or in the list shown in the pro@ect bay.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %&P
The illustration on the right shows how within comp sets you can also select and manage individual takes and items. For e,ample, you can activate or deactivate individual takes, or remove them from the comp altogether.
)ny audio, *D* or click source *tem can be looped. *ndeed, by default '()P(' media items are loop enabled. Kou can disable this for individual items in the edia *tem Properties dialog bo,, or globally Afor *D* and imported itemsE on the Pro:ec%? 3edia 1%e) 7efau/%s page of your Preferences. The loop point is defined by the duration of the source media. *f you insert an item that is four bars long, it will loop every & bars, if it is 6 bars, it will loop every 6 bars, etc. ?ote that in the following e,amples, if you are using beats for your timebase, the item must be an e,act number of beats in length, or it will not loop in sync. *f necessary, ad@ust the playback rate A edia PropertiesE while preserving pitch, then glue the item to do this.
!. 'ight click over the item and choose G/ue i%e)s. 1. ?ow drag the Cursor to e,tend the *tem. (ach loop point will again be indicated by a notch in the edges of the item. (,tend the loop as reHuired.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %&#
!. 1. &.
C.!
arkers are like bookmarks. They can help you when you are navigating, arranging and editing your pro@ects. arkers can be inserted at the current (dit Cursor position, whether or not the pro@ect is being played. Ac%ion 1nser%? 3ar(er command 1nser%? 3ar(er E pro)p% for na)eF command Rig$% c/ic( )ouse over )ar(er 6$or%cu% 3 6$if% 3 Effec% *nserts numbered arker at present position.
*nserts numbered arker at present position and prompts for a marker name. Displays menu to 'emove arker or (dit arker.
C.A
'()P(' treats the start and end of any current time selection as floating markers. The shortcut keys for Go %o ne4% )ar(er and Go %o previous )ar(er are W and V. These will also find the start or end of the current time selection and move the play cursor there. Kou can also right.click over the Go %o s%ar% button and enable the option Use %ranspor% $o)e&end for )ar(ers. The /o to start and /o to end buttons will now find the previous3ne,t marker or start3end of a time selection when one is current.
C.4
6napping %o 3ar(ers
Bptionally, you may wish to ensure that when you are making a time selection, the boundaries of the selection will automatically snap to nearby markers at the start and3or end of the time selection Aif any such markers are presentE. Consider the portion of the 6nap&Grid 6e%%ings shown on the right. ?otice that snapping has been enabled, with a snap distance of %" pi,els defined. =ith snapping disabled, it can be Huite difficult to make a selection which starts or ends e,actly at a marker. =hen you attempt to make such a selection, you might end up with the selection shown in the first of the screen shots below. ?otice that the end of the selection doesn:t Huite match the marker. Mowever, in the second e,ample shown, with snapping enabled and the settings shown above, if you drag the selection to within %" pi,els of the marker position, the selection will automatically snap to the marker when you release the mouse. ?otice the effect of making e,actly the same selection with the above snap settings disabled AleftE and enabled ArightE. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %&Q
Duppose that you wish to reposition cursor there and then press 9%r/ !.
arker ! at the start of the second verse. Kou can simply position the edit
?ow let us suppose that you want to create arker & at the end of the song, reserving arker 1 for a position as yet unspecified. Kou can position the edit cursor at the end of the song and press 9%r/ 4.
C.5
Re)oving 3ar(ers
There are two main methods of removing unwanted markers. -o re)ove a sing/e )ar(er Position the mouse over the marker 7flag8 and hold down the A/% key while you click the left mouse button. )lternatively, you can right.click over the marker flag and choose Re)ove 3ar(er from the conte,t menu. -o re)ove a series of )ar(ers Define a time selection that includes all of the markers that you wish to remove. 'ight click over the space @ust above the marker 7flags8 within the time selection, and choose Re)ove a// )ar(ers fro) %i)e se/ec%ion from the conte,t menu.
C.@
3ar(er Ac%ions
any actions are available Ain the )ctions Oist (ditorE to help you manage markers. These include 3ar(ers: 7e/e%e )ar(er near cursor and 3ar(ers: Renu)ber a// )ar(ers in %i)e/ine order . Chapter %1 e,plains in detail more about actions and about how you can assign them to toolbars or to your own shortcut keys. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 %P"
'egions essentially take the idea of markers one step further. Kou can create regions for your pro@ects, making it easy to identify, select and work with different passages of a song. -o do %$is ... Create a new region from the current selection. To change name or other properties of the region. To specify a color for a region. ake the area of the region the current selection. 'emove a region. 3ouse&Heys%ro(es&9o))and 6$if% R or right click, 9rea%e Region fro) 6e/ec%ion 6$if% 7oub/e c/ic( on region icon. 6$if% 7oub/e c/ic( on region icon then 6e% co/or. 7oub/e c/ic( on region icon, or right click on region icon, 6e/ec% Region A/% 9/ic( on region icon
-o crea%e a Region fro) %'o e4is%ing 3ar(ers > %. ake sure the *p%ion for .oop poin%s /in(ed %o %i)e se/ec%ion is enabled. !. Double click on the timeline Anot the markers rowE between the markers to make the selection. 1. 'ight click and choose 9rea%e region fro) se/ec%ion. -o crea%e a Region fro) scra%c$ > %. Click and drag across the background area of the Track Siew to make the selection. !. 'ight click and choose 9rea%e region fro) se/ec%ion.
The Vie'? Region 3anager command toggles the display of the region manager, used to manage regions and markers. This table shows how the region manager manipulates markers and regions using its buttons, its controls, and its conte,t menu Adisplayed by right.clicking on its title bar or in its background area.E -o do %$is > Renu)ber )ar(ers and regions in %i)e/ine order Go %o )ar(er or region and scro// in%o vie'. Au%o p/ay any region on se/ec%ion in region )anager. Edi% )ar(er®ion na)e Edi% o%$er )ar(er®ion da%a 6or% ro's in any order 7e/e%e a )ar(er or region 6$o'&no% s$o' regions or )ar(ers in Region 3anager 9$ange co/u)n order ,ide&6$o' co/u)ns *pen Edi% region&)ar(er dia/og bo4 9$ange region or )ar(er co/or Qoo) %o region or )ar(er Render regions as a separa%e fi/e eac$ Ea// %rac(sF > you do %$is Choose Renu)ber in %i)e/ine order from conte,t menu. (nable 6ee( p/aybac( '$en se/ec%ing a )ar(er or region on conte,t menu. (nable P/ay region %$ru %$en repea% or s%op '$en se/ec%ing a region from conte,t menu. Double.click on marker3region name in table then edit. Double.click on number, start time, end time or length to edit. Click on any column header, e.g. ?ame or Dtart time. *n the above e,ample, Dtart has been chosen as the sort column. Delect the marker or region in table and press 7e/e%e. 'emoves the region definition but not media content. Tick3untick 'egions and arkers options Atop rightE.
Click and drag column header left or right. 'ight click on any header, deselect3select from list. Double.click on region or marker name. Click on small color icon to left of marker3region number. Double.click on region or marker number. From conte,t menu choose 3ar( a// regions %o be rendered or click in 'ender column to select reHuired regions and choose 3ar( se/ec%ed regions %o be rendered from the conte,t menu, then use the Render 3a%ri4... button to open the Render 3a%ri4 window. Dee Chapter %6. )fter selecting region to be rendered, left click in 'ender column to select tracks. For details see Chapter %6. atri,
Render on/y se/ec%ed %rac(s 'i%$in regions? as separa%e fi/es E4por% )ar(er®ion /is% as .%4% or .csv fi/e 1)por% regions&)ar(ers fro) .csv fi/e Erep/ace e4is%ingF 1)por% regions&)ar(ers fro) .csv fi/e E)erge 'i%$ e4is%ingF
Tick 'egions and3or arkers option bo,AesE, choose E4por% regions&)ar(ers... from conte,t menu, then type a file name, choose file type and click on 6ave. -se 1)por% regions&)ar(ers Erep/ace e4is%ingF command from conte,t menu, select file then click on *pen. -se 1)por% regions&)ar(ers E)erge 'i%$ e4is%ingF command from conte,t menu, select file then click on *pen.
'egions can be used as a very powerful pro@ect building tool, especially when you are constructing a pro@ect from samples and3or loops. Two especially powerful features of regions are2 Drag and drop a region along the timeline to move a region:s entire contents. Mold 9%r/ while dragging and dropping to copy the entire contents of a region.
To illustrate this, take a look at the image above. =e have started building a pro@ect, with an introduction, then a verse Awhich has been made into a regionE, a chorus Aalso a regionE and a second verse. >y holding the 9%r/ key while clicking and dragging the icon for the Chorus region to the right, to the end of verse !, we are able to copy the entire chorus to that point Asee belowE.
?otice that any markers and time signature markers that are inside the region will also be copied or moved when the region is copied or moved. =o%e: Kou can also select a series of media items and create separate regions for each item in the selection. To do this, make your selection, then run the action 3ar(ers: 1nser% separa%e regions for eac$ se/ec%ed i%e). This action can be run from inside the )ctions window, and3or be assigned to a keyboard shortcut, and3or added to a toolbar, and3or added to one of '()P(':s menu G see Chapter %1 for more information.
C.#"
Kou can select Time, >eats Aposition, length, rateE or >eats Aposition onlyE as the timebase for your envelopes, events and markers. To do this2 %. Press A/% En%er to display the Pro:ec% 6e%%ings window. Click on the Pro:ec% 6e%%ings tab. !. ake a choice from the -i)ebase for i%e)s&enve/opes&)ar(ers drop down list, then click on *H. Kou can also change the beat by clicking in the 5P3 bo, Aon the Transport >arE and entering a number.
C.##
*f you need to share your media files with other applications that use media cues Afor e,ample, Dound ForgeE you can convert your markers to media cues when rendering. File rendering is covered in detail in Chapter %6. '()P(' also has an option on the Siew menu Aenabled by defaultE to show media cues where they e,ist on imported media items. oreover, you can use the 1%e) Processing command to create markers within '()P(' for these media cues.
E4a)p/e
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %P1
%. !.
*n the screen shot shown above, our pro@ect includes a number of markers2 =e can now select the appropriate tracks and render the file Ausing the Fi/e? RenderE command, selecting the option 6%e)s Ese/ec%ed %rac(sF from the 'ender drop down list, 3ono channels, and ticking +ri%e )ar(ers as cues. *f the rendered files are later imported back into '()P(', we can see that the media items contains cues which correspond e,actly with the original markers. This is illustrated below. ?otice the series of vertical broken lines which indicate the positions of the media cues.
1.
&. *f we now select any of these media items then right click and choose 1%e) processing then 1)por% )edia cues fro) i%e)s as pro:ec% )ar(ers then a set of '()P(' markers and regions is automatically created for the pro@ect.
C.#!
C.#!.#
'()P(' incorporates a number of features which make it a good choice for tempo based music production. Dome of these elements Asuch as creating loops and various item propertiesE have already been mentioned in the conte,t of other uses. Bthers have not yet been mentioned. *n this section we will draw these elements together to give you a flavour of how '()P(' can be used for the production of tempo based music. Creating tempo based music is a process that largely consists of creating and seHuencing loops from audio samples. These become the building blocks from which a work is created. *ndividually they can vary in length from a single note to a complete rhythmical pattern, and anything in between. Bne advantage that sampling has always had over *D* is sound Huality. There are any number of human performance techniHues and subtle variations that it are very difficult if not impossible to simulate with *D*. Mowever, until recently *D* held one big advantage over sampling. ) *D* track can easily be transposed without altering its tempo, and its tempo can be changed without affecting its pitch. This has not always been the case with audio. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 %P&
C.#A
Pro:ec% 6e%%ings
>efore creating any music, you should make sure that your pro@ect settings are specified correctly. To display the pro@ect settings dialog bo,, press A/% En%er or choose the command Fi/e? Pro:ec% 6e%%ings> from the main menu. *n particular, check the following2 -nder Pro:ec% 6e%%ings, Pro@ect beats per minute. -nder Pro:ec% 6e%%ings, Time signature. -nder Pro:ec% 6e%%ings, Timebase for events. Kou can select Time, >eats Aposition, length, rateE or >eats Aposition onlyE. The former locks items to the timeline so that changes in tempo will cause items to be resi<ed and their play rate ad@usted. =ith >eats Aposition onlyE, the start of the item is locked to the beat, but the item contents are not affected or modified by tempo changes. -nder Pro:ec% 6e%%ings, Default pitch shift mode and parameter. 'emember that you can change the timebase for individual tracks Aright.click, 6e% %rac( %i)ebaseE and for individual media items AF!, *tem timebaseE. Kou can also change properties such as >eats per inute and Time Dignature as often as needed during the song. For e,ample, you can increase the tempo for one passage then restore it to its original setting at the end of that passage. Dhortly we will see an e,ample of how this is done.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %PP
Kou can record your own media items or import them from e,isting files. Kou can also change various properties such as playback rate and pitch for individual media items. Kou can specify parameter settings for individual media items and3or for selection of items. For e,ample, if you wish to change the pitch or playback rate for several items you can select those items and press F! Aor right click anywhere in the selection and choose the 1%e) proper%ies> commandE. *n the e,ample shown, we are increasing the playback rate for the selected items by PL and preserving the original pitch. ?otice that you can override the pro@ect default pitch shift mode if you wish. Kou may find that different algorithms work better with different kinds of audio item Asuch as vocal, snare, kick or bass guitarE. ore information about time stretching can be found in the section -i)e and Pi%c$ 3anipu/a%ion.
C.#A.!
'emember that you are able to select any part of an e,isting media item and use it to create a loop. This sub@ect is covered earlier in this chapter. Chapter %1 will introduce you to '()P(':s actions and the action list editor. This can be used to assign keyboard shortcuts to many actions that can be useful when you are working with loops and time selections. There are actions, for e,ample, to e,tend the time selection in either direction, to reduce it from either direction or nudge it in either direction. >rowsing and searching the action list will help you to identify those which are most useful to you. Chapter %1 will show you how to bind these actions to your own shortcut keys.
C.#A.A
)nother method of selecting the area reHuired for your loop is to use the transients in an e,isting media item. The following actions are @ust some of the many that can be found within the )ction Oist (ditor AChapter %1E. =here no e,isting keyboard shortcut e,ists, you can assign your own if you wish. *tem navigation2 ove cursor to nearest transient in item *tem navigation2 ove cursor to ne,t transient in item *tem navigation2 ove cursor to previous transient in item Time selection2 (,tend time selection to ne,t transient in items 9%r/ -ab -ab 6$if% -ab
)ssuming that you are using the default key bindings shown above, and that 9%r/ A/% -ab has been assigned to E4%end %i)e se/ec%ion %o ne4% %ransien% in i%e)s, you can select the item, navigate e,actly from transient to transient and select the e,act area reHuired. Kou can select the item, copy and paste it elsewhere, then right click over it, choosing 9opy /oop of se/ec%ed areas of i%e)s from the conte,t menu. These are @ust a few of the actions and commands that can be used to suit your own method of working when creating your tempo.based pro@ects. (,plore the others and get to know them. They include2 9opy se/ec%ed area of i%e)s -ri) i%e)s %o se/ec%ed area 6p/i% i%e)s a% prior Dero crossings
The command Vie'? -ransien% 7e%ec%ion 6e%%ings causes the window shown here to be displayed. This can be used to make your transient detection sound more natural and human, by introducing subtle variations in sensitivity and3or volume threshold. (nabling the <ero crossings option will help to prevent unwanted clicks from occurring.
C.#A.5
5ea% 9orrec%ion
'()P(' includes many actions to assist you with beat detection and beat correction. There are actions to detect tempo, create measures from time selections, e,tend or swap time selections to the ne,t transient, and more. Dome of them are on the conte,t menus and all of them are in the )ction Oist. )ny action can be assigned shortcut keys, run from the action list window itself, and3or added to '()P(':s Ac%ions menu. ore information about the )ction Oist can be found in Chapter %1. Mow you string these actions together is up to you. Mere is an e,ample. Kou might have a live performance that was not done to a click. *t is a simple process to go thru the track and manually tempo.map the whole performance. =e:re going to assume that you are using the following keyboard assignments2 -ab *tem navigation2 ove cursor to ne,t transient in items. 9%r/ A/% -ab Time selection2 Dwap left edge of time selection to ne,t transient in items 9%r/ 6$if% A/% -ab Time selection2 (,tend time selection to ne,t transient in items.
E4a)p/e
*n the e,ample shown here, we have used our shortcuts to create and e,tend e,tend the selection out, as reHuired.
=e then instruct '()P(' to 9rea%e )easure fro) %i)e se/ec%ion Ede%ec% %e)poF. =e could do this either from the timeline:s conte,t menu or using a keyboard shortcut. =e then use our keyboard shortcuts to capture the ne,t time selection reHuired, again using that time selection to create a measure with '()P(' auto detecting the tempo.
This process is repeated until we come to the first place where a change of time signature is reHuired.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %P#
C.#A.@
Puan%iDing 1%e)s
'()P(' allows you to Huanti<e your audio items. This essentially means lining them up according to the pro@ect tempo or time signature. Kou might have a situation in which you have copied and pasted a sample several times within a track Aor across several tracksE and you need to ensure that they are correctly aligned. To ensure that all items are aligned to the beat, you simply do this2 %. Double.click on the track in the Track Control Panel to select all the media items in the track. )lternatively, you could right click drag with your mouse to marHuee or 9lasso9 them. !. 'ight click over any of the items, then choose 1%e) Processing then Puan%iDe i%e) posi%ions %o grid. This causes the Puan%iDe 1%e) Posi%ions dialog bo, to be displayed. 1. Dpecify your reHuired parameters, including the note length setting A%36, %3&, %3!, %, !, etc.E and whether you want the items stretched to fit. )n e,ample is shown on the right. &. Click on Process for the Huanti<ing to be done. *n the e,ample above, the option to also Huanti<e item ends and stretch to fit was enabled.
C.#4
7yna)ic 6p/i%%ing
Dynamic splitting is a very powerful feature which has a number of applications. Kou have already seen Ain Chapter RE how it can be used to remove silence. For e,ample you might have recorded a pretty good bass line that you:d like to use for a song. aybe it was recorded at QR beats per minute. The timing might be a bit out at times but on the whole you:re pretty pleased with it. The trouble is that you want to use %!" beats per minute for your new song. Mere:s another e,ample. aybe you:ve recorded a killer slide guitar track. Kou like it but you think it would be pretty clever to give the tune one or two tempo changes. Dynamic splitting is the answer to both these challenges. Dynamic splitting works on the principle that you can instruct '()P(' to split any media item Aor selection of media itemsE according to criteria that you specify. >asically it works like this2 Kou first select the media item Aor itemsE to be split. Kou right click over the item and choose 1%e) processing? 7yna)ic sp/i% i%e)s> from the menu. This causes the 7yna)ic sp/i% i%e)s dialog bo, to be opened.
Bnce split, each slice of the original item will be set to the current timebase. Kou can set any of the splits to any other timebase you choose. Kou can use the items together or individually, according to your needs. Duddenly you:ve got a whole library of samples+ Dynamic splitting is non.destructive. This means that your original audio files A=)S, P1, )*F or whateverE remain intact. ?evertheless, if you are going to use this method to build a sample library, it:s often a good idea to work on a copy of the original track. This @ust makes it easier to go back to the original if you wish to use it to make a fresh set of samples. Oet:s now take a look at an e,ample or two.
C.#4.#
*n the e,amples below, a recording of a resonator guitar is selected. =e have then chosen 1%e) processing then 7yna)ic sp/i% i%e)s from the conte,t menu. Dtudying these e,amples will help you to understand how the settings work. *n every case, the A% %ransien%s option should be enabled. These e,amples should be sufficient to get you started. )fter that, it:s up to you to e,periment according to your particular needs. E4a)p/es Bnly a minimal number of options are used here. *f you specify a very low minimum slice length '()P(' will seek out transients with a high degree of sensitivity. This will result in our media item being split into a very large number of items. This might be suitable, for e,ample, if we are intending to introduce tempo changes to the song. The larger the number of samples and the shorter their length, the more sensitive and immediate will be the track:s response to any such changes. Consider the two e,amples shown. ?otice ArightE that 5es% %o 'ors% has been selected as the method for constraining slice length. This option is likely to be preferred when splitting at For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %PQ
This ne,t e,ample ArightE shows splitting at transients with a noise gate employed to remove unwanted background sounds such as drawing breath from a vocal track. *n this e,ample if we were to set the gate threshold too low, too many unwanted sounds would still get thru. *f we set it too high, we risk removing some of the Huieter vocal material. Kou are likely to find that Huite a fair amount of e,perimenting is needed to get the settings @ust right.
Bnce an item has been dynamically split, you can create time signature markers for changes in tempo to which your music will respond when played back. To create these, follow this seHuence2 %. 'ight click over the timeline and choose 1nser% %i)e signa%ure )ar(er> from the conte,t menu. Dpecify your reHuired changes in >eats per inute or time signature. *f you wish, you can select the option for a gradual tempo transition between markers. 1. Click on *H.
!.
Kou can double.click on any time signature marker to edit its settings and you can drag it along the timeline to change its position. ore information about time signature markers and their behavior Aincluding editing and moving markersE can be found near the end of Chapter Q.
C.#4.A
=hen dynamic splitting you can select the option to 9rea%e c$ro)a%ic 3171 i%e) fro) s/ices.
This causes a *D* item to be created that creates one *D* event for each slice, moving up the chromatic scale. Bne common application of this is for sample triggering. Duppose that you have a groove that you have assembled from various items from different sources. Kou can now create chromatic midi from the items and then load those items into a sample player, each mapped to the ne,t note in seHuence. The midi will then play the groove. oving the midi notes around changes the groove. *t is also Huite easy to swap out e,actly what it is that is being triggered. )nother e,ample is hit replacement. Kou can dynamic split a drum part, creating chromatic midi from it. Kou then have one velocity.sensitive midi note for each hit. *t:s then a straightforward @ob to delete a bad hit and use the midi note to trigger a drum sample. )lternately, you can use the whole midi track to trigger a drum sample to double a recorded part Athereby fattening itE. The chromatic *D* item can, of course, be edited like any other *D* item with the *D* (ditor, and used to play any synthesi<er or sample player. ) comprehensive section on using the *D* (ditor can be found later in this -ser /uide, at Chapter %!.
C.#4.4
)fter splitting, you can save any of the individual slices as samples. To save an individual sample, simply right click over it and choose G/ue i%e)s from the conte,t menu. The sample wave file can then be imported for use with any SDTi sampling plug.in, such as 'eaDamplBmaticP""". 'emember also that if you save the original file with the split items, you can return to it as often as you need to whenever you wish to use it to create more samples.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %R%
'(; files consist of sets of groove slices. They are created in and e,ported from a program called Recyc/e for the purpose of being used in the creation of tempo based music. Kou can import these files into '()P(' either using the 1nser%? 3edia command or by dragging and dropping from the edia (,plorer. =hen you do this, they will automatically position themselves according to the current tempo. Bnce you have imported your '(; files into '()P(', you can manipulate and use them in e,actly the same ways as you can use other media items that have had dynamic splitting applied within '()P('. For e,ample, imported '(; slices can be made to keep their beat location even if the pro@ect tempo is changed. *n your Preferences settings, under 3edia? Video&RE8&3isc there are a number of options available for determining how your '(; files behave. Kou can choose to import '(; files as 5ea% s/ices %$a% dyna)ica//y ad:us% %o %e)po c$ange or as A sing/e /oopab/e i%e) a% %$e curren% pro:ec% %e)po , or ask '()P(' to A/'ays pro)p%. Kou can also specify '(; tail behavior as any of Preserve a// s/ice %ai/s, 9$op a// bu% %$e fina/ s/ice %ai/. 9$op on/y %$e fina/ s/ice %ai/, or 9$op a// s/ice %ai/s The )ction list also includes a useful action 1%e): e4p/ode RE8 i%e) in%o bea% s/ices. This can be assigned its own shortcut key if you wish.
The pitch of any item can be changed from the 3edia 1%e) Proper%ies dialog bo,. The pitch is measured in semitones. Kou can enter a number to raise or lower the pitch of any item by that number of semitones, or you can type in a multiplier, such as 4#.5. ?otice that there is a drop down list that you can use to select your preferred Pitch shifting 3 Time stretching algorithm. Choices are2 Pro@ect default Afrom Pro@ect DettingsE. DoundTouch. Dirac O( Abetter Huality, more CPintensiveE. Dimple windowed. XlastiHue !.!6 Pro AbestE. XlastiHue !.!6 (fficient Aless resource intensive than elastiHue ProE. XlastiHue !.!6 DBOB*DT Asuitable for monophonic itemsE. *f you choose one of these YlastiHue algorithms, you should also select a Parameter from the different options available for each of the three algorithms. To learn more about these and other features of elastiHue, go to the <plane web site $%%p:&&'''.Dp/ane.de&inde4.p$p. To open the 3edia 1%e) Proper%ies dialog bo, for any item, first select the item, then press F!. The default algorithm is determined by your Pro@ect Dettings. Ceyboard shortcuts allow you to easily and Huickly change the pitch of any selected item or group of items without needing to open the edia *tem Properties bo,2 Heyboard 6$or%cu% 6$if% 9 6$if% B 6$if% " 6$if% C 7escrip%ion ove pitch down one semitone. ove pitch down one cent. ove pitch up one semitone. ove pitch up one cent.
Kou can also use a take pitch envelope for pitch changes. 'ight click on the take Aor media item if only one takeE and choose -a(e? -a(e pi%c$ enve/ope from the menu. For more adventurous pitch shifting escapades you can try using one of the pitch manipulation plug.ins that are supplied with '()P('. Dimply open the F; window for a track, click on Add, then in the filter list type pitch to display a list of what is available. Dhown here is the 6 Pi%c$: *c%avedo'n plug.in. Bther $D pitch shift plug.ins include fft.ps, mdct.shift, octaveup, pitch!, pitchdown and superpitch. These are each suited to particular tasks, but the most powerful of the available pitch shift plug.ins is ReaPi%c$. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %R1
Dimply insert the SDT 'eaPitch plug.in into a trackIs F; chain and you have a powerful pitch manipulation tool at your disposal. For e,ample, you can use 'eaPitch to create vocal harmonies. The first illustration ArightE shows 'eaPitch inserted into the F; chain for a vocal track. The (lastiHue Doloist algorithm has been selected, together with the onophonic parameter. ?otice that the pitch has been shifted down by !P cents and the effect panned P"L right. *n the second illustration, you can see that we have added a second shifter, this time taking the pitch up by !P cents and panning the effect P"L left, thus creating an e,tra harmony. ?otice also that in the second illustration we have also ad@usted the panning and the mi, of the wet and dry signals to produce a more pleasing overall effect.
Pi%c$ 6$if%ing and 9$anne/ 6p/i%%ing *f you intend to do a lot of work in this area, you should definitely take the time to get on top of '()P('Is channel splitting capabilities. These are e,plained in some detail in the section 3ore REAPER Rou%ing E4a)p/es Aand elsewhereE. Oook especially at the e,ample headed 9$anne/ 6p/i%%ing and Pi%c$ 6$if%ing. =ith channel splitting, you can, for e,ample, not only create several vocal harmonies, but also apply different F; plug.ins or plug.in chains Asuch as 'everb or DelayE to each of your different harmonies.
=eIve already looked at how '()P(' can send audio streams from one track to another. OetIs now have a look at how this feature might be used with 'eaPitch.
*n the e,ample shown on the left, sends are used to send a signal from a Oead Socal Track to two other tracks. (ach of these other tracks has its own F; chain which includes 'eaPitch, and of course the pan and volume faders for these tracks can be controlled independently of each other and of the lead vocal. Chapter %P will help you to understand how to go about setting up a signal flow such as this.
9.4
'eaTune is a plug.in that can be used to help you correct the pitch on your recorded media items. This is commonly used with vocal tracks. Mowever, it can also be used to help you to tune an instrument G see illustration on right.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %RP
The plug.in Rea-une can be used for pitch correction. *t can be used in either manual or automatic mode. *n either mode, YlastiHue DBOB*DT is a suitable algorithm. )utomatic mode is illustrated top right. To apply it, first insert the Rea-une plug.in into a trackIs F; window. Kou should then2 Delect the page headed 9orrec%ion. (nable the Au%o)a%ic pi%c$ correc%ion option. Delect the reHuired algorithm and parameter. Dpecify the correct key and play. 'eaTune will then do the rest for you+ anual mode is illustrated below right. To use it, first insert the Rea-une plug. in into a trackIs F; window. Kou should then2 Delect the page headed 3anua/ 9orrec%ion. (nable the 3anua/ pi%c$ correc%ion option, and other options as preferred. (nable or disable the other options as reHuired. These are Upda%e, Preven% oc%ave s$if%s, and Preven% over/apping seg)en%s. -se your mouse Aclick and dragE to draw your corrections. Kou can also 9/ear the display at any time.
9.@
Kou can ad@ust the play rate for the whole pro@ect, using the Transport >ar. The pro@ectIs default pitch shift mode will be applied. Kou can use any of these methods2 Click in the Ra%e edit bo, and type a new value Ae.g., to speed up by %"L type %.%E Mover the mouse over this edit bo, and scroll the mousewheel, up to increase play rate or down to decrease it. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 %RR
?otice that from the menu you can2 'eset the playrate to %.". *ncrease or decrease the playback rate by any of the values listed. (nable or disable the option to Preserve pi%c$ in audio i%e)s '$en c$anging )as%er p/ayra%e . )pply play rate to the current >P . Det the playrate fader range according to any of the available options. =o%e: *f the playrate fader is not visible in your transport bar, you can display it by right.clicking over any part of the Transport >ar background and selecting the option to 6$o' p/ay ra%e con%ro/.
9.B
-i)e 6%re%c$ing
The -a(e proper%ies and -a(e pi%c$ s$if%&%i)e s%re%c$ )ode sections of the 3edia 1%e) Proper%ies dialog bo, AF!E can be used to stretch or shrink the time for an item. To do this, ad@ust the P/aybac( Ra%e. *n the e,ample shown ArightE, playback rate is increased by !L and the option to Preserve Pi%c$ has been selected. XlastiHue !.% Pro has been selected for the algorithm to be used. To open the *tem Properties dialog bo, for any item, first select the item, then press F!. To make the same change for a number of items, do this2 %. Delect all of the reHuired items. !. Press F!. 1. =hen the 3edia 1%e) Proper%ies dialog bo, appears, identify those properties where changes can be made to several items at once. These include pitch ad@ust and playback rate Asee aboveE. &. ake your changes and click on *H. =hen the edia *tem Properties dialog is opened for more then one item at once, some of the options will been dimmed and are not available when setting properties for multiple items. Asuch as Take envelopes and 'ename fileE. ost options, however, are available. )nother method that you can use to ad@ust the playback rate of any media item Aor selected group of media itemsE is this2 %. Delect all the reHuired items. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %R#
?otice that if you have enabled the option 7isp/ay )edia i%e) pi%c$&p/ayra%e if se% APreferences, )ppearance, ediaE any changes to Pitch or Playback 'ate will be displayed on or above the edia *temAsE in )rrange Siew.
9.C
6%re%c$ 3ar(ers
Dtretch markers can be used to speed up or slow down part of an item or selection or group of items. They can be inserted at the current play cursor position or at the start and end of a time selection. -nlike standard pro@ect markers Awhich apply to the pro@ect as a wholeE, stretch markers are only applied to the itemAsE selected at the time they are inserted. >y dragging these markers left or right, the tempo of these items can be changed. To create stretch markers, follow this seHuence2 Position the play cursor at the point where you want to insert a single marker, or make a time selection starting and ending where you wish to insert two stretch markers. Delect the item or items to which you want the markerAsE to be added (ither right click over a selected item, or choose 1%e) from the main menu. Choose 6%re%c$ )ar(ers then either Add s%re%c$ )ar(er a% curren% posi%ion to insert a single marker or Add s%re%c$ )ar(ers a% %i)e se/ec%ion to insert a pair of markers at the start and end of a time selection. Dtretch markers can then be dragged left or right with the mouse to ad@ust timing. Molding 6$if% A/% while dragging the first of a pair of stretch markers will move both markers together, preserving the distance and timing between them. Bther modifier keys are listed on the table on the ne,t page. eanwhile, here are some e,amples showing how stretch markers can be manipulated. ) stretch marker is inserted in this item at the position shown.
)s it is dragged left, timing is made faster before Aleft ofE the marker and slower after Aright ofE the marker.
*n this second e,ample, stretch markers are added at a time selection. Oeft marker dragged right to speed up area between markers, slowing down area before. ?otice new stretch markers are automatically added to the left and at the start of the item. The same marker is dragged back left as Dhift )lt are held. Timing before the marker changes but the timing between the original two markers does not change, as both markers and the area between them are dragged together. Dtretch markers can be snapped to grid using 6nap s%re%c$ )ar(ers %o grid or 6nap s%re%c$ )ar(ers 'i%$in %i)e se/ec%ion %o grid from the 6%re%c$ )ar(ers menu. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 %R6
These two items have been grouped. Delecting and adding stretch markers to either item causes the markers to also be added to the other.
)d@usting the marker position for one item by default makes the same ad@ustment on other items in the group.
Sarious modifier keys can be used in con@unction with your mouse to modify the behavior when a stretch markers are dragged. These defaults can be changed by selecting edia item stretch markers on the ouse odifiers page of '()P(':s preferences Asee Chapter %1E.
*n addition to the commands and mouse actions e,plained above, please note that2 The *tem Properties dialog bo, includes an option to optimi<e stretch markers for tonal content. The 7yna)ic 6p/i% 1%e)s dialog Asee chapter 6E has an option to Rep/ace s%re%c$ )ar(ers. *f selected, e,isting stretch markers will be removed from the itemAsE and replaced with dynamic splits according to the dialog bo, settings. Deveral Ac%ions are available for managing and working with stretch markers, for e,ample to go to the nearest, ne,t or previous stretch marker. For more information about '()P(':s )ctions and )ctions (ditor, see Chapter %1.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %RQ
The default pro@ect >eats per inute and Time Dignature for any pro@ect are determined by the values assigned in the Pro:ec% 6e%%ings window. Kou can change this for the entire song by any of these methods2 Display the Pro@ect Dettings window AA/% En%erE and change it there, or Press + to return the edit cursor to the start of the song, then either ... Type your new value in the >P edit bo, or Time Dignature edit bo, on the transport bar, or ... Mover your mouse over the >P edit bo, on the transport bar and scroll the mousewheel up or down Asee rightE. *f you wish to make time signature or tempo changes within a song, your Pro@ect Dettings should use the default setting 5ea%s Eposi%ion? /eng%$? ra%eF. The pro@ect tempo map envelope can be used for changes Asee Chapter %RE. This works for the most part @ust like any other automation envelope. ?ote, however, that editing multiple points at once on this envelope causes each point to be ad@usted pro rata, not by a constant >P value. Kou can make changes within a song, by inserting a Time Dignature3Tempo Change arker. This changes the beat after the marker position. To change these at any current cursor point, use the >P or time signature edit bo, in the transport bar, or2 %. Position the edit cursor at the reHuired place in the song. !. From the menu, choose the 1nser% command, then -i)e signa%ure&%e)po c$ange )ar(er Aor press 6$if% 9E. 1. Dpecify your reHuirements in the dialog bo, ArightE. )vailable choices include 5P3, whether to Gradua//y %ransi%ion %e)po %o ne4% )ar(er, 6e% %i)e signa%ure and A//o' a par%ia/ )easure before %$is marker. &. Click *H. Time Dignature markers can later be modified, for e,ample by editing Adouble.click on markerE or moving them Adrag and dropE. ?ote, however, the following2 Tempo3time signature markers are always pinned to beat position rather than time. anually editing time signature markers reHuires them to be placed at the start of a measure. =ith snap enabled AChapter RE, time signature changes snap to bars, tempo changes snap to beats. =ith snap disabled AChapter RE, moving time signature markers will modify the preceding tempo if necessary to ensure that the pro@ect contains only complete measures. Time signature changes that truncate the previous measure are marked with a Y. Time signature correction may be problematic when a pro@ect contains linear tempo transitions. Bne tempo3time signature marker cannot be moved past another. ?otice that your 'uler conte,t menu includes a number of other commands relating to pro@ect tempo and measure G these are shown on the right. ?ote also that the Preferences? Audio 6ee(ing page includes the toggle option P/aybac( posi%ion fo//o's pro:ec% %i)ebase '$en c$anging %e)po G see Chapter %Q.
#" - -$e REAPER 3i4er and 3as%er #" -$e REAPER 3i4er and 3as%er
#".# 1n%roduc%ion
-p until now, most of the emphasis has been on working in Track Siew. This is hardly surprising, as that is the area where you will find yourself spending most of your time Aat least with audioE and doing most of your work. )s your mi, progresses, however, you will find that the '()P(' i,er begins to assume more importance. The contents of this section should help you to familiarise yourself thoroughly with the '()P(' i,er and its various features and capabilities. Kou will also learn more about how to get the best out of the '()P(' aster. i,er display is toggled on and off using the Vie'? 3i4er command A9%r/ 3E.
#".!
3i4er 9o))ands
The i,er menu is shown by right.clicking over the title bar or any any vacant area of the mi,er window, or by clicking over the word 7 aster8 on the aster track Asee rightE, or Awhen dockedE right.clicking on the i,er tab in the docker. This menu offers you a great deal of fle,ibility as to how the mi,er is displayed. For e,ample, you can choose whether or not you wish to display Aand be able to manageE your F; and sends in the mi,er. The main mi,er layout options are summari<ed in the table overleaf. Kou can also access the TCP conte,t menu in i,er view by right.clicking over any track name or number.
#".A
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %#%
The Vie'? F/oa%ing 3i4er 3as%er command Afrom '()P(':s main menuE can also be used to toggle the floating of the i,er aster in its own window. 6$o' fo/ders 6$o' nor)a/ %op /eve/ %rac(s 6$o' %rac(s %$a% are in fo/ders 6$o' %rac(s %$a% $ave receives 6cro// vie' '$en %rac( ac%iva%ed Au%o-arrange %rac(s in 3i4er Determines whether track folders are shown. Determines whether tracks not in folders are shown. Determines whether tracks in folders are shown. Determines whether tracks with receives are shown. *f there is not sufficient room in i,er view to display all tracks, the mi,er will scroll to follow the TCP track selection. i,er track order will follow any changes to track order made in the TCP. Disable this if you want to arrange tracks in a different order in the CP and TCP. Places track folders to the left. This can be useful at times in bringing all your submi, folders, but confusing at other times for separating folders from their child tracks. Places all tracks with receives to the left. (specially useful if the only tracks with receives are all buses. (nables folders to be opened3closed to show3hide child tracks. Dhows tracks displayed in up to three rows when tracks will not fit in one row and the mi,er window has sufficient height. Causes tracks to be displayed in as many rows as will fit in the track height, regardless of how few tracks there are. Displays a Dends bin above the track controls. Displays an F; chain area above the track controls. Dhows F; parameter controls2 right.click on any of these to assign control to an F; parameter. Track icons Aif usedE will be shown in tracks in the mi,er. Displays the last track in folder icon for last track in folder. Docks the mi,er in the '()P(' docker. Closes the i,er view.
Group %rac(s %$a% $ave receives %o /ef% 9/ic(ab/e icon for fo/der %rac(s %o s$o'&$ide c$i/dren 6$o' )u/%ip/e ro's of %rac(s '$ere siDe per)i%s 6$o' )a4i)u) ro's even '$ere %rac(s 'ou/d fi% in /ess ro's 6$o' sends '$en siDe per)i%s 6$o' F8 inser%s '$en siDe per)i%s 6$o' F8 para)e%ers '$en siDe per)i%s 6$o' %rac( icons in 3i4er 6$o' icon for /as% %rac( in fo/der 7oc( 3i4er in 7oc(er 9/ose
-ip: Double.click on any track panel in the i,er to toggle on and off <oom to track in the TCP. This behavior can be changed on the 3ouse 3odifiers page of your preferences Asee Chapter %1E. Kou can also use the 3ouse 3odifiers page to add further actions of your own. For e,ample, you could assign 9%r/ 7oub/e-c/ic( to the action -rac(: 6e% %o cus%o) co/or > Mow to assign your own actions is also e,plained in Chapter %1. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 %#!
Take as an e,ample the above pro@ect. *t has two folders Aor parentsE . Socals and *nstruments, containing two and three child tracks respectively . and one top level track, called 'everb. There are sends from the two folders to the 'everb track Awhich acts as a busE, and most of the tracks have some F; in them. The first five of the T6$o'U commands on the i,er menu are used to determine which types of track are displayed in the mi,er. The si,th 7Dhow8 command determines whether the master is shown on the left or the right. *n the e,ample shown here we might have reached a stage in our mi,ing where we are happy with the balance within our submi, folders and want to focus on getting the balance between the submi,es and the level of our vocal and instrument folders and our reverb buss @ust right. *n this case, we would elect not to show tracks that are in folders, but to show only folders, tracks that have receives and our master track Aon the rightE. The e,ample pro@ect shown here is a simple one2 imagine how useful this feature might be if you were working on a pro@ect with perhaps R" individual tracks inside perhaps a half do<en submi, folders and with maybe another half do<en buses+ *n that case, you might also find one or more of the 7/roup to left8 commands could also be handy. The i,er menu does not have the facility to specifically hide or unhide named individual tracks. Mowever, this can be done using the Track anager. The Track anager will be e,plored and e,plained in Chapter %%.
#".@
*f you wish, you can do @ust about all of your F; management working in i,er view. Kou can add F; to tracks, move or copy them from one track to another, open the F; window for any plug.in, or open the track:s F; chain for more complete F; control. For this to be possible, though, you need to enable on the i,er menu the option 6$o' F8 inser%s '$en siDe permits. The table below summari<es these and other activities.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %#1
*n addition, right clicking over the F; area of any track in the i,er produces a conte,t menu as shown on the right. *f you click over an empty part of the F; area then some commands Asuch as F/oa% F8 configura%ionE will not be available. *f you right click over an actual plug. in name then you will be presented with the full menu. Kou can use this for any of the following2 Add F8... Bpens F; browser for you to select and add any installed F; plug.inAsE, Puic( Add F8 Displays a sub.menu of recently used F;2 you can select any item from this menu to add to the track:s F; chain. Add F8 9$ain Displays a menu of F; chains, any of which you can select and insert in this track. F/oa% F8 configura%ion Bpens the F; window for the selected plug.in. 6$o' F8 c$ain Bpens F; chain for the track2 same as clicking on the track:s F; button. 5ypass c$ain Dets F; chain for this track to bypass. Dame as clicking on the track:s F; enable3disable button. 5ypass F8 Dets the individual plug.in to bypass mode. *ff/ine F8 Dets the individual plug.in offline. 7e/e%e F8 'emoves this plug.in from this track:s F; chain. Rena)e F8 ins%ance )llows you to give an individual name to this particular F; instance.
0ou<// find )ore usefu/ infor)a%ion abou% %$is in 9$ap%er ##? Pro:ec% 3anage)en% Fea%ures. 3ean'$i/e? i%<s easy %o ge% s%ar%ed. .e%<s see $o' you 'ou/d go abou% crea%ing a conso/e /i(e %$a% s$o'n be/o'.
?otice the rotary faders for >and ! and >and & (F gain on every track.
E4a)p/e
Kou can use one of your e,isting pro@ect files for this e,ample. %. Bpen one of your earlier pro@ect files, for e,ample, A// -$roug$ %$e =ig$% 3ARHER6 and save it as A// -$roug$ %$e =ig$% 318ER. !. Display the i,er. -ndock it, and ad@ust the width and height of this window as you prefer. 1. From the i,er menu enable 6$o' F8 inser%s '$en siDe per)i%s and 6$o' F8 para)e%ers '$en siDe per)i%s . &. *nsert into the first track an instance of ReaEP. P. Delect the band 1 settings page. R. Click once on the Gain fader control for this band, then click on the Para) button to display the Param menu. #. Click on 6$o' in %rac( con%ro/s. 6. Delect the band ! settings page and click once on the gain fader for this band. Q. Click on the Para) button to display the Param menu. Click on 6$o' in %rac( con%ro/s Asee aboveE. Close the (F window. %". *n the mi,er, you should now see these two controls displayed for track %. Drag and drop the 'ea(F from track % in turn to each of the other tracks. Dave the file. =o%e #: These controls can also be assigned within the i,er. 'ight.click over the control button, then choose the F; and parameter from the conte,t menu Asee aboveE. Choose A// para)e%ers if you wish to add a control for each of the F; parameters. =o%e !: These controls will be added to the track control panel as well as the mi,er panel. Kou could of course have created as many controls as you like, not @ust these two. This e,ercise was @ust an e,ample. =o%e A: =hen we revisit this topic in Chapter %%, you will see that we have a couple of options up our sleeves for making it easy to have controls like this automatically added to new tracks as they are created.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %#P
(nabling the 6$o' sends '$en siDe per)i%s option from the i,er menu will cause your e,isting sends to be displayed, each with a small rotary fader to enable you to ad@ust the send volume level directly from the mi,er panel. 'ight clicking over an e,isting send causes a menu to be displayed with the options shown here. 'ight clicking over an empty part of a track:s sends area will produce a menu with only one command G 6$o' %rac( rou%ing 'indo'. This can also be displayed by left clicking anywhere on the track:s empty sends area. 6$o' send para)e%ers Bpens a small window with parameters Avolume, pan, etc.E for that send. 3u%e send Toggles the send:s mute status. Re)ove send Deletes the send altogether. 6$o' %rac( rou%ing 'indo' Bpens the track:s routing A*BE window. Go %o send des%ina%ion %rac( Delects the send:s destination track. )s well as this menu, you have a number of other techniHues at your disposal for creating, editing and managing your sends. Kou can drag and drop from the *B button of one track to another Aas in the TCPE to create sends, but using the sends area of a track:s channel strip for this purpose offers you more options. This can be seen in the following table2 1n order %o do %$is ... Add a send fro) one %rac( %o ano%$er. > you do %$is 7rag and drop from one track:s send area or *B button to the other. *n the latter case, a send control window will be opened. 9%r/ drag and drop from one track:s send area or *B button to the other. A/% drag and drop from one track:s send area or *B button to the other. -se this method to create sends from several source tracks to the same destination track to create a traditional submi,. Delect all sending tracks. Mold 6$if% while dragging and dropping from send area or *B button of any selected track to receiving track. Delect all tracks from which you want the sends to come. Mold 6$if% while dragging and dropping from the *B button of the receiving track AunselectedE to any of the selected tracks. 7rag and drop the send to another track. A/% c/ic( on the send. Rig$% c/ic( on any send 9%r/ c/ic( on a send or 9/ic( in empty part of sends area or 9/ic( on the *B button. 9/ic( on the send G allows you to change volume and3or pan, specify send3receive channels, mute etc. 9/ic( and drag on a sendIs control knob. 6$if% c/ic( on the send.
Add a send fro) one %rac( %o ano%$er and open con%ro/ 'indo' for %$a% send. Add a send fro) one %rac( %o ano%$er and disab/e send fro) firs% %rac( %o %$e )as%er.
Add severa/ sends %o one %rac( in one ac%ion Add severa/ receives %o a %rac( in one ac%ion
9opy a send fro) one %rac( %o ano%$er 7e/e%e a send. 7isp/ay a con%e4% )enu. *pen en%ire rou%ing 'indo' for a %rac(. *pen %$e con%ro/ 'indo' for a send. Raise or /o'er %$e send vo/u)e /eve/. -ogg/e a sendNs )u%e s%a%us on or off.
?ote that in the above table, those actions which use the *B button can be carried out in both the Track Panel and the i,er Panel.
The option to 6$o' %rac( icons in 3i4er Afrom the i,er menuE can be enabled to ensure that any track icons that you have allocated will be displayed at the head of the track:s mi,er panel. Track icons are inserted using the 9us%o) %rac( icons, then 6e% %rac( icon... commands from the TCP menu. This menu can also be accessed from within the i,er by right.clicking over a track:s name.
#".9
=o%e: The sample layouts used in the illustrations in this section are illustrative only and have been selected for learning purposes. They will not necessarily look e,actly the same as the layouts that you are using. Kou might find yourself faced with conflicting ob@ectives when you want to display track F; inserts, sends and so on all at once and for all tracks, especially if you have a large number of tracks. Bne option for displaying more tracks is to enable 6$o' )u/%ip/e ro's of %rac(s '$ere space e4is%s. Dhown here is an e,ample of what might happen when you enable this option. The problem has arisen that all the tracks have been sHuee<ed into the window G but now there isn:t enough room to show all the features that we need to see. *n this e,ample, there is not enough room to display all of the track F; Aobserve the down pointing arrows on tracks 1 and &E. =hen this happens you have two main options. These are either to make manual on.screen ad@ustments to the relative si<e of the different parts of the track panels, or to use a thinner mi,er layout.
3a(ing )anua/ on-screen ad:us%)en%s. *f, in the e,ample above, you hover your mouse on the boundary between the sends area and the track name for any track, the mouse cursor will change to a double.headed arrow, as shown on the right. Finding the right spot can be a little tricky at first, so be patient. Kou can then either click and drag up or down to drag the boundary up or down for that one track or Aas in this caseE hold 9%r/ while you drag up or down to move the boundary for all tracks. >y holding 9%r/ and dragging down, we are able to make more room to display the F; inserts, as shown here. Dee also table below.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %##
Mere we have ad@usted the boundaries between the different elements Atrack controls and F; insertsE so as to make all of the F; visible. =e have then made some manual ad@ustments . for e,ample, the S- meter on the master has been made taller again by dragging up its top boundary Ashared in this case with the sends areaE.
Using )i4er /ayou%s. The illustration below Aon the ne,t pageE is an e,ample of the other approach, that of using a different layout. There:ll be more about this in Chapter %%. Mowever, to choose a mi,er layout for your tracks, you can @ust do this2 %. Delect the tracks whose layout you wish to change. For all tracks, @ust select one then press 9%r/ A. !. 'ight click over any track name then choose 6e% %rac( /ayou% then 3i4er Pane/ then select from the menu. The layouts that you see listed are attached to whichever theme you are using and may not be the same as those shown here. i,er
This is an e,ample mi,er layout, which may or may not be available from the theme that you are using. To browse thru, and download, the available '()P(' themes go to http233stash.reaper.fm3. Dample screen shots of some of the track and mi,er layouts supplied with the '()P(' & default theme are shown in Chapter %%.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %#Q
=indows screen sets are globally available in all pro@ects. They are stored in a screensets.ini file in your U)pplication DataU'()P(' folder. This means that you can use any pro@ect to create a screen set, and then use that same screen set with any other pro@ect. Kou should find the following summary information useful. 1n order %o do %$is >. 9rea%e a +indo's 6creen 6e% > you do %$is )rrange your =indows, including the i,er and its various options and settings, on screen, e,actly as you want it. *f you want the primary focus to be on the i,er, make sure that it is selected. Choose the Vie' 6creense%s&.ayou%s command A9%r/ EE. Delect the +indo's tab. Click on any item number to select it, then on 6ave to open the 6ave +indo's 6creeense% window Asee aboveE. Delect all of the various options, and make sure that .as% focus is on 3i4er. *f necessary, type it in. Click on 6ave. Kou can accept any default shortcut Ooad key that is shown Ae.g. F# for windows screen set V%E or click on Edi% s$or%cu%s to open the )ctions Oist (ditor and assign your own. The )ctions Oist is e,plained in Chapter %1. (ither use the keyboard shortcut Awhere one e,istsE, or Choose the Vie' 6creense%s&.ayou%s command A9%r/ EE. Delect the +indo's tab and double.click on the reHuired screen set name.
Bne of these is the Appearance? -$e)e Edi%or page of your Preferences window. This is another topic that will be e,amined more fully in Chapter %%, but as far as the i,er is concerned, you can change the color of any of the elements listed below. Dimply click on the element name in the Theme (ditor list, choose a new color from the color picker window and click on *H. -se the 6ave -$e)e... button if you want to save your changes. i,er i,er i,er i,er i,er i,er i,er i,er i,er F; te,t normal color F; te,t bypassed color F; te,t offline color sends te,t normal color sends te,t muted color sends te,t *D* hardware color sends level color F; knob te,t normal color F; knob te,t bypassed color i,er F; knob te,t offline color =hether you want the S- meters to be interlaced. S- meter clip indicator color S- meter top color S- meter middle color S- meter bottom color S- meter interlace3edge color S- meter show *D* activity
-nder *p%ions? Preferences, Appearance you will find a couple of options that you can use to customi<e your mi,er appearance by the use of color coding. These are to 6e% %rac( /abe/ bac(ground %o cus%o) %rac( co/ors and to -in% %rac( pane/ bac(grounds. )ny colors selected using the conte,t menu 9us%o) %rac( co/ors command Asee Chapter &E will be applied to the track panels in your i,er if either or both of these options is enabled. Dhown below is an e,ample of this, with -in% %rac( pane/ bac(grounds enabled2
Bne final preference setting to note is the 6$o' in )i4er option under Pro:ec%? -rac(&6end 7efau/%s. >y default, this option is enabled, which means that new tracks as they are added are automatically shown in the i,er. Kou should disable this preference if you wish to change this default behavior. This setting can be over.ridden for individual tracks using the Track anager. This is e,plained in Chapter %%.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %6%
P. R.
*n this rendered track, the guitar makes up the audio on one channel, the bou<ouki on the other channel. 6o/o this track and play the song. )d@ust the pan control slowly, first fully left, then fully right, then back to the center. )s you do so, one channel will gradually fade away. Panned full left you will hear only the guitar, full right only the bou<ouki. ove the pan back to the center. %". =ith this track selected in the TCP, right click over the pan control and choose 7ua/ Pan option from the pan mode drop down list Athese are e,plained overleafE. %%. Play the song. Dlowly move the top pan control to %""L right. Kou will now hear both instruments in the right speaker only. %!. ove the lower pan control to %""LL left. ?ow you will hear the guitar in the right channel only, the bou<ouki in the left channel only G the opposite of what you started with. %1. (,periment moving these faders. =hen finished, move the top pan control to %""L left and the lower pan control to %""L right. Dave the file. %&. ?ow change the pan mode for this track to 6%ereo Pan. %P. Play the song. )t first you will hear only the guitar in the left speaker, only the bou<ouki in the right speaker. Dlowly move the lower AwidthE panner from %""L right towards the centre A"=E. )s you do so, the two instruments will tend to blend more together. %R. =ith width set at "=, move the top ApanE control fully left. The mi, will now be heard thru one speaker only. ove it back to the center. Dave the file. =o' %ry %$is: %. -nsolo and mute the stereo track. !. Create a folder called *nstruments @ust after the Socal track. Delect Dtereo pan mode for this folder. 1. ake the two guitar tracks and the bou<ouki tracks child tracks of this folder. )d@ust the volumes and pan settings of the individual tracks and the folder to get a nice mi,. Pan the different tracks well apart. &. -se the width control on the folder. (,periment with using this to bring the instruments closer together or further apart. -se the pan control to position the overall mi, further left or right. Kou can still ad@ust pan settings for individual child tracks within the folder as well if you wish. -ip: This techniHue can do wonders when you are mi,ing vocals, including vocal duets and vocal harmonies+
#. 6. Q.
Pan 3odes
>y default, the stereo width is applied before the pan3balance control. To select a different pan mode, right.click over either the pan or width control fader and choose from the drop down list. The three modes are2 For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %61
E4a)p/e This e,ercise will almost certainly be too comple, for the novice user, and as such is recommended for the more e,perienced only. Btherwise, you might wish to return to it after you have completed Chapter %P .
This diagram shows what we are going to achieve. *t assumes that our audio signal flows from left to right. First we will create the necessary e,tra Channels for the
aster Track.
The audio coming into our aster from the mi, will be split between Channels %3! and Channels 13&. The signal that is passed to Channels 13& will be fed thru a 'everb plug.in then directly out to our headphones. *t will also be passed back into a Compressor plug.in, where it will be mi,ed back into the original incoming signal. The final mi, will then be fed to the speakers. %. !. Bpen the file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.rpp and save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% 3A6-ER.RPP. Pan the two guitar tracks roughly &"L left and &"L right respectively. Pan the >ou<ouki about %PL left, the So, around %"L right. Fuickly ad@ust the volume levels for each track to suit, especially to avoid clipping in the aster. Dave the file. Siew the i,er and enable the options to 6$o' F8 inser%s '$en siDe per)i%s and 6$o' sends '$en siDe per)i%s. ake sure your Dpeakers and Meadphones are each connected to different paired sound card outputs. 'ight click over the 1* button in the aster and make sure that output is directed both to your speakers and to your headphone amp. To create the reHuired channels, left click on the 1* button for the 3as%er -rac( and set the number of channels to & Aas shown, rightE. )ssign the output of channels %3! to your studio speakers and 13& to your headphones. Kour settings should appear similar, but of course not identical, to those shown here. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %6P
1.
&. P.
R.
#.
Q. *n the aster F; chain, add the plug.in ReaEP and, for the purpose of this e,ercise, add a ! d> gain on >and !, a % d> drop on >and 1, and a %d> gain on >and &. %". *n the aster F; chain, click @ust below the 'ea(F and add ReaVerba%e. Oeave the parameters at their default settings, but ad@ust the outputs from this plug.in so that they are directed left and right respectively to channels 1 and & only. The settings for these outputs are illustrated ArightE. %%. ?ow play the song. The playback thru the speakers will include the effects of your ReaEP settings but not ReaVerba%e. *n contrast, if you listen thru the headphones, you will hear only the reverb. %!. ?ow click again in the master F; chain and add Rea9o)p after the reverb plug.in. )d@ust the *nput Dettings for this plug.in so that Channels % and 1 are the the left, and channels ! and & are the ain *nput for the right, as illustrated below right. %1. ?ow play the song. Kou can ad@ust the amount of reverb in the mi, by ad@usting the vertical +e% and 7ry faders in the ReaVerba%e window. Kou can also ad@ust the -$res$o/d Avertical fader on the leftE and Ra%io settings for Rea9o)p if you wish. %&. Kour speakers will now play the output signal from your aster TrackIs F; chain, including the reverb mi,ed in. Kour headphones will still play only the direct output of the ReaVerba%e plug.in. %P. Dave this file. ain *nput for
##.!
=ith many pro@ects you will find that you have a few seconds of recorded silence before the program material Ainstruments and vocalsE actually start. This can create two annoying problems2 Times shown on the timeline and on the big clock do not accurately represent the time within the song. =hen you go to the start of the pro@ect, there are always a few seconds of silence to be played before you reach the start of the song.
*n the e,ample shown above the actual start of the song is at "2"&.QR%. =e want to reset this point to Tero. This is how it is done2 Place the cursor at the point that you wish to mark as the start of the song . in the e,ample shown this will be "&.R"# into the pro@ect. Press A/% En%er to display the Pro:ec% 6e%%ings window. Delect the tab labelled Pro:ec% 6e%%ings. Click the button labelled 6ub%rac% cursor posi%ion fro) s%ar% %i)e Asee rightE. '()P(' will automatically enter the correct position into the Pro:ec% s%ar% %i)e bo, for you. Click on *H to close the Pro@ect Dettings interface. To mark this point, press the letter 3 on your keyboard. This creates a marker on your timeline labelled #. *f you need to refresh your understanding of markers, look back thru Chapter 6. The position of the marker is now set to ":"".""" and you can @ump straight to this point at any time by pressing # on your keyboard Asee rightE. *f you wish, you can double.click on the marker to open up the Edi% )ar(er dialog bo,, where you can give it a name.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %6#
*ndividual items can be locked into position to prevent their settings from being accidentally changed, such as by being moved or deleted, while at the same time leaving you free to manipulate other items as you wish. To make use of this feature, first ensure that both of the item icons .oc(ed and Un/oc(ed are selected Aalong with any other item icons that you wish to useE under your *p%ions? Preferences? Appearance? 3edia settings Asee aboveE. =hether the icons are displayed on top of the media items or in a lane above it Aas in the e,ample belowE will depend on whether you have enabled the option 7ra' i%e) /abe/s above ra%$er %$an 'i%$in %$e i%e) . Oocking for individual media items is then toggled on and off by clicking on the small padlock item that will be visible at the top left corner of the media item.
The e,ample above shows a track with two media items. The first item has been locked Anotice the closed padlock iconE. *t can now not be deleted or moved, unless its status is set to unlock. Dimilarly, you cannot grab the handle across the top of the media item and drag it down to ad@ust its volume, nor can you add a fade in or fade out, nor can it be slip.edited. Kou can, however, make changes to most of its settings within the *tem Properties dialog bo, Apitch, play rate, F; Chain, and so onE or using the media item conte,t menu. The second item, however, remains unlocked Anotice the open padlock iconE. *t can Afor e,ampleE be moved, or deleted, or have a fade out added. Kou can also open the item for editing, in the *D* editor A *D* itemsE or your installed e,ternal editor Aaudio itemsE. Oocking and unlocking can also be performed with multiple items. To lock a number of items, simply hold the 9%r/ key while you click on each item in turn to build the selection, then click on the padlock for any item included in the selection.
##.4
The toggle command .oc( -rac( 9on%ro/s Afrom the track control panel right.click conte,t menuE can be used to lock3unlock the controls for any track or selection of tracks. This prevents you from making accidental changes, for e,ample, to a track:s volume or pan setting. *n the e,ample shown here the controls of a track have been locked. Kou can hover your mouse over the control of a locked track to see its current setting displayed as a tool tip. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 %66
The Oocking feature of '()P(' can be used to effectively free<e certain aspects of a pro@ect file to prevent something accidentally being changed or deleted. There are two aspects to locking2 Deciding which pro@ect elements you would like to be locked. (nabling or disabling the locking feature. The keyboard shortcut . can be used to toggle this on and off.
To display the Oock Dettings window Ashown rightE, press 6$if% . or right click over the lock button Athe last itemE on the toolbar. The table below summarises some of the ways in which you are able to make use of this feature. .oc(ing *p%ion -i)e se/ec%ion 9o))en% This locks the current time selection so that, for e,ample, if you accidentally click and drag at some other point along the timeline your time selection will remain unchanged. Kou can remove a locked time selection by pressing Esc then selecting 0es when prompted. Oocks currently selected loop points. This option prevents you from making any changes at all to any of your e,isting media items. For e,ample, you cannot mute them, add F; to them, delete them, move them, slip edit them, or even access the *tem Properties window or right click menu for any of your items. This option allows you to make any other changes you like to your media items e,cept move them left or right. This option allows you to make any other changes you like to your media items e,cept move them up or down. This option disables actions such as slip editing. This option disables such actions as adding or modifying fades or ad@usting the item volume control handle. This option ensures that when locking is enabled you will not be able to make any changes to e,isting envelopes. For e,ample, you will not be able to move or add points, or change shapes. Kou will still be able to add new envelopes for faders and plug.in parameters, but you will not be able to edit these in any way. For more about envelopes see Chapter %R. Oocking regions prevents you from changing Afor e,ample by moving, deleting or renamingE e,isting regions. Mowever, you will be able to create new regions with Oock 'egions enabled. Oocking markers prevents you from changing Afor e,ample by moving, deleting or renamingE e,isting markers. Mowever, you will be able to create new markers with Oock arkers enabled. Oocks time signature markers and prevents them from being modified.
1%e)s Epreven% /ef%&rig$% )ove)en%F 1%e)s Epreven% up&do'n )ove)en%F 1%e) edges 1%e) con%ro/s Enve/opes
Regions
3ar(ers
OetIs suppose that we are happy with the way our media items line up, and we donIt want any of them being accidentally nudged or moved to the left or right. Kou might then wish to lock their hori<ontal position. %. Press 6$if% . to open the Oocking Dettings window. !. Tick only 1%e)s Epreven% /ef%&rig$% )ove)en%F. 1. *f Enab/e .oc(ing is not enabled, click on it to turn it on. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %6Q
##.@
Chapter %Q of this -ser /uide covers '()P(':s preferences in detail. Bne page of settings that can be very useful is the '()P(' -$e)e Edi%or, which lets you modify your theme settings. This is displayed by choosing the Appearance? -$e)e Edi%or page within your Preferences window A rightE. Themes consist primarily of three types of materials2 image files, color3font definitions and =indows settings. The image files provide, for e,ample, the track control items and media item icons Apan and volume faders, mute and solo controls, etc.E. The definitions apply to items such as the font used for track names and the colors used for media items, track and mi,er panels, edit and play cursors, markers, S- meters, envelopes, and so on. *f you are not sure what any of the listed items are, you can use the -$e)e e/e)en% finder button to identify them Asee belowE. =indows settings are those items whose appearance is by default determined by your =indows color scheme and appearance settings Asuch as =indows list te,t and backgroundE. Kou can tell '()P(' to over ride these. *n addition to those installed with '()P(', many themes are available for download from stash.reaper.fm. To install a downloaded .'eaThemeTip file, drag and drop it from =indows (,plorer into '()P(':s )rrange Siew Amain viewE. The .oad -$e)e > button can be used to select any available theme. Dcroll thru the -$e)e co/or&fon% con%ro/s list to see all of the items which you can change. Click on any item to open Aas appropriateE the color picker or font dialog bo,, where you can change its definition. Kou can also 7mi, and match8 . that is, use the basic color and font definition set from one theme with the image files of another theme. To do this, use the 7efau/% i)age resources drop down list to select the theme whose images you wish to use, unselect the option A//o' %$e)es %o override and click on App/y. Finally, having chosen your fonts and colors and selected your favorite images, you can save them all together into a new theme by clicking the 6ave %$e)e... button and giving your theme a name.
*vervie' The Pro:ec% 3edia&F8 5ay is a one stop center which you can use for managing and arranging a pro@ect:s F; and media items. *t is opened from the main menu by the Vie'? Pro:ec% 3edia&F8 5ay command. The window contains five tabs ApagesE. The *tem /roups AChapter RE and Take Comps AChapter #E tabs have already been introduced. The other three are2 6ource 3edia. This lists the media items that are available for use in, or are already used in, the
pro@ect. (ach item will occur only once in this list. =here it is used more than once in the pro@ect, this will be indicated by the number in the -sage column. 3edia 1%e)s. This lists only the items that are actually used in the pro@ect Ai.e., activeE. )n item will appear in this list as many times as it is used in the pro@ect. F8. This lists the F; plug.ins that are used in the pro@ect.
Kou can drag media files Ae.g., from '()P(':s edia (,plorer or from =indows (,plorerE or F; Ae.g., from the F; browserE into the Pro@ect >ay. edia items inserted in this way are added to the 6ource 3edia page. *f the item is then used in the pro@ect, it will be added to the 3edia 1%e)s page. F; items are added to the F; bay. Kou can rename items within the Pro@ect >ay, select all instances of a media file or F; within the pro@ect, and replace media3F; in the pro@ect with any other media3F; from the Pro@ect >ay. Kou can also mute3solo media items and bypass3unbypass F;. >oth edia pages and the F; page include a 'etain column. =hen you drag media items or F; into the pro@ect bay, they are marked with a W in the retain column. This setting means that the entry will remain in the pro@ect bay even if there are no instances of that media item or F; in the pro@ect. =hen you add media Aby recording or insertingE to the pro@ect, they will appear as entries in the media items and source media bays, with the retain status unset. These entries will be automatically removed from the pro@ect bay if they are removed from the pro@ect itself. *f you want the entries to remain in the pro@ect bay even after being removed from the pro@ect, you should enable retain for those entries in the source media bay. F; entries in the pro@ect bay include a Prese% column. *f you change the value in this column Afrom the right.click menuE, all instances of that F; in the pro@ect with the previous preset selected will be changed to the new preset. *n addition, you can retain an F; entry with a specific preset, or multiple entries for the same F; with different presets, in the pro@ect bay. The Pro@ect >ay includes the buttons Ac%ions and *p%ions. Clicking on either of these displays a menu. )s an e,ample, the *p%ions menu is shown on the right. ost of these commands reHuire little e,planation. 3irror se/ec%ion in bay and pro:ec%. =hen enabled, this causes an item selected in the pro@ect to also be selected in the bay, and vice versa. Kou can also ensure that '()P(' will Doo) %o a se/ec%ed i%e) when this option is enabled. Use /as% se/ec%ed i%e) as source for Tdra' a copyU )ouse ac%ion . This enables you to use pencil mode to create copies of the last selected item. 6pace bar previe's )edia allows use of the spacebar to play the currently selected media or source media item. .oop )edia previe' will allow any loop marked in the pro@ect to be applied. Previe' Asource or media itemsE %$roug$ se/ec%ed %rac( allows you to play back the item with, for e,ample, any F; in a particular track:s F; chain, or any track envelopes, being applied. The Fi/%er can be set to use name, path or comment. ake sure the option 9/ear bay '$en c$anging pro:ec%s is enabled if you wish to make each Pro@ect >ay pro@ect specific. Disable it if you want to carry over items in the current bay to the ne,t pro@ect that you open or create. Kou also have the option to Au%o)a%ica//y re%ain )edia i%e)s '$en %$ey are re)oved fro) pro:ec%. This ensures that retain status is automatically assigned when an item is removed from the pro@ect. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %Q%
The 3edia E4p/orer button Alower leftE can be used to open the edia (,plorer, from where media items can be dragged and dropped into the pro@ect bay Aas source mediaE or into the pro@ect itself. The rotary Vo/u)e control can be used to control the volume of any item being previewed when the option to preview thru selected track has been disabled. The 5ay button Abottom leftE serves three basic functions. Kou can use it to create a new pro@ect bay, to replace the contents of the current bay with a previously saved one, or to merge the contents of a previously saved pro@ect bay into the current one. -$e 6ource 3edia 5ay and %$e 3edia 1%e)s 5ay
The techniHues for working with media items in both of these bays are very similar. The main differences are2 *tems dragged into the >ay are placed in the Dource edia >ay only, until such time as they are actually added to the pro@ect. They are then automatically also listed in the edia *tems bay. Bnly items which are active Aand therefore included in the pro@ectE are shown in the edia *tems >ay. )ctive items can be managed from either of these bays. )vailable items can only be managed from the Dource edia bay. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 %Q!
(ither... Drag and drop from >ay into the pro@ect arrange view window, Br J Delect track and position cursor in )rrange view. 'ight.click on item name in >ay and choose 1nser% in%o pro:ec% from conte,t menu. *f not already active, its status will now be made )ctive.
Delect the item and use the 7e/e%e key, either from the arrange view window or within the edia >ay. Delect item and press the 7e/e%e key, or right.click in item row in 'etain column Ato left of item nameE, then choose Re)ove fro) bay. 'ight click on title bar, choose Re)ove a// i%e)s %$a% are no% used in pro:ec% from the conte,t menu. Delect item in bay, right click in 'etain column, choose Re)ove fro) bay if re)oved fro) pro:ec%. 'ight.click item in 'etain column for the item, choose Re)ove fro) pro:ec%. Delect item in >ay, right click in 'etain column, choose Re%ain from menu. Click on the item in the list then on the Usage button. Click on any item in that list in order to go to and select that item. 'ight.click on item, choose 3u%e from the conte,t menu Ato toggleE. Delect item in the >ay2 click Rena)e button or use the conte,t menu. Double click in the comments column of the item row. Type a te,t string in the Fi/%er bo, Ae.g. vo, to see only media items with vo, in their nameE then click on the Refres$ button. Click on 9/ear Fi/%er button. Delect item name in Dource edia or edia *tems list. 'ight.click and choose Rep/ace in pro:ec%. Then select from flyout menu, e.g. A// ins%ances or any single instance2 choose the replacement item. The media format Ae.g. P1, =)SE need not be the same for both items. Delect the items, then click on the 6ave button and choose one of the available options. Kou can 6ave se/ec%ed i%e)s %o a ne' pro:ec% bay, or 6ave a// i%e)s as a ne' pro:ec% bay. For either of these, you will be prompted for a new .'ea>ay file name. Kou also have the option to 6ave and )erge se/ec%ed i%e)s %o an e,isting pro@ect bay file, in which case you will need to select the reHuired file from the list. Click on the 5ay button, choose a .'ea>ay file from the list. Kou may .oad and )erge it with the current one, or replace the current one. Click on any column header to sort. Click again to reverse sort order.
-o /oad a previous/y saved i%e) se% /is%. -o sor% )edia i%e)s /is%.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %Q1
This table mostly emphasises those aspects more specific to the F; >ay itself. 1n order %o do %$is > Add F8 fro) F8 5ay %o %rac( or )edia i%e) in pro:ec%. *pen F8 bro'ser 'indo' Add F8 %o %$e F8 5ay .oca%e and open F8 'indo' for any F8 ins%ance > you do %$is
(ither... Delect track or media item in )rrange view, right.click on plug.in name in F; >ay, choose 1nser% in%o pro:ec% Br... Drag and drop plug.in from F; >ay to track panel or media item.
Click on the F8 5ro'ser button. Drag and drop from F; >rowser. 'ight click over the track name or number in the Track column then click on the reHuired instance. The Usage button can also be used for this. Delect the F; then use the 5ypass button, or right.click over F; name and choose 5ypass from menu. 'epeat this to re.enable the plug.in. 'ight.click in the Preset column for the F; and select from the menu. 'ight.click in the Preset column for the F; and select from the menu. 'ight.click on F; name, choose Rep/ace in pro:ec% then select from the flyout menu of F;. Kou can replace all instances or a single instance.
-ogg/e bypass for any F8 Assign a prese% %o an F8 Asee note below tableE 9$ange F8 ins%ance prese%. Rep/ace one F8 'i%$ ano%$er pro:ec% bay F8
=o%e: Dome F; names may occur more than once in the list. *n the e,ample above, 'ea(F appears twice. This is because one or more of these instances have been assigned a preset. This enables you to manage these separately. *n the above e,ample, the plug.in ReaEP occurs in the pro@ect in several places. The preset s%oc( O basic ## band has been applied on two of those instances. Mence these are listed separately in the F; bay.
The -rac( 3anager AVie'? -rac( 3anagerE gives you overview control of your tracks. *t displays a grid similar to a spreadsheet or table. *f the grid is empty, click on the 6$o' A// button Aabove rightE to display a list of the pro@ect:s tracks. Click on the *p%ions button or right.click on the title bar to display a menu which includes 3irror %rac( se/ec%ion. This allows any track selection made in either the Track anager or the TCP to be automatically applied in the other. Kou can also ensure that when this is enabled, selecting a track in the Track anager will 6cro// %o se/ec%ed %rac( in TCP and mi,er. *f your pro@ect includes folders with child tracks, then that hierarchy is retained within the track manager:s track list. The option to 1nden% %rac(s in fo/ders can be disabled from the *p%ions menu. The other *p%ions button menu items are e,plained in their conte,t in the table below. The table also summarises what you are able to do within the track manager window. -o do %$is > 9$ange co/u)n order ,ide&6$o' co/u)ns Ad:us% co/u)n 'id%$ Fi/%er %$e %rac( /is% by na)e > you do %$is Click and drag column header left or right. 'ight click on any header, deselect3select from list. Click and drag left or right on boundaries between column headers, Type te,t in filter bo,2 e.g.8 vo8 to list in Track anager only those tracks whose name includes vo. Dupports use of ?BT and B' filters2 e.g. 7bass B' guit8 will find all tracks with either bass or guit as part of their track name. -se the appropriate *p%ions menu commands to also ,ide fi/%ered-ou% %rac(s in -9P and3or ,ide fi/%ered-ou% %rac(s in )i4er. The 9/ear button removes the filter. There is also an option on this menu to Fi/%er ou% c$i/d %rac(s on/y if fo/der paren% is fi/%ered-ou%. *f you enable the option 9/ose %rac( )anager on en%er (ey in fi/%er bo4 from the *p%ions menu, then pressing (nter in the filter bo, will automatically close the Track anager. Drag and drop tracks up or down. This can be disabled by disabling A//o' reordering %rac(s via %rac( )anager from the conte,t menu.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %QP
6o/o&unso/o %rac(s
Free 1%e) Posi%ioning on&off %ogg/e FreeDe&unfreeDe %rac(s 6or% -rac( 3anager /is% 6'ipe %o %ogg/e severa/ ad:acen% %rac(s 3anage %rac( groups
Delect trackAsE in Track anager window, then choose whichever action you wish from the FreeDe button menu. Dee also Chapter P. Click on any column header. Click again to reverse sort order. For e,ample, to arm several ad@acent tracks for recording, or to mute several ad@acent tracks, or to enable free item positioning on a series of ad@acent tracks. Click and drag3sweep down the appropriate column. The track manager will respect grouped track parameters AChapter &.%1E. )s with the grouping matri,, you can use 6$if% to temporarily over.ride these.
*n the e,ample shown above this table, the Voca/ and Acous%ic Gui%ar tracks and folders are the only ones shown in the TCP. )ll tracks are shown in the i,er. The Voca/s folder settings have been locked. >oth the Vo4 .ead and Vo4 ,ar)y tracks are soloed. They are also F*P enabled. The Reverb track uses plug.in delay -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 %QR
##.9
Dcreen Dets enable you to save several different views of your pro@ect, so that you can easily select and recall them when editing or arranging. There are two types of Dcreen Det G Track Siews and =indows. -rac( Vie's are created and saved on a per pro@ect basis G the screen set data is stored in the pro@ect:s .'PP file and can be recalled only when you are working with that pro@ect file. -sing track view screen sets can be especially useful when you are editing or in some other way working closely with media items. +indo's screen sets are global and are stored in the )pplication Data screensets.ini file. They can be recalled from, and applied to, any pro@ect file. The procedure for creating track views is2 -se the Vie'? 6creense%s&.ayou%s command to show the Dcreen Dets window Athe default keyboard shortcut is 9%r/ EE. The Dcreen Dets window may be docked Aor undockedE, and Aif undockedE pinned to stay on top. )d@ust your track layouts to suit. Delect a number from the Track views page of the Dcreen Dets window. Click on 6ave and name the set.
Kou can create up to %" track view screen sets per pro@ect file. To recall a view, double click on its name. Kou can also assign keyboard shortcuts to individual screen sets. >y default, 6$if% F4 to 6$if% F@ are used to save your first three track views, and F4 to F@ are assigned to load each of these first three track views. *f you want to modify these, or assign shortcuts to other track views, then you should click on the Edi% s$or%cu%s button in the Dcreensets window. This opens the Ac%ion .is% Edi%or. For instructions on how to use the )ction Oist (ditor, see Chapter %1. ?otice that there is also an option available to Au%osave '$en s'i%c$ing screense%s. *f enabled, this ensures when switching from one screen set to another that any changes made to the layout of the first of these screen sets will be saved. The Edi% fie/ds... button can be used to 7tweak8 this, so that only certain aspects of your changes are automatically saved.
E4a)p/e
%. Bpen the file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.RPP and save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% -RA9H V1E+6.RPP. )d@ust the track height of your Vo4 track as shown here ArightE. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %Q#
!.
6.
Q. %". )gain make sure that only -rac( con%ro/ pane/ s%a%us is enabled and type Gui%ars Vie'. Press En%er. %%. To switch between these track layouts, double.click on their names in the Dcreen Dets window. This simple e,ample has introduced you to screen sets and how to use them. >ecause we selected only the option -rac( con%ro/ pane/ s%a%us the pro@ect track layout was the only information saved with this screen set. ?otice the five options that you may choose to include in or e,clude from a track view2 Track Cursor Position Track Dcroll Position Mori<ontal Toom Track Control Panel Dtatus Track i,er Dtatus Oet:s then now work thru a further e,ample which use options other than track height.
*n the Track views window, click on !. Click on 6ave to open the 6ave -rac( Vie' window.
E4a)p/e
%. !. 1. &. P. Mori<ontally <oom your pro@ect so that only the first &P secs is displayed. Position the cursor at the &R sec mark. *n the track view page of the screensets window, click on A then on 6ave. ake sure that B?OK -rac( cursor posi%ion and ,oriDon%a/ Doo) are selected. Type a name for the screenset2 Verse #. Click on 6ave.
Kou can now at any time use track view screen set 1 to <oom to Serse % and position the play cursor there, and either of the other two screens sets to then <oom vertically to either the vocal or the guitar tracks. To remove any screen set that you do not wish to keep, simply select it and click on the 9/ear button.
Dome of these are self.e,planatory. *n addition, note that2 The %oo/ 'indo' posi%ion option will cause the position of those windows which are defined by =indows as tool items Asuch as SDT F; and the *D* (ditorE to be saved and recalled with the screen set. For any particular pro@ect, however, this will only be applied if that particular window e,ists in that pro@ect. This option is useful, for e,ample, if you use a set of standard plug.ins in the aster and you want to easily be able to open and close all these F; windows when working with any pro@ect. (nabling doc(er se/ec%ed %ab will ensure that whichever window in the docker is visible when the screen shot is saved will be visible when it is recalled. The )i4er f/ags option, if enabled, will save your various i,er menu options AF; inserts, sends, folders, top level tracks, position of master, etc.E with the screen set. These options are discussed in detail in Chapter %". =e encountered /ayou%s in Chapter %", in the conte,t of the i,er. Kou:ll find more information about Oayouts later in this chapter. (nabling this option will ensure that your layouts are saved with the screen set. The /as% focus option can be selected to ensure that a particular view automatically is given focus whenever the Dcreen Det is loaded.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) %QQ
Dhown here is an e,ample of one possible track layout that you might choose. ?otice that this particular layout uses vertical Smeters. ?ote that you do not need to open the Oayouts window to select layouts for a pro@ect. Kou can also use the *p%ions? .ayou%s command from the main menu or the 6e% %rac( /ayou% command from the TCP conte,t menu.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !"%
These instructions assume that you are already familiar with the basic techniHues for docking and undocking windows, and so on, as e,plained in Chapter !. Kou can attach any docker to the main window in any of the four positions. Kou can also choose the same position for more than one docker Afor e,ample, you might wish to attach two dockers to the rightE. -o do %$is > 7oc( a 'indo' 9rea%e a ne' doc(er 3ove a 'indo' fro) one doc(er %o ano%$er Reorder %abs in any doc(er 9/ose a doc(ed %ab 0ou need %o do %$is ... 'ight.click on the window:s title bar and choose the command 7oc( > in 7oc(er. Drag and drop any tab from an e,isting docker into the arrange view area. Drag and drop the tab from its present docker to its new one. Drag and drop tabs left or right. A/% 9/ic( on tab, or click on tab 4 button.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !"P
This can be used to create a new pro@ect tab into which it will open the associated 'PP file.
#! - 3anipu/a%ing and Edi%ing 3171 1%e)s #! 3anipu/a%ing and Edi%ing 3171 1%e)s
#!.# 1n%roduc%ion
'()P(' has a number of techniHues for manipulating and editing your *D* items. *n brief these are2 any of the commands on the right.click media item conte,t menu can be used with *D* items as much as they can with audio items G for e,ample you can create and manipulate multiple takes, add *D* F; to a takeIs F; chain, cut, copy and move items, and so on. *n addition, there are commands on the right.click item conte,t menu that are specific to *D* items and only *D* items. =eIll get to these soon enough. Kou can open any *D* items or selection of *D* items in '()P('Is *D* (ditor for detailed editing. Kou can choose either to open a single item, several items together in the same single *D* (ditor window, or to use a separate window for each item. For Huick *D* editing, you can edit the track in.line. This makes the itemIs content available for editing without needing to open a separate *D* editing window. This is covered near the end of this chapter. >efore looking at editing, however, we:ll resolve a couple of other issues of importance to *D* users.
#!.!
)n e,ternal synthesi<er can be monitored using Ac%ivi%y 3oni%or using 3171 1npu% Procedures
*nsert a track and name it. )rm it for recording and turn record monitoring on Det record mode to Disable Ainput monitoring onlyE Delect *nput2 *D*, then the device, then the channelAsE Bpen the track:s routing A*3BE window, select your *D* Mardware Butput. *nsert a track and name it. )rm it for recording turn record monitoring on Det record mode to Disable Ainput monitoring onlyE Delect the necessary mono or stereo audio input from the synth:s audio interface.
#!.A
)s mentioned in Chapter &, '()P(':s track volume and pan controls by default control a track:s audio signals. *f you wish to use these for *D* instead, you can do so. 'ight click on the track number in the TCP or CP and choose 3171 -rac( 9on%ro/s then select one of the .in( %rac( vo/u)e&pan %o 3171 options from the menu. Kou can choose all channels or any individual channel. Kou can also use the plug.in Rea9on%ro/ 3171 with any track. This is e,plained in detail in Chapter %&.
#!.4
'()P(':s sends and receives can be used with audio items, *D* items, or both. Kou have already been introduced to this topic AChapter &E, and it is covered in more depth in Chapter %P. eanwhile, note that the button indicated on the right can be used to ensure that a send:s fader controls are used to control the *D* data. =ith this button enabled, CC messages CC"# for Solume A%!#, ma,E and CC%" Pan AR&, centerE are sent on the selected channels Aby default, all channelsE. *f there are any *D* items Aeven empty onesE on the sending track, they are sent when transport starts or stops, or play position changes. Mowever be aware that not all synths and plug.ins recogni<e this feature. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !"#
The *D* (ditor needs to be opened from an e,isting item. *f you wish to open it with a 7clean sheet8 then you must first create a new empty *D* item. To do this, select the reHuired track and AoptionallyE make your time selection to define the length of the item. Then choose 1nser%? =e' 3171 1%e) from the main menu. >y default, *D* items created in this way are loop enabled. Kou can change this for an individual items within its edia *tem Properties dialog bo,, or globally on the Pro:ec%? 3edia 1%e) 7efau/%s page of your Preferences settings. To open the *D* (ditor with a single *D* item Aeither already recorded or created emptyE, you can use either of these methods2 -nless you have changed your default mouse modifier preferences, double.click on the *D* item in )rrange view, or Delect the item and press the default keyboard shortcut 9%r/ A/% E, or 'ight.click on the item and choose *pen 1%e)s in Edi%or, then *pen 1%e)s 'i%$ 5ui/%-in 3171 Edi%or from the conte,t menu.
1)por%an% =o%e2 '()P(':s options allow you to change the default behavior when opening an item Aor selection of itemsE in the *D* (ditor. For e,ample, you might Aor might notE want them opened in an e,isting *D* editor window. These options are e,plained in Chapter %Q, and will also be considered later in this chapter. To open all of the *D* items on the same track together in the same *D* editor window first select and right. click on one of the reHuired items, then choose 5ui/% in 3171 edi%or, then *pen a// %rac( 3171 in ne' edi%or from the conte,t menu.
#!.@
=hen you open an item in the *D* (ditor you will see a display similar to that shown below. *t includes2 -$e 3ain 3enu. =eIll take a detailed look at the main menu, its various commands and actions shortly, but first you need to understand some more about the interface and how to navigate it. -$e -op -oo/barEbe/o' 3ain 3enuF Mover your mouse over any button for a tooltip. Kou can customi<e this toolbar to meet your own reHuirements Asee Chapter %1E. The default toolbar icons are described below Aleft to rightE. -rac( .is% and 3edia 1%e) .ane These buttons open AonE and close AoffE the -rac( .is% and 3edia 1%e) .ane panels. *n the illustration below, both these are set to Bff. These are e,plained in the section +or(ing 'i%$ 3u/%ip/e -rac(s and&or 1%e)s.
-nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 !"6
This is the third button on the toolbar. *t opens up the Filter (vents window which allows you a great deal of fle,ibility in deciding which information you want displayed in the *D* (ditor. Asee rightE. Ticking the (nable Filter bo, ensures that the options are visible. Kou can choose to display all channels, or any combination or permutation of channels.
The Even% -ype drop down list lets you select any type of event that you want filtered. The default is A//, but you can change this to ?otes, Poly )ftertouch, Control Change, Channel )ftertouch, Pitch or Dyse,3 eta. The Fi/%er Even%s window can be used to select which data channels are displayed in the *D* (ditor. The content of the Para)e%er drop down list depends on the event. For e,ample, for ?ote, it will show a list of notes, with options to filter on ranges of velocity and3or length. For Program Change it will show a list of program numbers. The items .o' and ,ig$ can be used with some event types but not others. For e,ample, if the event type is ?ote, you can enter two numbers between " and %!# to restrict the range of notes displayed. *f you choose Program Change, then low and high values have no meaning. ?otice also that the filter bo, has Anear the topE an Enab/e Fi/%er option which can be toggled on and off. To the right of the filter button are four toggle icons, Puan%iDe Aon3offE, 99 se/ec%ion fo//o's no%e se/ec%ion, 6$o' grid and 6nap %o grid. 'ight.click over the Dnap to /rid button to set behavior for when snap is enabled G A/'ays snap no%es %o %$e /ef%, 6nap no%es %o end of grid Athe defaultE, or 6nap re/a%ive %o grid. The final icon 7oc( edi%or can be used to dock and undock this window Ain '()P(':s dockerE as reHuired. )t the far right of this toolbar is a drop.down c$anne/ fi/%er list. =o%e: *f both edia, *D* preferences to 9rea%e ne' i%e)s as .317 fi/es and 1)por% e4is%ing 3171 fi/es as .317 fi/e reference are enabled, this toolbar will on the left display two further buttons . Fi/e? 6ave 3171 fi/e and Fi/e? Rever% %o saved 3171 fi/e. -$e Ru/er *f in '()P(':s main window the option to link loop points to time selection is enabled, click and drag along the ruler to define loop and time selection. Btherwise, click and drag along the ruler for loop selection or along the boundary between piano roll view and CC lane view to define a time selection. -$e -ranspor% 5ar
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !"Q
This is found at the bottom of the *D* (ditor window. *t contains the transport buttons and a number of drop down lists. The first si, buttons Aleft to rightE can be used to rewind, start, pause playback, stop playback, @ump to end, and to toggle repeat loop mode on3off. The loop area can be set on the timeline in either the *D* (ditor or the )rrange window. There are also some drop down lists. From O to ', these are2 Grid This is the grid division bo,. *t is used to specify your reHuired grid division unit. ?ote that the units is ?otes, and that you can select from any of the values listed G %3%!6, %3R&, %31!, %3%R, %36, %3&, %3!, %, ! or &. Grid spacing %ype Bptions here are straight, triplet, dotted or swing. *f you choose swing, several other parameters will also be displayed on this bar. These are discussed later in the conte,t of Huanti<ing. =o%es This is used to select the default note length Ae,pressed as a fraction of a noteE that is used when new notes are added. *n the e,ample above, this has been set to be the same as the grid setting. *t can be overwritten using the main menu *p%ions? 7ra'ing or 6e/ec%ing a =o%e 6e%s =o%e .eng%$ . 6ca/e and 9$ord (nabling the snap to scale option allows you to select a scale and a chord from the two drop down lists. Kou can also use the chords button Ahere labelled 7 a@or8E to load a '()P(' .reascale file. 9o/or -se this drop down list to select whether you wish to use color to display differences in Ve/oci%y, 9$anne/, Pi%c$, 6ource, -rac( or 3edia 1%e). -rac( .is% =here the pro@ect file has more than one track that contains *D* item, this can be used to select which track is to be made active in the *D* editor. 9$anne/ -se this to select a channel from % to %R for current editing Aor choose )llE. -ip: The Vie'? Piano Ro// -i)ebase menu includes the options source beats, pro@ect beats and pro@ect time. *D* data is always defined in beat.based terms, but in the time view mode the grid is ad@usted to reflect any tempo changes in the pro@ect. *f there are no tempo changes, the beat and time views will be identical. Kou also have the option to select Pro:ec% synced. This synchroni<es the timeline of the pro@ect and *D* item together. *t also ensures that both windows are synchroni<ed during such actions as <ooming and scrolling. -$e 3ain +indo' The main window by default consists of two panels. The larger AtopE panel displays your *D* notes. *t is where you do your editing. The e,ample shows the default view, which is Piano 'oll Siew. Clicking on any piano key will cause that note to be played. The smaller AbottomE panel is the CC lane, which can be used to display various types of information. *n the e,ample here, the velocity of each note is shown. -$e 6cro// 5ars The *D* (ditor window includes vertical and hori<ontal scroll bars which can be used to navigate and <oom in and out of the contents of the *D* itemAsE. -$e 99 .aneEsF >y default, Ve/oci%y information is shown in the CC lanes. To change this, either2 Click on the drop down arrow ArightE to see a menu of items Aincluding standard *D* control messagesE that you can choose to display in the CC Oane instead of velocity. ) small selection of the available choices are shown on the right, or Click on the small W button ne,t to the drop down list arrow to add e,tra CC lanes. Delect any item from the drop down list to display in the selected lane. 'ight.clicking over the shaded area at the edge of the top border of a CC lane will produce a menu that can be used to hide a CC lane, clear it, change its contents ADet laneE, or add an e,tra lane. ?ote2 Oike the other *D* (ditor menus and toolbar, the CC lane menu can be customi<ed. Dee Chapter %1 for more information about how to customi<e menus. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 !%"
To remove a lane from view, click on the small minus sign that appears to the immediate right of its drop down arrow. Provided the lane height is tall enough, the e,istence of CC messages can also be seen on the *D* item in the main window Asee rightE.
#!.B
Control change messages are used to change the status of a *D* parameter. *f using an actual *D* device, these messages can be used to physically control the foot pedals, volume sliders, modulation wheels, and other controls on electronic instruments. =ithin '()P(', control change messages can simulate this effect when playing back your *D* data thru a software synthesi<er. Controller data is used for various purposes. The different controller data streams are numbered from " to %!#. Dome of these controller numbers are industry standard. For e,ample, controller # is generally used to control volume and controller %" for panning. ) control change message has two parts. The first is the control change number, which determines which parameter is to be set. The second is the desired value for that parameter. For e,ample, first, you might send a CC V# message to specify that you want to ad@ust volume. ?e,t, you send a value that sets the actual volume level reHuired. ) control change message can act as either an override Asetting the parameter to the e,act value specifiedE, or an offset Aad@usting the parameter up or down by the amount specifiedE.
Para)e%er
5an( 6e/ec% 365 5an( 6e/ec% .65
7escrip%ion
any *D* devices offer a total of more than %!6 instruments, in which case these instruments are grouped into banks. Thus, depending on the device, a full program change message might consist of five parts G cc V" A>ank DelectE, followed by the Dound >ank D> value, then cc V1! A>ank Delect OD>E followed by the Dound >ank OD> value, then finally the Program Change number. Program change numbers are discussed in more detail in the sub sections that follow after this one.
The measure of the speed with which a key on a keyboard is pressed. This can add vibrato or other changes to a sound. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !%%
7escrip%ion
Saries from " Ano forceE up to %!# Ahigh forceE. Determines the smoothness of the glide from note to note Typically used to ad@ust the volume of stereo parts without affecting the panning. -sed to create relative volume changes. The property of a sound that gives it its uniHue 7color8. Determines how long it takes for a sound to fade out. Controls how long it takes for a sound to fade in. This ad@usts a soundIs filter cutoff, allowing you to create filter 7sweeps8.
#!.C
*D* Data Control Channel ACCE messages can be recorded during live performance, and edited or manually entered using the CC lane in the *D* (ditor. The CC Oane appears at the bottom of the *D* (ditor. Data is displayed hori<ontally according to its position on the Timeline, and vertically according to the value of the data. ost CC data has a value of " at the bottom of the CC Oane, and %!# at the top of the CC Oane. The e,ample ArightE shows Selocity. (,ceptions to this rule include Pitch, Pan and Pan Position, which are displayed as positive or negative variations from a centre line. The information displayed in the CC Oane is selected from the drop. down list at the left of the window. CC Data is entered or edited by dragging the mouse to the reHuired value. To delete an event, select it, then press 7e/e%e. The ouse odifiers page of '()P(':s Preferences includes the ability to customi<e left click3drag and double.click behavior when working with *D* CC events.
#!.9.#
6yse4 Even%s
Dystem e,clusive ADyse,E messages are *D* data that can only be understood by the particular make and model of the device that created them. For e,ample, all synthesi<ers should respond to CC messages like Solume or Pan control, but system e,clusive messages created by a 'oland synthesi<er would not be understood by, say, a Kamaha synthesi<er. Kou can add a lane which can be used to manage system e,clusive ADyse,E messages, as shown above. *n this e,ample, a Dyse, lane is displayed in addition to a Selocity lane. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 !%!
#!.9.!
-e4% Even%s
The -e4% Even%s option lets you display a CC Oane which can be used to display te,t in a lane below your *D* notes. These could be, for e,ample, lyrics, or marker information or any of the other available te,t types. $ust double click at any point in the lane to open the Edi% -e4% Even% dialog bo,, type your te,t, specify its type, and click on *H. )s with system e,clusive events, double click on any e,isting te,t event to edit it, drag it to move it, right click to delete it.
#!.9.A
5an(&Progra) 6e/ec%
=hen you choose the 5an(&Progra) 6e/ec% option for a CC lane, you can double click at any point to open the 5an( Progra) 6e/ec% dialog bo,. Mere you can select any bank3program combination, and assign it to any channel. The bank3program combinations available to you will depend on what instruments you are using Asee e,ample, rightE. *f using a synthesi<er which has its own instrument definition files, you can load a file into the *D* (ditor by clicking on the .oad Fi/e button, then navigating to its directory, then selecting it. )n e,ample of the use of program changes is shown here. To edit any program change message, @ust double click on its CC Oane bar. This will open the >ank3Program Delect window for you to make your changes. )lso, click and drag to move a program change message, double.click to edit it. To delete it, simply right click over its CC Oane bar.
#!.#".#
any of the CC message types G such as od =heel, >reath, Portamento, Pan, Solume etc. G can be e,pressed as a continuous range of values, rather than as discrete items Ain the way that te,t events, for e,ample, areE. For messages of this type there are a number of standard techniHues you can use to enter, edit or delete them. To enter a single message, click and move Agently pushE the mouse in the appropriate CC lane at the reHuired point. The nearer the top of the lane, the higher the value of the message. To change the value of an e,isting message, click and drag it up or down. To delete a message, right click over it. )lt right click sweep will delete a series of messages.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !%1
#!.#".!
Kou can right.click and drag within any CC lane to make a selection of multiple events. Maving made your selection, you can work with them in the CC lane, as well as Aif appropriateE in the piano view window. For e,ample, if the CC lane displays Selocity, then there will be one event shown in the CC lane for each note in the piano view. Delecting the events in the CC lane will also select the corresponding notes in the piano roll view. Kou could then work with those selected events in the *D* (ditor or work with them in the CC lane itself. For e,ample you can2 Delete them. )d@ust their values Aup or downE. 'ight click over the CC lane for a conte,t menu Asee rightE. This can be used to nudge or move the selected events. Click and drag to move the selection left or right, control click and drag to copy. The e,act behavior here will be determined by whether the individual CC events are directly linked to individual note events. *n the e,ample shown here, this would be the case with the velocity events but not the pitch change events. Thus, in the former case AvelocityE you would need to move the events in the piano view window itself and the velocity events would move with them. *n the latter case Apitch changesE, you would move the events in the CC lane itself.
#!.#".A
The CC Oane dropdown menu uses markers to show which other lanes already e,ist and contain data, whether they are currently displayed or not. *n the e,ample shown here, this applies to Selocity, Pitch, Program, >ank3Program Delect, Te,t (vents and >reath.
#!.#".4
The CC Oane drop down menu includes a complete range of options for %&.bit CC messages. These can be found at the end of the drop down list. There are also actions that can be used to select any message type for any lane. -se of the )ctions Oist (ditor is e,plained in detail in Chapter %1, but in brief2 %. From the *D* (ditor Ac%ions menu choose 6$o' ac%ion /is% > !. *n the )ction Oist, select one of the actions 99: 6e% 99 /ane %o ... Ae.g. Det CC lane to ""# Solume %&.bit or Det CC lane to ""# Solume D>E. Kou can now assign a shortcut key to that action Asee Chapter %1E. Close the )ction Oist (ditor. 1. ?ow you can at any time select a *D* (ditor CC lane and use the shortcut key to use that CC lane for the chosen message type2 e,isting data will be displayed and new data can be inserted and3or edited.
#!.#".5
Kou have three options for changing the height of CC lanes. )ll involve clicking on the dotted 7handle8 Ashown hereE on the 7ceiling8 boundary above the CC lane in Huestion. The mouse cursor becomes a vertical double. headed black arrow. Kou can then drag the mouse up or down. =hen you have only one CC lane displayed all three actions do e,actly the same thing. Mowever, when there are two or more CC lanes shown, these three actions will behave differently. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 !%&
-o do %$is >
Add a no%e 7e/e%e a no%e 6e/ec% a no%e for edi%ing 6e/ec% a range of no%es Add %o an e4is%ing se/ec%ion 9$ange a no%eNs /eng%$ 3ove a no%e
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !%#
Using %$e 3ouse: ?otes can be entered by dragging your mouse from left to right across the Piano 'oll. The duration of the note will increase as you drag the ?ote. *f Dnap is enabled, the duration will Dnap to the nearest /rid Oine Adepending on the strength of your Dnap settingsE. ?otes can also be entered by double.clicking on the Piano 'oll Ain a space not already occupied by another noteE. *n this case, the duration of the note is determined by the value of the /rid Detting. ?otes can be deleted by double.clicking on the ?ote. The duration of an e,isting note can be altered by dragging the edge of the note. =hile holding it, you can drag the note out, move it up and down, etc. =hen you let go, the notes will be positioned according to your snap setting. ) noteIs velocity can be ad@usted by clicking and dragging up or down from the top of the note, in -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 !!"
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !!%
=o%es can be )oved using any of the following Ceyboard Dhortcuts. -o do %$is > ove selected noteAsE down one octave. ove selected noteAsE down one semitone. ove selected noteAsE up one octave. ove selected noteAsE up one semitone. ove edit cursor left by one pi,el. ove edit cursor left by one grid unit. ove edit cursor right by one pi,el. ove edit cursor right by one grid unit. > use %$is s$or%cu% A/% =u) ! =u) ! A/% =u) C =u) C A/% =u) 4 =u) 4 A/% =u) @ =u) @
=o%e disp/ay can be fi/%ered for channels % to %" using any of the shortcuts 6$if% # thru 6$if% ". 6$if% R removes the note filter and restores all notes to view. Use F#-F#! as s%ep seIuencer: =hen Use F#-F#! as s%ep seIuencer is selected, the Function keys F% thru F%! can be used to enter notes. The Function keys are mapped to the %! Demitones of an Bctave, with F% having the lowest pitch and F%! having the highest pitch. The method for using this is the same as already described under the *D* (ditorIs main *p%ions menu. =o%e Proper%ies: The keyboard shortcut 9%r/ F! can be used to open the ?ote Properties bo,, as an alternative to choosing the command from the right.click menu. 6e/ec%ing & Edi%ing )u/%ip/e =o%es: ultiple notes can be selected by holding down the Ctrl or Dhift keys while selecting notes with the mouse, by drawing a arHuee A'ight.click and dragE around a group of notes, or by using Delect )ll A 9%r/ AE. The value of all selected notes can be ad@usted by dragging one of the selected notes. The duration of all selected notes can be ad@usted by dragging the edge of one on the selected notes. The note velocity of all selected notes can be ad@usted by dragging the Selocity handle Awhen activeE of one of the selected notes. The default Selocity value for notes created in the *D* (ditor is taken from the last selected event . e.g. if the Selocity of the last selected event was #", then the Selocity value for the ne,t created note will be #". -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 !!!
=o%e 3odes
*D* (ditor has three modes, accessible from the Vie's menu.2 Piano Ro// Vie' G keyboard shortcut A/% #. =a)ed =o%es G keyboard shortcut A/% !. Even% .is% G keyboard shortcut A/% A.
-p until now, the only view used in this -ser /uide has been Piano 'oll. >efore moving on to e,amining the other two views, there are a couple of points that you might find interesting. =a)ed =o%es 3ode: *n this mode you can double right click in the left pane to enter te,t, as shown. *f you select the option on the Siew menu to 6$o' no%e na)es on even%s, then the names will be shown on the actual notes themselves, as shown here. *f you leave this option enabled, the names will also be displayed in Piano Ro// Vie'. *n named note mode, you also have the options
ASiew menuE to 6$o' a// no%e ro's, ,ide unused no%e ro's and ,ide unused and unna)ed no%e ro's. The first of these options is the default. Miding unused note rows can make it easier for you to navigate thru the *D* (ditor to work with e,isting notes. Mowever, problems may occur if you then want to add or move notes to rows that are currently empty. The option to ,ide unused and unna)ed no%e ro's can help you to get round this. >y taking the time before you choose this command to name any empty rows that you are likely to need, you will ensure that these rows will still be available to you.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !!1
(vent Oist mode displays the *D* information as a list of events, in tabular form. *n this mode you can use the right click menu Ashown leftE to iAfor e,ampleE nsert, copy, cut paste, delete or mute any events. The full menu is shown here.
Kou can also double click on any event to modify that eventIs properties Asee e,ample rightE. Bf course, the information displayed in the (vent Properties dialog bo, will in large measure depend on the event type of event. The Toolbar displayed in (vent Oist view is simpler than that used in the other two views. The Fi/%er button Atop leftE is used e,actly as in the other two views to filter only those events that you want displayed. The Add Even% button will insert a new event immediately before the currently selected event, and the 7e/e%e button will delete the currently selected event. The fourth button toggles the docking of the *D* (ditor on and off. =o%e2 From the *p%ions menu, the toggle command to 7isp/ay #4-bi% 365&.65 99 da%a as a sing/e en%ry in even% /is% vie' and even% proper%ies dia/og is by default enabled. This causes %&.bit D>3OD> CC data to be shown as a single entry rather than separately.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !!P
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !!#
1. *f you are using =indows, display the trackIs 1* A'outingE window and add a *D* Mardware Butput to 3icrosof% G6 +ave%ab/e 6+ 6yn%$. &. Play the tune. *t should play with a piano sound. P. Double click on the item to open it with the *D* (ditor. R. Check the first two *D* toolbar buttons to make sure that neither the Track Oist nor edia *tem Oane are displayed G you do not need them for this e,ercise, #. Display the drop down note.length list Alabeled ?otes2E and set it to %3!. 6. Dcroll your mousewheel up or down until you are satisfied with the hori<ontal <oom setting. -se 9%r/ with the mousewheel to find an acceptable vertical <oom setting. Kou should see something like this.
6.
$ust for fun, draw in a few more notes by clicking and dragging in the edit window. (,periment with using your mouse to move them about and change their length Aby clicking and holding over a noteIs right edge and dragging left or rightE. Delete any that you do not want to keep. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 !!6
%&. 'ight click over any of the selected items, choose =o%e 9$anne/ from the menu, then channel !. %P. Double click in the CC Oane,at the start of the song. Delect Genera/ 3171, 9$oir Aaa$s and 9$anne/ ! Asee rightE. Click on *H. %R. Play the song from the start. Kou should hear an organ with a choir. The choir may seem too loud. %#. Change the CC lane to display "B Vo/u)e 365. %6. Click on the Channel Filter Oist Aon the toolbarE and choose Channel !. ?ow only your )aahs are displayed. %Q. Click, hold and drag your mouse as you sweep along the CC Oane with a fairly low volume setting, as shown below.
'emove the channel filter and restore all channels to view. Display the Color drop down list and choose Channel. Close the *D* (ditor and save the file. Play it. The choir should now sound a lot Huieter. Continue if you wish to further e,plore the *D* (ditor on your own.
The above illustration shows an e,ample of the *D* (ditor window opened with three *D* tracks, the first of which comprises three items. >oth the Track Oist Aright of windowE and the edia *tem Pane Afoot of windowE are displayed. *n a moment, we:ll e,amine these more closely. *n the *D* (ditor each item is assigned three Hualities G visibility status, active status and editability status. These can be set as reHuired to allow you to work with different items at different times. Visib/e means the item and its notes are displayed in the *D* editor window. Ac%ive means that the item can be used for inserting, copying, pasting notes, etc. Edi%ab/e means that mouse edits Amove, lengthen, etc.E and commands such as Huanti<e, transpose and humani<e can be performed on an item:s notes. Bne and only one item at a time may be active, but as many items as you wish may at any time be visible and3or editable. ?ote that2 )n item can be visible without having to be editable or active. Bne or more items may be visible. )n editable item will also be visible but need not be active. Bne or more items may be editable. )n active item will also be editable and visible. Bne and only one item is active at any time. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 !1"
> do %$is2
Double.click on name in track list and edit. ake sure source itemAsE editable. Delect noteAsE, press 9%r/ 9 AcopyE or 9%r/ 8 AcutE. ake the destination item active. *f reHuired, position play cursor. Press 9%r/ V ApasteE. ake source itemAsE editable in *D* (ditor. Delect noteAsE, press 9%r/ 9 AcopyE or 9%r/ 8 AcutE. Delect destination item in )rrange view, make it active in *D* (ditor, position play cursor. Press 9%r/ V ApasteE. ake items editable. Delect notes and use mouse Ae.g. drag to move, click drag from edge of any note to lengthen or shorten notesE.
> do %$is2
ake items editable. Delect notes and press 7e/e%e key. ake items editable. Delect notes and press A/% 3, or use 3u%e even%s command from Edi% menu. ake items editable. Delect notes and press 9%r/ F!. *H. ake changes then
Puan%iDe? ,u)aniDe? -ranspose ake all reHuired items editable. ake note selection and choose (dit across )u/%ip/e i%e)s. menu command, e.g. Fuanti<e, Mumani<e, Transpose. Ad:us% ve/oci%y of no%es se/ec%ed in %'o or )ore i%e)s. Edi% 99 da%a across )u/%ip/e 3171 i%e)s. 6$o'&,ide a// 3171 i%e)s on %rac(s in -rac( .is%. 6$o'&,ide a// %rac(s&3171 i%e)s in -rac( Fo/der. Display velocity lane and make items editable. Delect reHuired notes. Click3drag mouse up3down from top edge to increase3decrease velocity. Display CC lane and make items editable. Delect reHuired events and perform edit as reHuired with mouse or via (vent Properties dialog. 9/ic( Afor one trackE or 6$if% c/ic( Afor all tracksE on diamond symbol to the left of any track name in Track Oist AtoggleE. 9/ic( on circle symbol to left of folder name in Track Oist AtoggleE.
.oop&%i)e se/ec%ion
Ac%iva%e i%e)&%rac( Awhen working with multiple items3tracksE 99 /ane )anage)en% 9$anne/ disp/ay 9ursor )ove)en% .yric even%s
3ouse )odifiers
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !1P
The in.line editor displays piano roll view only, and the contents of CC lanes will be determined by whichever lanes were selected last time the item was opened in the *D* (ditor. *f it has never been opened in the *D* (ditor, the Selocity lane will be selected by default. Kou can ad@ust the boundary between the editing area and the CC lane with the mouse to ad@ust its height, @ust as in the *D* (ditor. 'ight.clicking over the editing area will display a menu that will show you which editing tasks can be carried out with the in.line editor. These are listed in detail in Chapter !", but in summary, the following types of commands and actions are supported within the in.line *D* editor2 ?ote editing mouse actions, including change length, change velocity, marHuee, move, delete and insert. ost commands on the *D* (ditorIs (dit and Siew menus, including Huanti<e and humani<e. =hen working with the in.line editor, any keyboard shortcuts and custom actions that you have defined in the main *D* (ditor will apply, along with any defaults. For e,ample, PageUp and Page7o'n will <oom vertically in and out within the in.line editor. Kou can run your *D* (ditor custom actions within the in.line editor. The in. line editor also displays a small toolbar in its top right corner. From left to right, the function of these tools is2 The 3ove 99 'i%$ even%s toggle tool2 serves the same purpose as its eHuivalent tool in the *D* (ditor window. The 6$o'&,ide tool Amagnifying glassE2 toggles between the functions Dhow all note rows, Mide unused note rows and Mide unused and unnamed note rows. The 1%e) 6%y/e tool2 toggles between rectangle, triangle and diamond note display style. The Ver%ica/ 6cro//&Qoo) tool. Click and hold on this and drag vertically up or down to scroll vertically up and down, left and right to <oom vertically in and out Asee e,ample, rightE. Kou can double.click on this button to <oom to contents. The 8 tool. This closes the in.line editor and restores normal display. The *D* (ditor and *n.line (ditor are designed for editing your *D* events. 'emember also that many of the item editing tasks, functions and activities that you discovered in Chapter R can also be applied to *D* items as a whole. For e,ample, in arrange view items can be dragged and dropped, split, copied, muted, grouped in selection sets, locked and so on. Plug.ins can be added directly to an item:s F; chain. Delecting a *D* item in )rrange view and pressing F! will display its *tem Properties window where you can shift pitch, change play rate, loop enable3disable, and do much more.
*f you wish to change this default behavior, you should disable the preference Aunder *p%ions, Preferences, 3edia, 3171E to Poo/ 3171 source da%a '$en pas%ing or dup/ica%ing )edia i%e)s Asee also Chapter %QE. *tems will then by default be copied as discrete items. ?ote that a new *D* pool item is never created when an e,isting *D* item is split. ?ote also that by default *D* items added to a pro@ect from the Pro@ect edia >ay are not pooled. The default behavior when you copy an item by dragging with the mouse depends on your mouse modifier settings for the conte,t 3edia i%e) drag. >y default, the following apply when dragging *D* items2 7rag and drop 9%r/ with drag and drop 6$if% 9%r/ A/% with drag and drop ove item ignoring time selection Copy item as discrete item Copy item, pooling *D* source data.
For a complete list of mouse modifiers, see the (diting >ehavior, ouse odifiers page of your Preferences. Delect 3edia i%e) /ef% drag from the conte,t list. Kou can change any assignments if you wish. The method is e,plained in Chapter %1. Kou can remove any individual *D* item:s pooled status and convert it into a discrete item. To do this, either display the item:s source properties window A 9%r/ F! or use the conte,t menuE and click on Un-poo/ %$is i%e), or click on the item:s pooled status icon Asee rightE.
#!.A!
There may be times when you wish to @oin a number of *D* items together. This might, for e,ample, be to create a single loop enabled item, or simply so that you can edit them as one item, or perhaps to be able to e,port the *D* data as a single *D* file. For e,ample, you might have several *D* items that you wish to e,port together as a single file. The track shown below might be an e,ample of this.
Kou can select all of the items Aright.click and drag is often the easiest way to do thisE and glue them together2 right.click anywhere on the selection and choose G/ue i%e)s from the conte,t menu. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !1#
Kou can then double.click on the glued item to open the *D* file AFi/e, E4por% %o ne' 3171 fi/e >E.
*D* file. )n e,ample of such a pro@ect file is shown here. *t includes si, tracks with *D* events A a different channel for each trackE, enclosed in a folder whose F; chain includes a virtual instrument. For the most part, the options shown here reHuire little e,planation. Kou can choose to e,port the En%ire pro:ec% time or the current -i)e se/ec%ion on/y. Kou can include A// media items within the pro@ect, or 6e/ec%ed %rac(s on/y or 6e/ec%ed i%e)s on/y. *n the e,ample shown, A// *D* items has been chosen. Kou can merge the various *D* tracks to a sing/e 3171 %rac( in the output file or e,port it as a 3u/%i%rac( 3171 fi/e, with the integrity of the different tracks maintained in the output file. Kou also have options to E)bed %e)po )ap and3or +ri%e pro:ec% )ar(ers as 3171 cues.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !1Q
E4a)p/e *n this e,ample, youIll have some fun and e,plore how 'eaSoice works at the same time.
%. !. 1. &. P. R. #. 6. Bpen the file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.rpp and save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% REAV*19E.rpp. ute all tracks e,cept the So, track. ove the So, track to the top, select it and press 9%r/ - to insert a new track. Kour So, track is now track % and the new track is track !. ?ame the new track Vo4 3171. Display the 1* window for the Vo4 3171 track and add a new Pre F8 Receive on Audio #&! from the So, track. *nsert the ReaVoice plug.in into the F; =indow for this track. For now make its settings as shown above. ?ote in particular the number of voices and the long sustain setting. *n the Vo4 3171 track, insert an empty *D* item from about the %1 second mark to about the P" second mark. This should coincide with the first vocal passage on the So, track. Double click on this to open it in the *D* (ditor.
%". )s you play the song, make sure that the two vocal tracks are soloed. Kou can of course edit any individual note or notes, for e,ample, by moving them up or down, by lengthening them or shortening them, or by changing their pitch. Mere are some more possibilities, @ust for fun and to give you some ideas. %%. =ithin the *D* (ditor window, press 9%r/ A to select all events. %!. Press 9%r/ F! to display the =o%e Proper%ies dialog bo,. %1. *n the =o%e bo,, type J! Aas shownE then click on *H. This raises the entire selection by two semitones. %&. (,periment with other settings as you wish. %P. Dave the file when finished. %R. ?ow e,periment with ad@usting some of the 'eaSoice settings.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !&%
#!.A9 Rea9on%ro/3171
The Cockos 'eaControl *D* plug.in can be used with any *D* track to set various *D* parameters on that track. *t can be inserted from the trackIs F; chain, or by right.clicking over the track name or number and choosing 6$o' Rea9on%ro/3171 for 6e/ec%ed -rac(s from the menu. )n e,ample of this plug.in in use is shown here. Kou can use several different instances of this plug.in on the one track to send different *D* messages to different channels. any D)=s have *D* tracks with *D*.specific controls, like bank3program select, *D* volume and pan, etc. '()P(' instead uses 'eaControl *D*, which provides a *D* track TCP for any track. This gives you additional fle,ibility, because you can insert multiple instances, or insert it at any point in an F; chain, either for the track as a whole or for individual items. ?otable features of 'eaControl *D* include2 .oad Fi/e2 Kou can load a '()P(' .reabank file or Cakewalk .ins file of instrument definitions and then select a preferred bank3program combination. 9on%ro/ 9$ange2 -p to five CC items can be selected from the drop down lists. )ny and all of the items available for CC lanes in the *D* (ditor are available here. 'eaControl *D* also gives you a vehicle for creating *D* CC track envelopes, by allowing automation of any of the plug.in:s enabled CC sliders. )utomation will be e,plained in Chapters %R and %#. Kou can also assign track controls to the TCP and3or CP to manage its various parameters. This is e,plained in Chapter %%.
#!.4"
6: 18&3171;Rou%er
This plug.in can be inserted from a track:s F; chain. *t is used to redirect *D* data from one channel to another. Kou can choose whether to send notes, non.notes, or both.
!.
1. &.
P.
R.
#.
6.
Q.
%". Dtart '()P(' and open the appropriate track:s F; chain. Delect the F; and from the preset J menu select .in( %o 3171 progra) c$ange and select a channel Ae.g. Channel %RE. This will make the controlling *D* messages distinct from any others. %%. From the track:s conte,t menu, set Enab/e %rac( free i%e) posi%ioning on. This command will now appear on this menu with a tick beside it. >y enabling free item positioning you are ensuring that you can place two or more items underneath each other on the same track. %!. Delect the track that contains the media item with the F; plug.in whose presets you wish to control. -se your mouse to make a time selection that includes this item. ?ow from the 1nser% menu choose =e' 3171 i%e) to create an empty *D* item alongside Aparallel toE the e,isting media item. The result of this is shown below2
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !&P
*D* (ditor, and make sure that the 5an(&Progra) 6e/ec% lane is
%&. )t the point where you want to make your first automated preset change, double.click in the >ank3Program Delect CC lane. This will display the >ank3Program Delect dialog bo,. %P. Click on .oad Fi/e. ?avigate to and select the file that you saved at step Q. and click on *pen. %R. The preset bank will now be loaded. Display the Program drop down list and select the reHuired preset Asee rightE. >e sure to select the same channel as you specified at step %". Click on *H. %#. 'epeat step %R. as many times as you wish to create as many automated preset changes as you reHuire. %6. Kou should now be able to see your program changes displayed in the *D* (ditor CC lane Asee belowE.
%Q. Play the song. Kour 'eaDelay presets will now automatically change according to your instructions+
#A - 9us%o)iDa%ion: Ac%ions? 3ouse 3odifiers? 3enus and -oo/bars #A 9us%o)iDa%ion: Ac%ions? 3ouse 3odifiers? 3enus and -oo/bars
#A.# 1n%roduc%ion
Customi<ation is the key to unlocking '()P(':s real power and making the program work for you. The more you use the program, the more you will benefit from customi<ing its many features. (ven occasional users will find that they can benefit from taking the time at the very least to tweak some of '()P(':s mouse modifiers and keyboard shortcuts. That:s what this chapter is about. >y now you should already have come across some of '()P(':s options and preferences settings and it:s Huite likely that you might have already changed some of these to suit your own workflow. This chapter really lifts the lid on customi<ation and will guide you thru the following2 Ac%ions. '()P(' makes e,tensive use of keyboard shortcuts. *n addition, it has a library of hundreds of actions that you won:t find on any of its menus, actions which can help you with any number of tasks. oreover, you can string whole seHuences of these actions together to make your own custom commands which can then be triggered off by a single keystroke. 3ouse 3odifiers. '()P(' uses the mouse for plenty of activities, some of which you have already encountered Alike moving and copying media items and making time and loop selectionsE, some of which you have not yet encountered Alike editing automation envelopesE. Dome of these you will use a lot, some you will use a little, and some you will only use rarely, if ever. )ny of them can be changed. 3enus. ost '()P(' menus can be edited to suit your own reHuirements. Kou can move to the top the commands most important to you. Kou can hide the ones you never use. Kou can even add your own custom actions and commands to these menus+ -oo/bars. '()P(':s toolbar might not be much to look at, with its lonely collection of @ust fourteen tools. Did you know, though, that you can add your own tools to it, as well as create your own e,tra toolbars4
These are the topics that will be covered in this chapter. Dpend as much time as you need to get to understand it. *t will pay you dividends.
#A.!
>efore we look inside '()P(':s )ction Oist (ditor to e,plore the world of shortcut keys, custom actions, control surface assignments and more, it:s worth taking stock of a couple of useful resources that are available to you. Choose the ,-3. .is%s Eau%ogenera%edF command from '()P(':s ,e/p menu and you will have three choices. 3ouse )odifier (eys and ac%ion s$or%cu%s opens your default web browser with a list of all current keyboard shortcut and mouse modifiers. This list is searchable and may be printed. Ac%ions opens your default web browser with a list of all of '()P(':s many available actions, any of which can be assigned to a keyboard shortcut and3or combined with other actions into your own custom actions. This list is also searchable and may be printed. Rea6crip% docu)en%a%ion. $ust what 'eaDcript is will be e,plained later in this chapter and in Chapter !!. >efore you rush off to print anything, keep in mind also that this information is also contained within the )ction Oist (ditor itself, and that this editor is searchable. The editor is opened by choosing the Ac%ions command from '()P(':s main menu, then 6$o' ac%ion /is%..., or simply by pressing the X Cey. Oet:s take a look inside J
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !&#
Kou:ll get more out of '()P(':s )ction Oist (ditor Ashown belowE if before trying to use it you take a little time getting to know its interface, its structure and how you can navigate it.
1%e) Fi/%er
9o))en%s Kou can filter the list of displayed actions using any te,t string or strings that you like. For e,ample, in this screen shot the list has been filtered to show only those actions that relate to track height2
?otice that where an e,isting keyboard shortcut e,ists it is shown to the left of the action. For e,ample, the 2 Cey is used to toggle the action Vie': E4pand se/ec%ed %rac( $eig$%? )ini)iDe o%$ers. Dimilarly, you can see that 9%r/ 6$if% 3ouse'$ee/ can be used to ad@ust the height of any track selection.
*n this second e,ample, a filter is used to list all actions relating to new tracks. The only one of these that currently has an assignment is -rac(: 1nser% ne' %rac(, This is assigned by default to 9%r/ -. 9/ear Find s$or%cu%... The 9/ear button clears any current filter and restores all actions to the list. The Find s$or%cu%... button is used to see if a particular keyboard shortcut has already been assigned to any action. =hen you click on this button, you are prompted to type the key or move a *D* controller. =e:ll come to *D* controllers later in this chapter. *f the key that you type is already in use, then its assignment will be displayed Asee belowE.
*n this e,ample above, we have searched to see if an assignment e,ists for the letter s. For this kind of search, you should only type in upper case if you really are searching for the combination of Dhift with the letter. For e,ample, in this case, a search for 6$if% 6 would have produced 1%e): 6p/i% i%e) a% %i)e se/ec%ion. *n this second e,ample, we have searched for 9%r/ A2
*f no shortcut e,ists for the key or key combination for which you are searching, then a message 6$or%cu% no% found will be displayed. 9o/u)n $eaders& 6or% (eys The 6%a%e column indicates for toggle actions whether their current status is on or off. >y default, actions are listed in alphabetical order of their action name. Kou can click on the 6$or%cu% column header to sort instead on current keyboard assignments. This causes them to be sorted instead by keyboard assignments, with special characters and numbers at the top of the list Asee belowE.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !&Q
This can be especially helpful if you wish to familiarise yourself with '()P(':s current keyboard shortcut assignments. Click on the column header again to reverse the sort order. Click on Description to sort them back into alphabetical order. 6ec%ions The )ction Oist is divided into a number of sections, shown here. The ain section is the one that is used most of the time Afor e,ample, when you are working in )rrange viewE. There are different sections, for e,ample, for actions and shortcuts for use with the edia (,plorer and the *D* (ditor. *f you open the )ction Oist from within one of these environments, the correct )ction Oist section will automatically be selected for you. Btherwise, you can select any section from the drop down list and that section:s actions will also be selected and displayed in the action list. )ny action that is on the action list can be e,ecuted from within the action list whether it has a shortcut key assigned or not. Dimply select the action, then click on the Run button. *f the option 6$o' recen% ac%ions is enabled on '()P(':s main menu AaboveE then any actions that you e,ecute in this way during your current work session will be added to '()P(':s )ction menu and can be e,ecuted from there for the rest of that work session. =hen you close '()P(', these actions will be cleared from the menu. This button is similar to the Run button, the main difference being that after running the selected action it closes the )ctions window.
Run
Run&9/ose
Genera/
Kou:ll have noticed several other features inside this window, including a number of additional buttons, some of which are currently dimmed. =e:ll get to these in due course.
#A.4
*n this ne,t e,ample, we will create a new shortcut. OetIs take the e,ample of the docker. Filter the action list on 7dock8 and you will see that Vie': A%%ac$&una%%ac$ 7oc(er %o&fro) )ain 'indo' does not yet have any shortcut key assigned to it. Oikewise, if you use the Find s$or%cu% > button to search for lower case 7, you should find that this letter does not have any action currently assigned to it. *ncidentally, '()P(' will not let you accidentally override an e,isting keyboard assignment. *f you try to use a key that is already assigned elsewhere, you will see a message similar to that shown here ArightE. Trying to assign lower case U to an action would produce this e,act message. Kou would then have the option as to whether to change the assignment for this key or leave it as it is.
E4a)p/e
%. !. From the Ac%ions menu, open the Ac%ions window A6$o' ac%ion /is% >E OetIs see if we can use 7 for docking. Click in the Find s$or%cu% > window. Type lower case 7 and observe the response. Kou should see a message 6$or%cu% no% found. =e therefore know that this keystroke combination is available. Click on *H to close this message bo,. *n the Fi/%er bo, type doc( then select from the list of actions Vie': A%%ac$&una%%ac$ 7oc(er %o&fro) )ain 'indo'. Click on the Add button to open the Heyboard or 3171 1npu% bo,. =hen it appears, untick the option Au%o)a%ica//y c/ose 'indo' on (ey&3171 inpu% . This makes it less likely that you will assign a wrong key by mistake. Press lower case 7 G you will see 7 displayed in the Heyboard or 3171 1npu% bo, Asee aboveE. Click on *H. Kou can see that this keyboard shortcut has now been assigned. Close the Ac%ions window. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !P%
1.
&.
P. R. #.
#A.5
'emoving an e,isting shortcut is easy. For e,ample, you might like to remove the shortcut that you @ust assigned to the action Vie': A%%ac$&una%%ac$ 7oc(er %o&fro) )ain 'indo' . Follow this seHuence2 %. *n the )ction Oist, find and select the action from which you wish to remove the shortcut. The current shortcutAsE will be displayed @ust below the list. Asee rightE. Click on the shortcut shown in the window Ain this e,ample, the letter DE. Click on the 7e/e%e button. The shortcut will be deleted.
!. 1.
#A.@
The procedure for changing an e,isting key assignment combines the two techniHues of creating a new shortcut and removing an e,isting one. Oet:s take as an e,ample assigning the Up and 7o'n arrow keys to the actions -rac(: Go %o previous %rac( and -rac(: Go %o ne4% %rac(, instead of 9%r/ A/% Up and 9%r/ A/% 7o'n Athe default assignmentsE. %. Find and select the action -rac(: Go %o previous %rac(. !. *n the displayed list of shortcuts, select 9%r/ A/% Up Asee rightE. 1. Click on 7e/e%e to delete this shortcut. &. Click on Add... to display the Heyboard or 3171 1npu% window. P. Press the Up arrow Asee rightE, then click on *H. R. =hen asked if you wish to override the current assignment to Siew2 Toom in hori<ontal, choose *H. Kou will still be able to use the Plus key to <oom in hori<ontal. #. -se the same techniHues as at steps as at steps %. to R. to change the shortcut key for -rac(: Go %o ne4% %rac( from 9%r/ A/% 7o'n to @ust 7o'n.
any power users believe that keyboard shortcuts are the fastest, most efficient and most productive way of working with '()P('. This is especially the case for freHuently repeated activities that might otherwise involve a lot of time fiddling around with the mouse. Ceyboard Dhortcuts are an e,tremely important feature of '()P('. )s you work your way thru this -ser /uide, and as you get to know '()P(' better, you will find that there are all sorts of actions that you can assign to keyboard shortcuts, including hundreds that do not appear on any menus. Mere are some e,amples of some tasks for which you might consider it worth assigning shortcut keys in the ain section, together with suggested keys that you may wish to use. -as( -rac(: -ogg/e bypass F8 for curren%/y se/ec%ed %rac(EsF -rac(: -ogg/e bypass F8 for a// %rac(s -rac(: Vie' F8 c$ain for curren% %rac( -rac(: Vie' 1* for curren% %rac( -rac(: Vie' enve/opes for curren% %rac( Possib/e 6$or%cu% Hey 5 9%r/ 5 9%r/ F 1 H
#A.C
'()P(' makes e,tensive use of keyboard shortcuts in many, many areas. *n this section you will be introduced to how you can create your own keyboard shortcuts to make your recording sessions flow more smoothly. Mere is a simple e,ample in which you will create two keyboard shortcuts specifically for use when you are recording. )s you become more e,perienced, you may well find further e,amples that you will wish to e,plore. Kou will have noticed that when you stop recording, '()P(' by default prompts you to confirm whether you want to save or delete the new media items. The ain Aalt recordingE section of the )ction Oist gives you the opportunity to bypass this prompt by assigning keyboard shortcuts for those options that you use most often G 6ave A// and 7e/e%e A//. )s with the earlier e,amples, it is only an e,ample. Kou:ll probably find the e,ercise worth completing even if you don:t want to keep these keyboard shortcuts assignments. %. !. 1. &. P. R. #. 6. Q. %". *n the )ctions Oist (ditor, select the section 3ain Ea/% recordingF G see right. *n the filter bo, type s%op save. Kou should see the action -ranspor% 6%op Esave a// recorded )ediaF Delect this action. Click on Add > and type lower case 6 then click on *H. Clear the filter bo,, then type in it2 s%op de/ Delect the action -ranspor%: 6%op E7E.E-E a// recorded )ediaF. Click on the Add button then type lower case 7 to assign this shortcut to the letter D. Click on *H. Clear the filter bo, again. Close the Ac%ions window. ake sure that the option to Use a/%erna%e (eyboard sec%ion '$en recording is enabled. KouIll find this under *p%ions? Preferences? Genera/? Heyboard.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !P1
#A.9
(diting is one area where assigning actions to shortcuts can be especially useful, and nowhere more so than when you are using the *D* (ditor. Take the trouble to familiarise yourself with the contents of the *D* (ditor section of the )ction Oist and you should be well rewarded. ?otice also that there are separate sections for the *D* (vent Oist (ditor and the *D* *nline (ditor. The method used for assigning shortcuts to actions, changing or removing e,isting assignments, etc. is e,actly the same as that used in the ain section. For that reason, this section of the -ser /uide does not contain any step by step e,amples. Mowever, below are listed some e,amples of some actions that you might find useful when working in the (ditor. Dpecial thanks go to Dusan / for compiling these lists. -o do %$is >. 3anaging =o%es *nsert notes of a specific length ake notes legato Transpose notes )d@ust note lengths slightly )d@ust velocities Display only notes matching specified criteria 9$anne/s 3anage)en% Dpecify a channel for new notes and events Dhow all or specified channels Change the channel for selected notes 9ursor&Grid 3anage)en% )dvance the cursor by a note value ove the cursor by specific amount Change the grid divisions Cursor2 advance J [range from %3%!6 ... to whole note\ (dit2 ove edit cursor right3left by grid3measure3pi,el )ction2 Det channel for new events to "% ...% R Channel2 Dhow all3only3toggle channels "% J %R (dit2 Det notes to channel "% ... %R *nsert note J. [range from %3%!6 to %3! to whole note\ Det note ends to start of ne,t note (dit2 ove notes up3down one octave3semitone (dit2 Oengthen3Dhorten notes one grid unit3pi,el (dit2 ?ote velocity W3."%, %" Filter2 Toggle filter on3off Use an ac%ion suc$ as ...
*D*
)gain, the method for changing these is essentially the same as that which you have already used. Duppose, for e,ample, that you wish to use the mousewheel by itself to scroll hori<ontally.
%. *n the action list, find the action Vie': 6cro// !. 1.
&. P.
$oriDon%a//y. *n the shortcuts list, select A/% J 3ouse'$ee/ and click on de/e%e. Click on the Add button, then scroll the mousewheel. The te,t ousewheel will be displayed, as shown on the right. Click on *H. *f you wished, you could now use the same method to assign A/% J 3ouse'$ee/ to the action Vie': Qoo) ,oriDon%a//y.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !PP
Oet:s take a simple e,ample. ?ormally, to split an item you would need to select the item, position the edit cursor at the reHuired position, and then press D to split it. >y creating a custom action, we can combine this seHuence of activities into a single keystroke.
E4a)p/e
%. *n the )ctions Oist (ditor, click on the =e' button. This will cause the 9rea%e 9us%o) Ac%ion window to open Asee rightE. Type a name, such as 6p/i% under )ouse. !. *n the list of actions shown in the left panel. Find the action Vie': 3ove edi% cursor %o )ouse cursor. Double.click on this action. 1. *n the list of actions shown in the left panel. Find the action 1%e):6e/ec% i%e) under )ouse cursor. Double.click on this action. &. *n the list of actions shown in the left panel. Find the action 1%e):6p/i% i%e)s a% edi% or p/ay cursor. Double.click on this action. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 !PR
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !P#
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !PQ
E4a)p/e
Take a look at the e,ample on the right. *f you create this custom action macro and assign it a keyboard shortcut Asuch as 9%r/ 6$if% HE, then you can use it in this way. Delect any track which is made up of multiple items and position the play cursor at the start of the timeline. Kou can then activate this macro. The cursor will move to the start of the first item in the selected track and drop a marker at that point. Kou will then be asked if you wish to continue Asee illustration belowE.
*f you press En%er or click on 0es, the play cursor will move to the start of the ne,t item, insert a marker there, and ask the Huestion again. *f you click on =o, then the e,ecution of the custom action macro will stop.
E4a)p/es
This e,ercise will step you thru the above e,amples in the same order as they are listed. %. Choose the *p%ions, Preferences command, then select the page 3ouse 3odifiers. !. Delect -rac( /ef% drag from the conte,t menu. '()P(':s default mouse assignments for pencil drawing copies of items will be shown. ?otice that A/% and 6$if% A/% are currently unassigned. 1. Double click on the word A/% in the odifier column. ) list of possible suggested actions will be shown. &. *n this list, click on 7ra' an e)p%y 3171 i%e). This action is now assigned. The small dot shown ne,t to this )ction on the list indicates that this is a custom change that you have made yourself. P. Click on App/y to apply the action. R. ?ow select 3edia i%e) edge drag from the conte,t list. Oet:s suppose that we want to make 3ove i%e) edge ignoring snap the new default behavior when clicking and dragging from the media item edge. #. Double click on 7efau/% ac%ion and select 3ove i%e) edge ignoring snap from the menu. ?ow double click on the modifier 6$if% and select 3ove i%e) edge from the menu. 6. Click on App/y. These two items have now been swapped over. Q. ?ow select 3edia i%e) doub/e-c/ic( from the conte,t drop down list. odifiers for this conte,t will now be displayed. Duppose that we want to create an action which can be used to open the item:s F; chain window, and that we wish to assign 6$if% 9%r/ for this. %". Double.click on the te,t 6$if%J9%r/ to display a menu. Click on Ac%ion .is% > to open the )ction Oist (ditor. *f you have worked thru the earlier e,amples in this chapter, this will be familiar+ Find the action 6$o' F8 c$ain for i%e) %a(e and select it. Click on 6e/ec%&9/ose to return to the ouse odifiers window. Click on App/y. This action is now your media Dhift Ctrl double.click action Asee belowE. %%. 'epeat this procedure to apply the action 1%e) proper%ies: -ogg/e i%e)s )u%e to the modifier 6$if%J+in. Click on App/y. %!. Finally, we can add an action to the Ru/er doub/e-c/ic( conte,t so that the 6$if% modifier will remove any current loop points. %1. Delect Ru/er doub/e-c/ic( from the conte,t drop down list. Double click on 6$if% in the modifier column and select Ac%ion .is%... from the menu. Find the action .oop Poin%s: Re)ove /oop poin%s, select it then click on 6e/ec%&9/ose and then App/y. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 !R!
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !R1
To open and display the 9us%o) 3enu interface, choose from the main menu the command *p%ions? 9us%o)iDe 3enus&-oo/bars. This causes the Customi<e menus3toolbar window to be displayed. >y default, it will open with the ain File menu displayed. The table below summari<es the main tasks that can be carried out within this window. The ] sign displayed before any letter indicates that when the menu is displayed, that letter can be typed to select that command. Bn the menu itself, the letter will appear underscored. Thus, in the e,ample shown above, when you display '()P(':s main file menu, the letter = in =e' pro:ec%... will appear underscored, and you can therefore type = to select this command. 1n order %o do %$is ... 6e/ec% a )enu for cus%o)iDa%ion 9$ange %$e na)e of a curren%/y se/ec%ed )ain )enu co))and Re)ove a co))and fro) %$e curren%/y se/ec%ed cus%o) )enu > you need %o do %$is. Display the drop down list Atop left of windowE and select the reHuired menu. Delect the command. Click on the Re%i%/e... button. Type the new name and press En%er Delect the command in the left hand column Aclick onceE. 'ight.click and choose Re)ove from the menu, or click on the Re)ove button located below the customi<ed menu pane. (ither > in the left column, drag and drop the command up or down to its reHuired position. Br J in the left column select the command that you wish to move. Press 9%r/ 8. Click at the position where you wish the command to be placed. Press 9%r/ V.
Rena)e a co))and on %$e cus%o) )enu Add a separa%or %o %$e curren% cus%o) )enu Add a /abe/ %o %$e curren% cus%o) )enu Add a sub)enu %o %$e curren% cus%o) )enu 6ave c$anges )ade %o %$e curren% cus%o) )enu Res%ore %$e one or a// cus%o) )enus %o %$e defau/% se%%ings E4por% %$e curren% cus%o) )enu or a// )enus as a Reaper3enu6e% Rep/ace %$e curren% cus%o) )enu or a// )enus 'i%$ a previous/y saved Reaper 3enu 6e% 1nc/ude REAPER<s defau/% )enus 'i%$ your cus%o) )enus
E4a)p/e
*n this e,ample you will learn how to add an action to a '()P(' menu as a new command, and how to remove an unwanted command. Kou:ll also change the order of some commands. )s with many other e,ercises in this -ser /uide your main focus should not be on the e,ample itself but more on the techniHue. Duppose that you do a lot of work with markers, and that you would like to renumber markers in timeline order Huickly and easily without having to remember a keyboard shortcut. Kou could add the action to the 'uler conte,t menu. =hile you:re about it, you can also remove the command 1nser% e)p%y space in se/ec%ion Aassuming for the sake of the e,ample that you think you do not need this commandE. Follow these instructions.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !RP
R.
#. 6. Q.
%". ?ow select the item Alower down the listE 1nser% e)p%y space in se/ec%ion. Click on Re)ove to remove this from the menu. %%. ake sure you have enabled the option 1nc/ude defau/% )enu as sub)enu.
%!. Click on 6ave then 9/ose. %1. Create some markers in this pro@ect, out of timeline order. %&. ?ow right.click over the ruler3timeline Asee rightE. Choose Renu)ber )ar(ers from the menu2 your markers will be renumbered. %P. ?otice at the bottom of this conte,t menu the item 7efau/% )enu: Ru/er&arrange con%e4%. This can be used to access the original conte,t menu. %R. *f you wish to restore this menu to its original state, open the 9us%o)iDe )enus&%oo/bars window again and with the Ru/er&arrange con%e4% still selected, click on Rese% then Rese% curren% )enu&%oo/bar %o defau/%. Click on 6ave then 9/ose.
The procedure is similar to that used for menu customi<ation. ake your changes to the e,isting default toolbar layout thru the 9us%o)iDe )enus&%oo/bars dialog bo,. This can be displayed by right.clicking over the empty area of the toolbar background, or by choosing 9us%o)iDe )enus&%oo/bars from the *p%ions menu. =hen the Customi<e menus3toolbars window is displayed, choose 3ain -oo/bar or one of the 3171 Vie' toolbars from the drop down list in the top left corner. =e:ll get to F/oa%ing %oo/bars a little later in this chapter. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 !RR
The table below summari<es the main tasks that can be carried out within this window. )fter the table there is an e,ample in which you can add to the toolbar an item of your own. Purely as an e,ample, we:ll use the action Vie': -ogg/e )as%er %rac( visib/e for this.
> you need %o do %$is. Click on either the item name in the left panel, or on the icon itself in the display @ust above the window:s command buttons. *n the e,ample shown, (nable etronome has been selected. Click on the Re)ove button. *n the customi<e toolbar area Aleft panelE select the item before which you wish to add your item. Click on the Add button. This causes the )ctions window to be displayed. From the list of actions, select the '()P(' command, action or custom script or action. Click on 6e/ec%&9/ose. '()P(' will add this to your toolbar and assign an icon.
-o add a separa%or space be%'een %'o %oo/bar i%e)s -o c$ange %$e icon used for any %oo/bar i%e) Einc/uding an i%e) %$a% you $ave addedF
*n the customi<ed toolbar area, right.click over the second of these items and choose Add separa%or from the menu. 'ight click over the icon in the icon display near the bottom of the Customi<e enus3Toolbars window, @ust above the command buttons. This causes the 6e/ec% %oo/bar icon window to be displayed. Delect your reHuired icon then close the Delect toolbar icon window. *n the customi<e toolbar area Aleft panelE select the item that you wish to change. 'ight click, choose 9$ange ac%ion, then select from the action list and click on 6e/ec%&9/ose. 'ight click over the item in the customi<ed toolbar list in the left panel. Choose -e4% 1con from the menu, type the te,t then click *H. -se the mouse to drag and drop up or down the list shown in the customi<ed toolbar list. Ctrl ; 3 Ctrl S may also be used, as can Cut and Paste from the right click conte,t menu.
9$ange %$e ac%ion assigned %o a %oo/bar bu%%on Rep/ace a %oo/bar icon 'i%$ %e4%
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !R#
=o%e2 'eaper enuDets can also be included when e,porting3importing '()P(' configuration preferences and settings G see Chapter %Q.
E4a)p/e
The real benefit of this e,ercise will come from it teaching you a techniHue, not from the actual e,ample. %. 'ight.click over the toolbar area Abut not any specific toolE and choose cus%o)iDe %oo/bars... from the conte,t menu. !. Click on the last item on the toolbar A(nable lockingE then click on Add... to open the )ctions Oist. 1. Find the action Vie': -ogg/e )as%er %rac( visib/e. Delect this, then click on 6e/ec%&c/ose. This item will now be added to the list of toolbar items. *n the icon display, it will be labelled something like 7Tog ast8. &. Drag this item up or down the list to whatever position you want it to take. P. *f you do not like the te,t -og 3as% you can right.click over the item in the list and choose either 9$ange icon Ato select an iconE or -e4% icon Ato type a different te,t labelE. *f you choose %e4% icon, you may also select a 7oub/e 'id%$ %oo/bar bu%%on option for better te,t display. R. Click 6ave and then 9/ose. *f you don:t want to keep this icon, access the customi<e menus3toolbars window again and simply remove it. -ip: The command Posi%ion %oo/bar can be used to change the position of or float the main toolbar2 see section immediately below this one.
-se the E4por%... button and choose E4por% curren% )enu&%oo/bar %o > Type a name and click on 6ave. -se the 1)por%... button, select the file name, click on *pen. 'ight click on floating toolbar, choose 7oc( f/oa%ing %oo/bar then select one of the three options.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !RQ
E4a)p/e
%. =ith the 9us%o)iDe )enus&%oo/bars window open select F/oa%ing %oo/bar #. !. Click on Re%i%/e... and type 6creen 6e%s. Press En%er. 1. -se the Add... button to open the )ctions Oist window. Delect 6creense%: .oad 'indo' se% Z"4, then click on 6e/ec%. &. =ith the )ctions Oist window still open, select the action 6creense%: .oad 'indo' se% Z"A and again click on 6e/ec%. P. 'epeat step & several times to select the other actions reHuired for this toolbar.. R. Delect the action 6creense%: .oad %rac( vie' Z"# then click on 6e/ec%&c/ose. #. *f necessary, drag and drop any of these items up or down the list to put them in your preferred order. 6. *f necessary, remove any unwanted items on this toolbar. Q. 'ight.click over each item in turn and choose the -e4% icon command. (nter a label, such as -rac( 6e% # and enable the option 7oub/e 'id%$ %oo/bar bu%%on. %". 6ave and 9/ose the 9us%o)iDe )enus&%oo/bars 'indo' when finished. This e,ercise has shown you how to create a custom toolbar. Bnly you can decide, however, when you should create them. -se them for those activities that you use the most. For e,ample, if you find yourself getting frustrated when navigating and <ooming, then make a <oom3navigate toolbar. *f you spend a lot of time editing media items, make an item edit toolbar. *n Chapter %R you:ll find a custom toolbar for working with envelopes.
ThereIs a wonderful assortment of plug.ins supplied with '()P(' . over !"" of them+ These include the $esusonic and the SDT 'ea plug.ins from Cockos. *n this section we will be introducing you to a selection of these. =e will only be covering the very basics, @ust to give you a feel for what plug.ins are and how they work. >eyond this, you can e,plore for yourself. Plug.ins are pieces of software that are used to control and shape the sound generated when you play back the media items in your tracks. Dome simple e,amples of when and why you might want to use a plug.in are2 To make a vocal recording sound nicer, more lifelike. Perhaps your dry recording sounds a bit thin, even verging on feeble in places. Plug.ins can add body, warmth and sparkle to such a track, not by working magic, but by finding where those Hualities are buried in the recording and bringing them out. To smooth off peaks and dips in the volume of a track, making the overall track sound more even. To add a 7live8 feel to a track or even a whole mi,, making it sound more as if it were recorded in a church or a concert hall, rather than in a boring old studio.
#4.!
>efore you start using plug.ins, study and memorise this mantra. There are no e,ceptions to these laws+ %. *t is better not to use a plug.in at all than to use it badly. ) badly used plug.in is likely to make your mi, sound worse, not better. *f in doubt, underdo the use of plug.ins, donIt overdo them. !. ?ever @udge the Huality of a plug.in by how much you like its presets. Presets reflect someone elseIs idea of how something ought to sound, not the Huality of the plug.in, nor its potential. Kou will almost certainly never learn how to get the best out of any plug.ins, be they (F, compression, reverb or anything else unless you take the trouble to understand their various parameters. )nd that takes time. 1. Kou canIt @udge the Huality of a plug.in by its cost. ?o, really you canIt. Dome plug.ins are free. Dome cost literally thousands of dollars. Dome free ones are pretty awful, some are great. Dome plug.ins costing hundreds of dollars are, to be polite, very, very ordinary. Bthers are e,cellent.
#4.A
(specially when you are new to digital audio, when you start to e,plore the world of plug.ins you might find yourself feeling overwhelmed, if not utterly confused. =hy4 >ecause there is so much choice. Meaven help me, have * really got to understand all that lot to be able to use this recording caper4 ?o, you donIt. Oearn in steps as you go. *n essence there are essentially five types of plug.in Awell, thereIs a ma@or e,ception to that, which *Ill get to shortlyE. These five types are2 6ound 6$aping2 these plug.ins affect the freHuency ApitchE of your trackAsE. )n e,ample is (F. -i)e-5ased Effec%s2 these plug.ins manipulate how your trackAsE interact with time. (,amples include Delay, Chorus and 'everb. Vo/u)e 9$anging2 these are plug.ins that determine the overall volume or perceived volume of your trackAsE. (,amples are Compressors and Oimiters. Rou%ing P/ug-ins2 these do not shape the sound of your tracks as such, but are used for tasks such as routing. 'outing is generally beyond the scope of this chapter2 we:ll get to it in Chapter %P. Ana/y%ica/ P/ug-ins2 these display information, but don:t in any way alter the sound of the track. )nd that e,ception4 =ell, some plug.ins can cut across more than one of these categories at the same time, performing more than one @ob. Bne e,ample of this is a ultiband Compressor, which displays the characteristics of both an (F and a Compressor. *t would be way beyond the scope of this -ser /uide to teach you the science between these various plug.ins G that would reHuire an entire volume in itself+ Bur ob@ective is to give you an introduction to what '()P(' offers in this area, and to show you how '()P(':s own interface is used to control them.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !#%
Plug.in faders can be ad@usted using any of four main methods. These are2 Mover your mouse over the fader and scroll the mousewheel. -se 9%r/ for finer ad@ustments. Click on a fader and drag the mouse. Mold the 9%r/ key for finer ad@ustments. Mold A/% for 7elastic8 auditioning2 the control will return to its original position when the mouse is released. Click on the fader then use the Up and 7o'n arrow keys. Click in the parameter value window Ain the first e,ample show below, you can see one of these to the immediate right of each of the three hori<ontal fadersE and type a value. *f you prefer not to use the first of these methods Afor fear of making accidental ad@ustmentsE, you can enable on the (diting >ehavior, ouse page of your Preferences the option 1gnore )ouse'$ee/ on a// faders.
#4.5
any sound shaping plug.ins fall Ain one way or anotherE into the (F category. (F means 7eHualisation.8 This is rather strange, since they are used to emphasise Aor de.emphasiseE selected freHuencies. Perhaps they should be called 7-n(F8+ 'ea(F is the main (F plug.in supplied with 'eaper. There are also several $D (F plug.ins but 'ea(F is the most powerful and fle,ible. Oet:s take an e,ample. %. Bpen the supplied pro@ect file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.RPP and save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% EP.RPP !. This e,ample uses only the vocal track, which is an e,cellent tool for demonstrating (F. 6o/o the Vo4 track. 1. Display the F8 'indo', click on Add and add 9oc(os V6-: ReaEP. ?otice that by default this has & band tabs Anumbered % to &E. &. Play the song. )s you do so, select 5and 4 and fade the Gain left to about G 1P d>. ?otice how deep the voice becomes. Double click on the fader to return it to the centre. P. Delect 5and !. Fade the /ain down to about G %& d>. ?otice how tinny and even disembodied the voice sounds. Double.click to return to normal. ?ow lift the /ain to about W1 d>. The voice should sound Huite pleasantly fuller and warmer. Delect >and 1 and set the FreHuency to about &!"". Bbserve what happens as the gain is ad@usted between W1.P and .1.P. =hen finished, return it to ".". Dave the file. =hat has been happening is that you have been ad@usting freHuencies This is a huge sub@ect. *t is way beyond the scope of this guide to teach everything there is to know about (F, but here is a brief introduction. (,actly how you divide up the freHuency spectrum is to some e,tent arbitrary. MereIs one way that makes sense2 FreIuencies #@ %o @" ,D @" %o !5" ,D !5" %o !""" ,D 9o))en%s Very .o' 5ass. These freHuencies are felt rather than heard. 5ass. Merein dwell the fundamental notes of the rhythm section. ) modest boost here can help make a sound fuller, but too much gain will make it boomy. -$e 3id Range. Too much gain here makes it sound like youIve recorded from the other end of a telephone. *f a take sounds muddy, try cutting it here. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 !#!
@""" %o #@""" ,D
Do ... we know that the freHuency is measured is measured in M< Aand kM<E, and that we can increase or decrease the volume at any level, to shape the sound. The sound level itself is measured in decibels. =e need to understand two more terms G first, band width. 'ea(F measures bandwidth in octaves. ) narrow bandwidth setting means that you will raise or lower the sound over a very small part of the spectrum relative to your selected freHuency. ) wide setting means that you will be working on a much wider part of the spectrum. )n e,ample of the difference in how a narrow bandwidth AtopE and a wide bandwidth AbottomE can shape a sound is shown here. Kou will also see, if you display the drop down list labelled -ype that there are several type of band. Dome of the most commonly used are2 5and: the volume is raised or lowered either side of the freHuency, the range being determined by the bandwidth setting. Dometimes called a 7peaking filter.8 .o'&,ig$ Pass2 Filters out freHuencies above3below the freHuency setting. .o'&,ig$ 6$e/f2 Causes the gain to be lowered or raised below3above the freHuency setting. Pass and 6$e/f will in most cases only be used Aif at allE at very low freHuencies or very high freHuencies. Kou can add or remove bands using the )dd band and 'emove band buttons. -ip: DonIt forget that you can create track parameter controls and3or automation envelopes for this or any other plug.in by clicking on the Para) button in the plug.in window G as e,plained in Chapter %".
#4.@
These include reverb, delay and chorus. Dound takes time to travel thru any distance, and surfaces like walls and ceilings create reflections which make the sound patterns even more comple,, intricate G and alive. Time based F; use a number of tricks and techniHues to artificially simulate this, thereby creating a more 7live8 sound. >ut be careful. Too much here can ruin an otherwise good sound. Para)e%er 7e/ay E)sF Feedbac( 3i4 in Ed5F 7escrip%ion Determines the amount of time that passes between the original sound and when the delayed sound is heard. Determines the amount of the delayed signal that will be fed back into the delay itself. This helps to prevent the delay from @ust being an echo. Determines the overall output level. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !#1
*n this e,ample, we will use the 6: 7e/ay&7e/ay to add a touch of delay to the >ou<ouki. E4a)p/e %. -nsolo your So, track and solo the track >ou<ouki. Bpen its F; =indow and add the $D2Delay3delay. !. Play the song. (,periment with ad@usting the F; parameters until you have found an effect to your liking. For very small delay settings, such as ".! ms, it is easier to type them in the bo, than to use the faders. 1. -nsolo the track, then continue to make any further ad@ustments until you are satisfied with the results. &. Dave the file. =o%e2 The plug.in Rea7e/ay is a more powerful alternative to $D Delay. *n particular, it allows you to create multiple delay taps, each with its own delay settings, and to pan each of these individually.
#4.B
*n this ne,t e,ample, we will look at an e,ample of one volume changing effect, the $D2OBD('2masterOimiter. This can be added to the F; =indow for your )DT(' to perform two functions. These may at first appear to be contradictory, but they are not2 To raise the overall volume of the mi,, but at the same time J To prevent the mi, from 7clipping8, i.e. getting too loud at any point. =e will be using the 6:.oser&)as%er.i)i%er which includes the following controls and parameters2 Para)e%er -$res$o/d 7escrip%ion Determines the level at which the other limiter settings will be applied. *t may seem parado,ical, but the lower the threshold, the higher will be the perceived overall volume. )s you lower the threshold, more of the song is lifted to the limit specified. Determines how far ahead the limiter looks G this helps smooth out sudden peaks. Determines how Huickly the limiter kicks in as the signal increases. Determines how Huickly the limiter recovers after a peak is encountered. This determines the ma,imum volume that cannot be e,ceeded.
E4a)p/e
Display the F; =indow for your )DT(' and insert the 6: .*6ER &)as%er.i)i%er. !. Play the song, ad@usting the controls. 1. )s you lower the Threshold, the volume will get louder, but the ma,imum AlimitE volume is never e,ceeded. &. )s you lower the Oimit, the song gets Huieter. P. The more you lower both Threshold and Oimit, the more you sHuee<e the dynamics out of the song G volume remains almost constant, and there is little or no movement in the S-. The trick to using a limiter well is to smooth out peaks and dips somewhat, but without adversely affecting the dynamics of the song. )nd, especially at first, be gentle+ -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 !#& %.
Dhown on the right is a 6: Ana/ysis GF8Ana/yDer plug.in. *nsert this into any track:s F; chain Aor the master:s F; chain and as the pro@ect is played you are given visual feedback as to the level of output at different freHuencies. This can sometimes help, for e,ample, in identifying which freHuencies might need attention. Three of the Cockos plug.ins G 'ea(F, 'eaFir and 'ea;Comp . all include an analytical display similar to that shown here as part of their standard interface. ?ow that you:ve had a look some e,amples of different types of plug.in. =e can go on and e,amine some more. First, though, another word or two about presets ...
#4.9
Using F8 Prese%s
=hen you are satisfied with your settings for any plug.in, you might wish to save them as a preset, so that you can apply them ne,t time you want to use it on another track2 %. Click on the J button @ust above the $D Delay3delay plug. in when this plug.in is selected. !. Choose 6ave prese% from the menu. 1. Type a name and click on *H. To save these as default parameter settings for the plug.in when it is used in the future, use the 6ave prese% as defau/%... command from the same menu. To import an e,isting preset library Asuch as you might be able to download from the '()P(' web siteE you would choose 1)por% prese% /ibrary>. To e,port your presets to a file Afor backup purposes, or to use on another computerE you would choose E4por% prese% /ibrary ... -o c$oose an e4is%ing prese% Afrom those you have previously saved or imported, or which were supplied with the plug.inE, simply insert the plug.in into that trackIs F; window, display the drop down list of presets Asee leftE, then select the one that you want. =ithin the F; >rowser, the *p%ions? 6$o' defau/% F8 prese%s can be used to list any default preset in the browser window alongside the plug.in name. Kou can then double.click on the preset name to select a different default preset for that plug.in if you wish Asee rightE.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !#P
E4a)p/e
%. !. 1. &. P. R. #. Bpen the file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.RPP and save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% REVER5.RPP )dd a new track after the last track, and name it Reverb 5us Create 'eceives into this track from all of the instrument tracks and the So, track. This will later enable you to feed different levels of signal, panned as reHuired, from different tracks into your 'everb >us. Display the F8 +indo' for the Reverb 5us. )dd ReaVerb into this F; =indow. Fade the +e% level down to around GR" and the 7ry level down to about O".5? as shown above. =e will start by adding @ust a little reverb, then increase it as reHuired. Click on the Add button and then on Fi/e. This lets you add a file at the start of your 'everb chain. ?avigate the file browser window to where your impulse files are stored and select one. *n this e,ample, we will be using 6% =ico/aes 9$urc$.'av Click on *pen to insert that file into 'eaSerb. P/ay the file. *n the Track =indow, lower the Solume fader for the 'everb >us to about G%"d>. Oower the fader on the aster to about G Rd>. Kou can bring this up again later if you wish.
6. Q.
E4a)p/e
%. Bpen the file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.RPP and save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% 9*3P.RPP !. 6o/o the 5ouDou(i track. Oook at its media peaks. Kou can see that it starts at a steady volume, but over the last 1" seconds or so of the song it gets rather loud. 1. Play the track from the PP second mark for about %P secs then stop it. Try applying some compression to kick in at about G%! or G%1 d>. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 !#6
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !#Q
OetIs take an e,ample, using the pro@ect A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% 9*3P.RPP
E4a)p/e
%. Dolo the So, track. !. Play the song from @ust before the end of the first verse. *f you listen carefully Aespecially thru headphonesE you can hear some unwanted sounds during the otherwise silent passage. Certainly you can see this on the trackIs S- meter. 1. Bpen the F; =indow for this track and add 9oc(os V6- ReaGa%e. &. Play the song again. )d@ust the -$res$o/d fader Athe first on the leftE to a level @ust above that at which the ThresholdIs S- meter is peaking during the Huiet passages Asee belowE. This will shut out the sound G visual confirmation is given by the S- meter on the right, which should now display no activity. P. Kou will probably find that the default settings for )ttack, Mold and 'elease work Huite well, but e,periment with ad@usting them if you wish. R. ?ow save this file again. Kou have @ust seen here a simple e,ample of using a noise gate. ?oise gates can be used to great effect and for a large number of applications Aincluding with a drum kit to cut out the bleed between micsE. )pplications like that are more complicated and reHuire a greater understanding of the noise gate:s many parameters.
E4a)p/e
%. Bpen one of your sample pro@ect files. !. *nsert Rea89o)p in the F; window for the 1. Play your pro@ect from the beginning. &. *t is Huite likely that at this stage 'ea;Comp will have no effect on the sound. This will be the case if, as shown right, the peak levels Agreen vertical barsE fall short of the threshold settings Ared hori<ontal linesE for each band Asee e,ample aboveE >ut you can still learn something+ P. (nable the 6o/o curren% band feature. R. )s the song plays, select in turn each of the four tabs, %, !, 1 and &. This will enable you to hear separately each of the freHuency ranges that you are working on. #. ?ow disable the 6o/o 9urren% 5and feature. Disable Au%o )a(eup gain. This will need to be done individually for each of the four band. *f Au%o )a(eup gain were to be left enabled, the volume of our mi, would be pumped up after we make our other changes. aster.
%". (ven now, with these fairly conservative settings, you should notice the difference with 'ea;Comp enabled and set to bypass. =hen enabled, the different tracks should bind together better into a mi,. %%. *f you wish, you can e,periment with the various other controls, especially the Hnee. This setting determines how suddenly or gradually the compression is applied. %!. Kou can also e,periment with the Gain controls if you wish, both for individual bands and for your overall mi,, but don:t overdo it.
)nother, and completely, separate use for a ultiband Compressor is to compress a very specific freHuency within a track, for e,ample as a de.esser or de.popper on a vocal track.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !61
#4.!#.!
6s%i//'e//&%$under(ic(
This one can be positively scary+ *t adds a bottom end thunder.like sound to a track. Kou could try using it on a bass drum, or a synth or even an electric bass J or anywhere where you want to create that atmosphere. *ts four faders are Huite easy to work with. Kou:ll likely get the best results without too much e,perimenting.
#4.!#.A
Re)ainca/);org&%onega%e
Tonegate is a tone generator triggered off a gate, to add sine, sHuare or noise tones. *t is made more interesting by the addition of pitch and fade in3fadeout controls. This plug.in really gives you plenty of opportunity to be creative. Briginally intended for use with kick or snare, it is remarkably versatile. Try it out on your electric guitar, for e,ample.+ (,periment at first with the FreIuency fader and the +avefor) options, then let your ears be your guide as you ad@ust the other controls. Kou can learn more about this and other great remaincalm $D plugins by visiting re)ainca/).org. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !6P
P/ug 1n
6 Gui%ar&a)p-)ode/ 6 Gui%ar&a)p-)ode/-dua/ 6 Gui%ar&c$orus
7escrip%ion
Oets you select an amplifier to be simulated, such as a Fender or a arshall. Oots of parameters for you to tweak+ The dual version of this plug.in lets you choose different left.right speakers+ The waveform is fed thru a series of delays whose delay times are slowly modulated. The shape of the chorus sound is moulded primarily by the Oength, ?umber of Soices, and 'ate settings. This plug.in works by distorting the shape and freHuency content of the waveform. The degree of distortion applied is determined principally by the /ain and Mardness settings. Flanging is produced when a signal is mi,ed with a delayed copy of itself, while the delay time continually changes. The flange effect is set by ad@usting the Delay Oength, 'ate and Feedback parameters. This four allpass filter stereo phaser effect settings include 'ate AM<E,'ange A in and a,E, and Feedback. The wah effect is a filter effect, produced by the Position, Top 'esonance, >ottom 'esonance and Filter Distortion settings. Tremelo is produced by low.freHuency variation in a sound:s amplitude envelope, achieved by setting FreHuency AM<E and )mount Ad>E. Fi/%er Ae..g.=ah or PhaserE 9o)pressor 7is%or%ion EP Pi%c$ 9$ange Ae.g. SibratoE 3odu/a%or Ae.g. Flange or ChorusE .eve/ 9on%ro//er Ae.g. Tremelo or OimiterE Ec$o Asuch as 'everbE
6 Gui%ar&dis%or%ion
6 Gui%ar&f/anger
*t is not suggested that you will want to use all these effects at once, but if you do use more than one of these, then the effect is cumulative. The order in which you apply them will determine how the output sounds. )s a starting point, one possible order is shown on the right. This does not mean that you shouldnIt hold back from e,perimenting with other F; ordering, to see what creative sounds you can produce+
P/ug 1n
6 18&6%ereoP$ase1nver%er 6 18&P$aseAd:us%ingRou%er
7escrip%ion
Four choices, ?ormal Phase, *nvert Oeft, *nvert 'ight or *nvert >oth. ) stereo phase inverter with the addition of selectable input and output channels. This can be used, for e,ample, to create a fuller, more vibrant sound from a single mono track. ) custom designed compressor suitable for use with Digital Drums. ) simple peak limiter with a single control, Threshold. This can be used to prevent an individual track from clipping. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 !6R
6 .*6ER&779 6 .*6ER&6P.i)i%er
7escrip%ion
Place it at or near the end of the F; chain of a stereo track, folder, or the aster Kou will see a visual representation of the movement of the sound within the stereo field.
6 .*6ER&6%ereoEn$ancer
-sed to create an enhanced stereo effect in a stereo track, folder, bus or aster. =orks by ad@usting the width panning of high and low freHuencies independently, and to define the crossover point between the two. Bther stereo manipulation plug.ins include .i%eon&pseudos%ereo and 6s%i//'e//&s%ereo'id%$.
*nsert this into any track when you want monitor its S- levels closely. )n interesting plug.in that creates sound effects by shifting pitch or freHuency for audio blocks of a determined si<e. (specially good for fattening or doubling a vocal track.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !6#
7escrip%ion
The opposite of a compressor+ Can restore dynamics to a mi, that sounds overcompressed. This works by further attenuating the volume of the signal when it falls below a given threshold. )dds a high pass filter and low pass filter to a track or e,ample, for removing bottom end rumble. aster. -seful, for
6 66%i//'e//&$pf/pf
6 66%i//'e//&badbuss)o:o
-se in particular the nonlinearity, knee and mod settings to make a piece sound a little less perfect and a little more 7rootsy8 and authentic. 6 66%i//'e//&/ouderiDer 6 Pi%c$&superpi%c$ 6 Fi/%ers&au%opea(fi/%er ) simple plug.in with two controls, used to make a track or mi, louder. Bne of a number of plug.ins that can be used to change pitch. ) neat plug.in that lets you create autowah type effects, essentially by ad@usting center freHuencies and filter width. The closer together are the values of the min and ma, center freHuency and the lower the octave width setting, the more dramatic will be the effect. ) DC offset removal plug.in. ) simple plug.in. The a, Sol control can be set to prevent clipping in the aster track when you are e,perimenting with sounds and mi,ing. ) simple plug.in that increases or attenuates volume. Place it at the start of an F; chain to ad@ust track or item volume before F; are applied. )nother very simple plug.in, used to ad@ust the phase of a track or item.
Bver !"" $esusonic plug.ins are supplied with '()P('. Mopefully, this chapter has given you more than a few good pointers, but it is not possible to document them all in this -ser /uide. For more information check out '()P(':s =iki G go to 'i(i.coc(os.co)&'i(i&inde4.p$p&9a%egory: esusonic ,
E4a)p/e #
This e,ample is of a popular Direct; Donitus plug.in, Phase. *n this case, the plug.in interface includes its own native Prese%s section. Clicking on that Ashown leftE displays a menu of supplied presets. Kou can also store your own presets here if you wish, as the Donitus range of plug.ins includes its own preset manager. ?otice that you can also use '()P('Is own Preset Oibrary to store your presets with '()P(' rather than with the plug.in. This is accessed by clicking on the small J button shown @ust to the left of the Param button. This is especially useful when you are working with plug.ins that might not have their own native Preset anager.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !6Q
E4a)p/e A
) Direct ; plug.in this time, DonyIs Sibrato. *n this case, native presets do not appear when clicking on the '()P(' Preset drop down list arrow. This will only display any presets that you have created yourself. *n this e,ample, right.click over any vacant area of the plug.inIs /-* interface to display a list of factory presets.
#5.#
9on%ro//ed 5/eed
>leed is a term used when material intended to be recorded on to one track manages to overflow onto others. This commonly happens2 =hen more than one voice or instrument is recorded at the same time, each with its own microphone. For e,ample, you might record a person singing and playing an acoustic guitar at the same time, perhaps one vocal mike, one guitar mike. Mowever, you will find that some of the vocal will bleed thru on to the guitar mike, and vice versa. =ith layered recording, when the headphones are so loud, or ill.fitting, that the microphone being used for recording actually picks up some of the output of the headphones. Meadphone bleed is bad, period. *f, for e,ample, you have an artist who likes to hold one headphone to her ear while overdubbing a vocal, then make sure the mi, is sent to that ear only. Mappily, '()P('Is fle,ible routing makes this simple. *n the e,ample shown ArightE, output from the aster is directed to both Dpeakers, but only one headphone. The other kind of bleed, which we will call live recording bleed, can actually have some benefits. *f all microphones are positioned carefully and correctly, it can produce a warmer, fuller more natural sound than is often obtainable from layered recording. AOayered recording is where each track is recorded one at a timeE. The trouble is, the 7all at once8 method of recording it also has negatives G serious ones. For e,ample2 *t isnIt possible to drop in and overdub a short passage to correct perhaps a vocal phrase or a couple of bars on the guitar. >asically, the whole track has to be recorded again each time. (verything. *t isnIt possible in mi,ing to get the best sound for each track. For e,ample, if you need to add some presence or compression to the vocal track, then you will also be adding it to the guitar bleed in the same track. This is where '()P('Is routing capabilities can be so useful. They allow you have the best of both worlds G the richer, fuller sound that you can get from adding a small amount of controlled bleed, but without the disadvantages. MereIs how it works2 -se layered recording, to ensure that each track is recorded cleanly. -se '()P('Is routing to add a little bleed where you want it, before or after any F; in the F; chain.
E4a)p/e
This e,ample demonstrates a simple use of routing to create a controlled bleed effect. %. Bpen the file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.RPP and save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% 5.EE7.RPP !. ute the 5ouDou(i track. To keep this e,ample simple, we wonIt be using it here. 1. Delect the Vo4 track, right click over the Solume fader and set the number of track channels to four.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !Q%
#5.!
6p/i%%ing 9$anne/s
This e,ample will introduce you to a feature in '()P(' that possibly delivers you more mi,ing power than any other single aspect2 the ability to create and use multiple channels. DoesnIt sound very interesting or e,citing does it4 *tIs not an easy concept to understand at first, so, @ust for fun, weIll take as simple an e,ample as we can to introduce the concept. Kou have an acoustic guitar track recorded. Kou should by now have a general idea at least about how to shape its sound with (F, or fatten it with a little delay. >ut in this e,ample, weIre going to take it to another level2 we can split the recorded track by different freHuency bands into, say, three different paired channels, and perhaps pan different freHuencies differently, or add some trailing delay @ust to one channel Ai.e., one selected freHuency rangeE. =hy would you want to do this4 =ith this particular e,ample, maybe you would, maybe you wouldnIt. >ut being able to create and use channels in this way opens up endless creative mi,ing and editing possibilities. =eIll start with this e,ample because itIs a fairly simple one to put into practise, and it will help you to understand how itIs done. )fter that, weIll look at a more comple, case.
#5.A
This ne,t e,ample shows how you can combine '()P('Is channel splitting capabilities with the 'eaDelay plug.in to create a simple effect for fattening up thin vocals G all on a single track+ The flow chart on the right illustrates how this will be done. The signal flow shown has this effect2 *t creates a sidechain which is fed into the 'eaDelay plug.in to fatten the original sound and to fill it out. *t uses 'eaComp to apply some compression to the main vocal. The delayed signals are then mi,ed back in with the original signal. Further compression is then applied. if you wish, you could apply more F; to any of2 The original dry recording. The sidechained and delayed signal. The final mi, of the dry and sidechained AdelayedE signals together. ?ote that the order of the plug.ins in the F; chain is significant2 if you change the order, you change the outcome+ This issue will be e,amined again more closely in later e,amples.
E4a)p/e
Bpen the file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.RPP and save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% REA7E.A0.rpp. !. Dolo the Vo4 track. For the purpose of this e,ample, we will be working with the vocal track alone. 1. Display the 1* window for this track and set the number of track channels to 4. &. Bpen the F8 +indo' for this track. *f there are any plug.ins already in the chain, remove them. P. ?ow insert Rea7e/ay into the F; chain. R. Click on the ! 1n ! But button to display the connector matri,. Oeave the 1npu%s at their default AChannels % and !E, but ad@ust the *u%pu%s so that they are 9$anne/ A AOeftE and 9$anne/ 4 A'ightE, and only these two channels Aas shown aboveE. #. Click on the Add -ap button to add a second page. 6. Det Page % to a Delay Oength AtimeE of about 1.P ms and musical length ". Q. Det Page % Pan to about P"L Oeft. This shows on the fader as G".P. Dee the illustration below. %". Det Page ! to a Delay Oength AtimeE of about Rms or # ms and musical length ". %%. Det Page ! Pan to about P"L 'ight. This shows on the fader as ".P. %!. ake sure that both pages are Enab/ed and that neither is soloed. %.
#5.4
(very send is defined as being one of three types . Pos%-Fader EPos%-PanF, PreFader EPos%-F8F, or Pre-F8. The default type is Pos%-Fader EPos%-PanF, but this can be changed in your preferences if you wish ATrack3Dends defaults pageE. Different send types send the audio at different stages in the audio signal flow . For e,ample, the volume of a send that is Post.Fader APost.PanE will be affected by changes made to the source track:s volume fader. ) send that is Pre.Fader APost F;E will not. )n audio send that is Pre.F; will not be affected by any F; in the source track:s F; chain. For more complete information, consult the flow charts at the end of Chapter P.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !QP
KouIve already seen how 'eaPitch can be used, for e,ample, to create vocal harmonies from a lead vocal track. *n this e,ample you will see how by splitting our vocal track into several channels you can create a whole vocal ensemble, with different F; and plug. ins being applied to different harmony parts. This is especially useful, for e,ample, if you want to compress your vocal harmonies before lowering them, to make them sit smoothly and subtly behind the lead vocal. The illustration ArightE demonstrates this concept. *n summary, this is what happens2 The Socal Track is assigned si, channels. Two instances of 'eaPitch are inserted, and the signal from channels % and ! is fed to both of these. The output from the two 'eaPitch instances are directed via channels 1 and & and P and R respectively to two separate instances of 'eaComp. *n each case, you will need to specify Channels 1 and & A'eaComp %E and Channels P and R A'eaComp !E as the input source for your compressors. )u,iliary *nputs should be set to nothing, and the Butput channels should be the same as the *nput Channels. The output of the two compressors is sent to a single instance of 'ea(F, as is the original signal on Channels % and !. *n order to do this, you should make *nput % for 'ea(F Channels %, 1 and P Asee illustration rightE, and *nput ! should be Channels !, & and R. >y sending the three different audio streams directly into 'ea(F we cut out the need for a channel mi,er. Mowever, in doing this it makes it more difficult to ad@ust the relative volume levels of the three audio streams. *n this e,ample, you could use separate instances of the $D utility Solume plug.in in each chain to do this. The three streams are @oined back together at 'ea(F, from which they are fed to the volume fader and then to the aster.
This method can be employed, for e,ample, when you wish to use more than the %R channels that can be handled by any of the mi,er plug.ins. Kou can in fact use up to R& channels. )gain, the order in which F; are placed in the chain is important. Bne possible strategy is to insert them in reverse order of their channels, i.e. highest channel numbers first. The critical factor, however, is to place those F; which both take their input from and direct their output to Channels %3! after any F; whose output is directed to sidechain channels Asuch as 13& or P3RE. -ip: *f you forget to create your reHuired track channels before loading your plug.ins into a track:s F; chain, then you can still add them 9on the fly9. To do this, @ust click on the small J button in the bottom left corner of the Plug.in Pin Connector window . see above.
The ne,t e,ample will show you how to use '()P('Is routing capabilities to create an effect known as duc(ing. Put simply, this is a term which describe what happens when a compressor is set up to ensure that the volume on one track is automatically lowered whenever the volume on another track is raised. Kou might want to do this, for e,ample, when working with a kick and a bass. *n this e,ample, weIll use the >ou<ouki, /uitar and Socal tracks in our sample pro@ect, @ust to show you how itIs done. =e will use audio ducking to ensure that the overall volume of the instruments are automatically lowered slightly whenever there is a signal on the Socal track. This helps lift the vocal track slightly above the mi,. *n order to do this, we use multi channel routing in con@unction with the 'eaComp compressor. This diagram Aabove rightE illustrates the concept of how we use sidechaining to achieve our ducking effect. OetIs take it step by step.
E4a)p/e
%. Bpen the pro@ect A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.RPP and save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% 7U9H.RPP. !. *f there are any tracks other than G%r 5ody, G%r =ec(, Vo4 and 5ouDou(i, delete them, so that you are left with @ust these four tracks. )d@ust the volume and pan faders of these tracks to get a reasonable mi,. 1. *f necessary, change track order so that So, is Track %, /tr >ody Track !, /tr ?eck Track 1 and >ou<ouki Track &. &. *n the Track Control Panel, select the Vo4 track and press 9%r/ - to insert a new track after this. ?ame this new track 1ns%ru)en% 6ub)i4. P. Click on the Fo/der icon to make this track a folder. ake the >ou<ouki track the last track in the folder. R. =e need to add two more channels to the 1ns%ru)en% 6ub)i4 so that it can receive a sidechain signal from the So,. 'ight click over the Solume fader for this track, then set the number of channels to four, as shown here. #. =e now need to create a sidechain to enable the various instrument and 1ns%ru)en% 6ub)i4 track to detect the signal level of the Vo4 track. 6. Drag and drop from the 1* button on the So, track to the 1* button on the *nstrument submi,. This will create a send and open the controls window for that send. )ccept the default send type Post Fader, Post PanE and set the destination channels to 13& Aas shown aboveE. Q. ?e,t, display the F; window for the *nstrument Dubmi, Track. )dd the 9oc(os plug.in V6-: Rea9o)p E9oc(osF.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !Q#
This e,ample should only be attempted after you have completed the e,ample in the previous section Audio 7uc(ing. *t builds on the work you did there, to apply a further instance of sidechaining, this time to the aster. =e will set up another instance of 'eaComp, this time in the aster Track, to ensure that another layer of gentle compression is applied to the entire mi, during the vocal passages. The same audio stream is used to apply ducking in two different ways G hence the term double ducking. )s with many of the other e,amples included in this section, the main purpose of this e,ample is to help you to understand how to use '()P('Is routing capabilities. The e,ample itself is of secondary importance. *n the previous e,ample, we used a send from the So, track to Channels 1 and & on the *nstrument i, track and then used these as )u,iliary *nputs to gently compress the *nstrument i,. >ecause the *nstrument i, is itself being routed to the aster, that So, track send will automatically also be sent to the aster on Channels 1 and &. =e can use this @ust to smooth out the mi, a little.
E4a)p/e
%. Bpen the file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% 7U9H.rpp and save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% 7*U5.E 7U9H.RPP. !. *n either the TCP or the CP, select the 3as%er Track. 'ight.click on the Vo/u)e fader for the aster and ensure that the number of Channels is set to four. Close this window. 1. Display the F8 +indo' for the insert Rea9o)p. aster Track and
&. Bpen the pin connector window. )s before, make sure that the )u,iliary *nput O is set to Channel 1 and )u,iliary *nput ' is set to Channel &. These should already be the default settings. P. Det the Ra%io to around !." to %. R. Display the 7e%ec%or 1npu% drop down list and select Au4i/iary 1npu% . J R. #. Play the song. 6. During the vocal passages, ad@ust the left hand vertical Threshold fader so that the compression kicks in gently. 'aise the vertical +e% fader by about a decibel or two. Q. ake sure that .i)i% *u%pu% is selected. )n e,ample of how your settings might look is shown here.
%". ThatIs it+ Kou can now save your file. These last couple of e,amples have introduced you to how you can use sidechaining for ducking. Kou can use sidechaining in con@unction with a number of other '()P(' plug.ins, including 'ea/ate, 'ea;Comp, 'eaComp and 'eaFir.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) !QQ
SC) stands for Soltage Controlled )mplification. '()P(' makes available $D SC) plug.ins that enable you to use one track to control the volume of any other track or selection of tracks. ) similar outcome can often be achieved by organising tracks into groups or folders. -sing the SC) plug.ins, however, you are able to control the volume of selections of tracks that do not belong to any groups or folders. They are easy to use and give you great fle,ibility. Two plug.ins are reHuired G one for a controlling master track, one for each of the slave tracks it controls. Kou can use '()P(':s native $D2 -tility SC) plug.ins, or you might prefer =itti:s more fully featured variations of these. Kou can download these at s%as$.reaper.f)&v&#B@BA&p/ugins.Dip *n this e,ample we will use '()P(':s native $D plug.ins. The procedure is as follows2 E4a)p/e %. )dd an empty track to your pro@ect. ?ame this track something like V9A Vo/ 9on%ro/. !. )dd the plug.in 6:U%i/i%y& vca;)as%er to the F; chain for this track. )s you can see ArightE, this has only one parameter, Vo/u)e. 1. )dd the plug.in 6:U%i/i%y& vca;s/ave to the first of the tracks whose volume you wish to control. This too has a simple interface. This plug. in should be the last in the track:s F; chain. &. Kou now need to create a send from the Sol Control track to this slave tracks. The easiest way to do this is simply drag and drop from the 1&* button on the Sol Control track to the slave track:s track panel. This causes a send control window Ashown rightE to appear. ake sure that you select the receiving slave track:s sidechain channels Ashown here, 13&E as the destination of the send. P. 'epeat steps 1 and & for every other track that whose volume you wish to control with the vcaNmaster plug. in on the Sol Control track. R. That:s it+ Kou can now use the Solume Ad>E fader on the vcaNmaster plug.in to control the volume of all slave tracks. ) handy tip is to add a parameter control to the track panel. To do this, within the plug.in window click first on the Para) button, then on 6$o' in %rac( con%ro/s. This will allow you to ad@ust the parameter:s level without the F; window needing to be open Asee rightE. #. *f you wish also to display the track parameter control in the mi,er panel, simply enable 6$o' F8 para)e%ers '$en siDe per)i%s from the i,er:s conte,t menu. For more information about this, see Chapter %". 6. ?ote also that the SC) master:s Solume Ad>E control can be assigned an automation envelope if you wish. For more information about automation envelopes see Chapter %R. =o%e: -$e +i%%i V9A p/ugins The =itti SC) controls plugins are similar to '()P(':s native $D versions, the main difference being the addition of drop down lists to enable you to easily select which paired channels are to be used for the sends and receives. >y using different permutations of send and receive channels, you are able to set up multiple instances of the SC) master control plug.in. These can be used independently of each other to control the volume on different track selections.
This e,ample uses the Rea6a)p/o)a%ic plug.in provided with '()P(' in con@unction with the Rea7ru)s track template created by :a)es%er. Kou can download this template from the '()P(' Dtash on the '()P(' web site. To check the current address for this, visit the '()P(' Forum and check @amester:s signature, or do a search. )fter downloading, it should be copied into your Track Templates folder. For ;P users, this is 9:G7ocu)en%s and 6e%%ingsGUser =a)eGApp/ica%ion 7a%aGREAPERG-rac(-e)p/a%es The template does get modified from time to time, so that the version that you download might not be e,actly the same as the one used in the description that follows. This should not matter. )lso, in the e,ample, we will using the 3171 Edi%or for demonstration purposes, but if you have a keyboard, you can use that instead.
E4a)p/e
%. Create a new empty pro@ect file and save it as Rea7ru)s E4a)p/e.RPP !. 'ight click over the Track Panel )rea and from the menu choose 1nser% %rac( fro) %e)p/a%e then your Rea7ru)s template. ?otice that a track will be inserted, with eight individual named instances of Rea6a)p/*)a%ic5""" inserted in its F; chain. 1. ?otice that each instance of Rea6a)p/*)a%ic5""" is set up differently. From top to bottom, these are Cick, Dnare, Perc %, Perc !, Perc 1, Perc &, MM Cl, MM Bp. ?ear the bottom left corner you can select a *D* channel for each sample. The default is ", which means all channels. Dhown here is the Dnare, which has been set to use channel %. *n this illustration, an audio sample has also been inserted. That:s the ne,t step+ &. Display the edia (,plorer G 9%r/ A/% 8 G and select a folder where your samples are stored. P. *n the 'eaDrums F; window select the item Cick. From '()P(':s edia (,plorer window you can drag with your mouse the reHuired sample file and drop it into the 'eaDamp window, in the black area above the >rowse button. )lternatively, you can either use the plug.in:s 5ro'se button to make your selection, or select any e,isting item in )rrange view and click on 1)por% i%e) fro) arrange. )nother option is to click on the V/is%W button to open a window where you can build up a list of samples. This list can be sorted by file name, or by peak or ' D values. R. ?ow repeat this process in the other seven 'eaDamp instances, one at a time, for each of the other seven For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1"%
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1"1
1.
&. P.
R.
1.
E4a)p/e
*n this e,ample, we will send output from one instrumental track separately to a Distortion F; and a 'everb F;, then mi, the wet and dry signals back together, panning as reHuired G all within one single track and without using any busses. To do this, weIll use the 18 3i4er C43 together with a couple of other plug.ins supplied with '()P('. The diagram above illustrates conceptually what we are going to achieve2 =e will be running the signal in parallel to the two F;. >y doing this, we ensure that each effect is processed separately before being mi,ed. This is different from the normal F; chain, which processes effects seHuentially. %. Bpen the file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.RPP and save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% 18 318.rpp !. For the purpose of this e,ample, we are going to work on only the 5ouDou(i track. Dolo this track.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1"P
R. #. 6.
Q.
%".
%%.
Bf course, this is only a simple e,ample. Kou could in effect have up to four separate F; chains running in parallel within this track. )nd itIs very easy then to move an F; from one chain to another, @ust by changing its output channels. The 18 series of $esusonic plug. ins have been developed by Philip D. Considine. ) big thank you to Philip for his help in developing this e,ample.
P/ug-in
18 6'i%c$er
7escrip%ion
This is a channel switching utility. The Butput Dource parameter is used to select which one of up to four paired inputs channel is to be monitored. -seful for )3> comparisons. This is a variation of the Dwitcher switching utility. The Butput Dource parameter is used to select which one of up to four paired inputs channel is to be monitored, and the Oevel faders allow you to ad@ust the gain independently for each pair. -seful for )3> comparisons. This crossfade utility allows you to feed up to four input pairs to two busses then mi, those busses to output channels %W!. The destination for each of the four paired inputs can be set to Bff, ), >, or )W>. Takes the signal from an input channel pair and modifies the phase according to the selected mode. The modified signal is then output on the selected output channels. Bnly the selected output channels will be modified so, for e,ample, a signal received from inputs %W! and output on 1W& will still be present in its original form at outputs %W!. The *nput parameter is used to select which paired channels are used for the input. The Phase ode can be set to ?o Change, *nvert Oeft Channel Bnly, *nvert 'ight Channel Bnly or *nvert >oth Channels. The output parameter selects the output channels.
18 6'i%c$er !
18 6'i%c$3i4
18 P$aseAd:us%ingRou%er
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1"#
Durround sound production is a comple, topic. *t would be beyond the scope of this -ser /uide to attempt to cover the principles, theory and practical issues that it involves. =hole books have been written on the sub@ect2 you can also consult various web resources, such as 7The 'ecording )cademy:s Producers and (ngineers =ing 'ecommendations for Durround Dound Production8 Aavailable as free PDF downloadE. '()P(':s surround sound production capabilities can be found in three main areas2 %. The ability to record in multichannel format. The method for doing this is e,plained in Chapter 1. !. '()P(':s channel routing capabilities. 1. The 'eaDurround surround panner. Thus, the '()P('.specific issues that you need to be aware of for surround sound production are2
Recording
'ecord each track using the settings most suitable for that track. For e,ample, for a lead vocal you might use a two channel track with a single mono input Aone micE. For a piano, you might record in stereo with two mics. For ambient sounds you might prefer a four channel track with four mic inputs.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1"Q
Rea6urround
'eaDurround, like any other plug.in, can be inserted into a track:s F; chain from the F; >rowser. Mere we are assuming that you are opting for the method of inserting 'eaDurround into every track. ?ote that2 Kou should place 'eaDurround in the track:s F; chain. Bften you will want this to be at the end of the chain. Mowever, this might not be the case if, for e,ample, you are using a multi.channel delay effect, which most likely you will want to be after 'eaDurround. )fter inserting 'eaDurround, select one of the options from the setup drop down list Aabove leftE. Delect the same option for all tracks. *nput levels and positions can be set and locked. =hen you select a setup, the correct number of output channels are automatically added to the track. *n the e,ample here, P.% surround is selected, so the track is allocated si, channels. *n the e,ample shown below Ane,t pageE, a track with two channels and a mono media item ASo, i,E displays two channel inputs, each with its own faderAwhich can be set to /ain or OF(E as well as solo and mute controls. Double.click on any input to rename it. >ecause P.% surround has been selected, there are si, channel outputs. ?otice that these can be soloed and3or muted in any combination. (ach also has its own fader2 these can be set to /ain or *nfluence. -se the pin connectors on other track F; to direct the outputs of those F; to the various channels, as reHuired. 'efer back thru this chapter for numerous e,amples of selecting F; pin connectors. Kou should also insert 'eaDurround at the end of the aster F; chain. Channel inputs can be positioned by clicking and dragging them across the display. *n addition, there are two further sets of controls in the 'eaDurround window. The three Edi% drop down lists and their accompanying rotaries can be used as controls with any three of the available items shown ArightE. These include Oeft3'ight, >ack3Front, Oow3Migh, >ack Oeft3Front 'ight, Front Oeft3 >ack 'ight, (,pand3Contract, 'otate, OF( Dend, Diffusion Oevel and Diffusion >ias. There is also an option to .oc( inpu% c$anne/ posi%ions and /eve/s. The three hori<ontal 6pace siDe faders can be used to ad@ust the three dimensions of the surround environment, width, depth and height, with the fourth fader acting as a <oom control. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 1%"
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1%%
#@.!
'()P(':s various automation modes essentially make available to you two main ways of using envelopes for automating your pro@ects. These are writing automation and manually creating envelopes. +ri%ing Au%o)a%ion: =hen writing automation, you instruct '()P(' to remember your actions G such as fading a volume control up and down G as your pro@ect is played. These actions are used to create an envelope which is then reproduced when you play back or mi, down the track. There are three different methods that you can use to write such envelopes G write, touch and latch. =eIll get round to e,plaining the differences shortly. 3anua//y 9rea%ing Enve/opes: )s an alternative to using your faders to create envelopes, you can shape them manually. This gives you a very fine degree of control over your pro@ect. Kou can draw your envelope curves freehand, add points to them at will, and use your mouse to manually move these points up or down. (nvelopes created in this way will behave in e,actly the same way as if actual fader movements had been recorded. Trim3'ead mode is used when you are creating or editing envelopes in this way. *f you wish, you can write envelopes in, say, latch mode then edit them in Trim3'ead mode.
=hichever mode is currently selected is displayed on a track:s envelope button. =e:ll e,plore the different automation modes in detail in the sections that follow. >oth have their advantages and you can use any combination of modes on different tracks in your pro@ect. =ith both recorded and manual envelope automation, it is perfectly possible Aand Huite easyE to edit the automation instructions afterwards, or to remove them altogether if thatIs what you want to do. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1%1
)ny trackIs envelopes can be managed from the Enve/opes +indo' for that track. This is opened by clicking on the trackIs Enve/ope button in either the TCP or CP. Kou can use this window, for e,ample to2 Det the Au%o)a%ion )ode for the track. Create an envelope Ae.g. for Solume, Pan or ute for a track or sendE. To show or hide an envelope from view. To )rm an envelope or Disarm it.
*n addition, this envelopes window includes buttons that can be used for such global options as showing or hiding all envelopes on that track. These issues will be e,plained and e,plored in the pages that follow. The ,ig$/ig$% bo, can be used to help you find what you are looking for more easily. For e,ample, type volume in the highlight bo, and all items whose name includes volume will be highlighted. ?otice also that any plug.ins that have been placed in the trackIs F; chain will also be listed in this window. *n this e,ample, we have 'eaComp. >y clicking on the small J symbols ne,t to the plug.inIs name you can open up a list of plug.in parameters for which you can also create envelopes. =eIll see some e,amples of this soon. Checking the option to 6$o' /as% %ouc$ed F8 para)e%ers on/y can help prevent screen clutter.
#@.4
The following are the automation envelopes that by default are available for all tracks and sends. (nvelopes for plug.ins and F; will be discussed later in this chapter. Enve/ope Vo/u)e Pan +id%$ Vo/u)e EPre F8F Pan EPre F8F +id%$ EPre F8F 3u%e 6end Vo/u)e 7escrip%ion )d@usts the volume of the TrackIs Butput, after, for e,ample, any item or track F; have been applied. This sets the level of the signal that is sent to the aster Track. oves the balance pan control more towards the left, right, or dead center2 the signal that is sent post F; from the track to the aster Track. oves the width control more towards the left, right, or dead center2 the signal that is sent post F; from the track to the aster Track. )d@usts the volume of the track signal that is fed to the trackIs F; chain. This is generally eHuivalent to the /ain control that you can find on some desks and mi,ers. Dimilar to Pan control but before track F; or track faders are applied. Dimilar to =idth control but before track F; or track faders are applied. This envelope has effectively only two states G Bn and Bff. *t is used to mute passages of a track. )d@usts the volume of the track signal that is sent to the destination track. (,actly how this is applied will in part be determined by whether the Dend itself is defined as Post Fader APost PanE, Post F; or Pre F;. )d@usts the panning of the track signal that is sent to the destination track. (,actly how this is applied will in part be determined by whether the Dend itself is defined as Post Fader APost PanE, Post F; or Pre F;. This envelope has effectively only two states G Bn and Bff. *t is used to mute passages on a send. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 1%&
6end Pan
6end 3u%e
To create automation envelopes using the +ri%e feature, use this method2 *n the CP or TCP, click on the Enve/opes button Ashown rightE to open the envelopes window for that track. ?otice that the envelope button displays the currently selected automation mode for that track. *n the e,ample shown, this is Trim. Delect the item you wish to automate, and make sure to also select the options Visib/e and Ar). Det )utomation mode to +ri%e. Close the (nvelopes window. Position the (dit Cursor where you wish to start. Play the song. )s you do so, ad@ust the on screen control which controls the parameter that you are automating. Dtop play when finished. 'ight click over the (nvelope button for that track and select -ri)&Read or Read. Play the song. Oisten and look+ *f you selected Read mode, the faders will move up and down as the automation is applied. ?ote that if you prefer, instead of opening the envelopes window, you can right.click on the track:s envelope button and make your choices from the conte,t menu Asee rightE. -ip: -sing Vo/u)e and Pan envelopes on tracks is such a common activity that the shortcut keys V and P are by default assigned to toggle the display of these two envelopes.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1%P
#@.@
'ight click on the envelope button on the main toolbar for a number of options that will help determine envelope behavior. These are also available on the *p%ions menu AEnve/ope poin%s commandE. The option to 3ove enve/ope poin%s 'i%$ )edia i%e)s should be enabled if you wish an envelope to follow its media item when that item is moved. >e careful how you use Enve/ope poin% se/ec%ion fo//o's %i)e se/ec%ion. This enables you to move all points within a time selection by clicking and dragging on any one of them. *f you want to move only one point Aor a selection of pointsE within a time selection, make sure that this option is disabled. Edge poin%s can be used to make it visually easier for you when you are moving a group or selection of envelope points. The option to Reduce enve/ope poin% da%a '$en recording or dra'ing au%o)a%ion should be enabled if you find that '()P(' is creating more points than you want when, for e,ample, you write automation data, using either your mouse or a control surface.
#@.B
Bne rather special way of using automation is in con@unction with a trackIs 3u%e button to automatically mute unwanted passages of a track. The procedure for doing this is outlined below2 Click on the trackIs Enve/opes&Au%o)a%ion button to display the envelopes window. Delect the 3u%e envelope and set the mode to +ri%e. Then close the (nvelopes window. The (nvelopes3)utomation button will read +ri%e and the armed mute button will be highlighted in red. ?otice AaboveE how this is displayed when set to this mode. ?ow play the track. )s you do so, click on the trackIs that you reHuire to be muted. ute button at the start and end of any passages
=hen finished, stop the playback. )utomation mode for this track should automatically change to Trim3'ead Aunless this default setting has been changed in your (diting >ehavior, )utomation preferencesE.
*n the e,ample shown below, a vocal track is muted when it is not intended to be heard. Read mode has been selected. =hen the track is played back, the color of the ute button changes for the duration of the muted passages.
#@.C
Au%o)a%ion 3odes
)utomation mode can be set as already shown from inside the (nvelopes3)utomation window or by right. clicking on the track envelopes3automation button. *n fact, there are a number of ways that this can be done2 Delect the reHuired mode from the (nvelopes window. 'ight.click on the (nvelopes3)utomation button and select the reHuired mode from the conte,t menu. *n the TCP, right click over any automation lane and select the reHuired mode from the conte,t menu. From the main menu, choose -rac(? 6e% %rac( au%o)a%ion )ode Aor right.click over the track number and select this from the conte,t menuE.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1%#
Read .a%c$
-ouc$
+ri%e
?ote that when you are in Oatch, Touch or =rite mode, an envelope can also be armed by clicking on the Ar) Record button in its automation lane Awhere one e,istsE. 'emember also after using =rite, Oatch or Touch mode to change to 'ead or Trim3'ead mode, to prevent further automation from being accidentally recorded.
#@.9
The /lobal )utomation Bverride button on the far left of the transport bar can be used to set certain options for your envelopes globally. 'ight click on this button to display the menu which can be used for two main purposes. These are2 To toggle bypass on3off for all envelopes. To select a single automation mode Asuch as Trim3'ead or 'eadE for all tracks. Toggle display of all active envelopes. ) global option can be removed by the =o g/oba/ override command. (ach track will then be returned individually to its former state, with its previous individual automation mode and bypass settings restored.
E4a)p/e
%. Mover your mouse over the envelope, @ust before the start of the second instrumental break. This will be at or near % min 1R seconds. The mouse will change to a vertical double. headed black arrow. !. Mold 6$if% while you click the mouse on the envelope to create a point. 1. 'epeat this three times as shown ArightE, so that you have two points @ust before the instrumental break and two points @ust after it. &. ?ow hover the mouse anywhere between the second and third point. Click and hold down the mouse, then drag upwards to raise the volume of this envelope a little, as shown in the second illustration. P. Dave this file. R. Display the track:s (nvelope =indow and make sure that automation mode for this track is set to Read and that the Vo/u)e envelope is selected and set to Visib/e and Ar). #. Play back the song. 6. ?otice that the >ou<ouki volume will now be faded up for both instrumental passages in this song and down after them. Q. ?ow select the Vo4 track and press V to display the Solume envelope for this track. Toom to the passage from about % min " sec to % min %Q secs. =e are going to make this passage a little louder. %". Mover the mouse @ust above the envelope at %2"". Mold down the 9%r/ key. The mouse cursor will change to a pencil. Dtill holding 9%r/ drag the mouse along to about the %2%Q mark Asee above rightE then release the mouse. The volume envelope will have been drawn by this action. %%. 'emember that any e,cessive points that have been inserted by this action can be removed Aas in the earlier e,erciseE using the Reduce nu)ber of poin%s command. %!. Dave the file.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1%Q
App/y an enve/ope co))and %o a se/ec%ion of poin%s. 3ove a poin% or se/ec%ion of poin%s free/y. Fine/y ad:us% a poin%<s ver%ica/ posi%ion. A//o' an enve/ope poin% %o be )oved ver%ica//y or $oriDon%a//y on/y. Rese% poin% %o cen%er Edefau/% va/ueF.
ost of these defaults can be changed in your Edi%ing 5e$avior? 3ouse 3odifiers preferences settings.
Kou should also check the preference A(diting >ehavior, )utomationE +$en adding vo/u)e&pan enve/opes? app/y %ri) %o enve/ope and rese% %ri). Kour safest option is to set this to =ever to ensure that the envelope will be placed in the vertical center of the automation lane, thus leaving adeHuate room both above and below the envelope for manual editing.
1n order %o do %$is > ,ide an individua/ enve/ope > you need %o do %$is 'ight click over the envelope and choose ,ide Enve/ope from the menu, or J *n the envelope panel, click on the ,ide&9/ear button and choose ,ide Enve/ope. 7isp/ay a curren%/y $idden enve/ope 9$ange %$e enve/ope disp/ayed in a par%icu/ar /ane 3ove an enve/ope fro) i%s o'n /ane %o over %$e )edia i%e)EsF Click on the Enve/opes&Au%o)a%ion button in the TCP and check the Visib/e bo, for that envelope. *n the TCP, right click over the envelope name and choose another parameter from the list. 'ight click over the envelope and disable the 6$o' enve/ope in /ane option, or J Click on the ,ide&9/ear button in the envelope panel and choose 3ove %o )edia /ane. 'ight click over the envelope and enable the 6$o' enve/ope in /ane option *n the TCP, right click over the envelope button and choose 6$o' a// visib/e %rac( enve/opes %o enve/ope /anes from the menu. *n the TCP, right click on the envelope button and choose 6$o' a// visib/e %rac( enve/opes %o )edia /ane from the menu.
3ove an enve/ope fro) over %$e )edia i%e) %o i%s o'n /ane 6$o' a// visib/e enve/opes in individua/ /anes 6$o' a// visib/e enve/opes over %$eir )edia i%e)EsF
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1!%
'ight clicking over the envelope name in the TCP produces a menu which includes the following2 ) list of all available envelopes for this track Astandard track and send parameters plus any F; parametersE. Choose one of these to change the envelope displayed in this lane. Sarious show3hide envelope options. ) list of automation modes2 this is one way to change a track:s automation mode.
Bptionally, you can assign 7oub/e 9/ic( Aunder Preferences, odifiers, (nvelope PointE to *pen enve/ope poin% edi%or. 6e% poin% s$ape EPF
ouse
Changes the shape of the current point. The si, available shapes are Oinear, DHuare, Dmooth, Fast Dtart, Fast (nd and >e<ier. These are e,plained in more detail shortly. )llows you to choose a shape for multiple envelope points. The si, available shapes are Oinear, DHuare, Dmooth, Fast Dtart, Fast (nd and >e<ier. These are e,plained in more detail shortly.
Dets shape for future points. The si, available shapes are Oinear, Dmooth, Fast Dtart, Fast (nd, DHuare and >e<ier. These are e,plained in more detail shortly.
6e/ec% a// poin%s Unse/ec% a// poin%s 6e/ec% a// poin%s in %i)e se/ec%ion 9opy poin%s
Delects all points in current envelope. -nselects all points in current envelope. *f a time selection is currently active, all points on this envelope that fall within the time selection will be selected. Copies all points in current selection into clipboard. =o%e: To apply a command to an e,isting selection of envelope points, you should hold 6$if% while you right click over the envelope. This ensures that the selected points remain selected when the conte,t menu is displayed.
9u% poin%s 7e/e%e poin% EPF 7e/e%e se/ec%ed poin%s 7e/e%e poin%s in %i)e se/ec%ion
Cuts all points in current selection into clipboard. Deletes the envelope point. Deletes all envelope points in current selection. *f a time selection is currently active, all points that fall within the time selection will be deleted. Dhown here is a selection of points before and after using this command.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1!1
Causes all selected points to be inverted relative to their neutral position. For e,ample, a point on a Pan envelope set at P"L left would be changed to P"L right. =ith items such as Solume which use a logarithmic scale, the calculation is less obvious. Dets all selected points back to a neutral position. Dhown here is a selection of points before and after using this command.
)llows you to reduce the number of envelope points within a time selection or for the whole envelope. This has already been e,plained in detail. Toggles armed status of envelope on and off. ) toggle command which moves the envelope into or out from its own envelope lane. Mides the envelope but keeps it active. Toggles an envelopeIs bypass status. Clears all points on an envelope, restores it to a straight hori<ontal line. Kou will be asked if you wish also to remove the envelope.
Ar) enve/ope for recording 6$o' enve/ope in /ane ,ide enve/ope 5ypass enve/ope 9/ear or re)ove enve/ope ...
Oinear
DHuare
Dlow Dtart3(nd
Fast Dtart
Fast (nd
>e<ier
Dhapes other than DHuare are usually best used for graduated parameters, such as volume and pan. DHuare envelopes are best used for items with on3off parameters Asuch as bypass or muteE, to ensure an e,act transition at the reHuired point. Kou can specify your preferred default envelope point shape type from the *p%ions? Preferences? Pro:ec%? -rac(&6end 7efau/%s window, as shown on the right.
Dhow guide lines when editing A)ppearance pageE. Facilitates editing. Draw faint peaks in automation lanes APeaks3=aveforms pageE. Melps to relate an envelope:s position in its own lane to the track:s volume level. Fill automation envelopes A)ppearance pageE2 this faintly colors the area below the envelope.
The Edi%ing 5e$avior? Enve/opes page is another important place to go to. *t gives you the option, for e,ample, to Au%o)a%ica//y add enve/opes '$en %'ea(ing para)e%ers in au%o)a%ion 'ri%e )ode . This enables you to create envelopes on the fly without having to select the reHuired parameters from any menu. >e careful when enabling this2 you can end up with any number of envelopes that you didn:t want+ Finally, a number of the options on the Pro:ec%? -rac(&6end 7efau/%s have something to say about envelopes. These include2 =hether to have any envelopes Asuch as Pan and SolumeE automatically displayed for all new tracks. Kour choice of default envelope shape for new points. Kour choice of default automation mode for new tracks. =hether new envelopes are to be automatically armed.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1!P
E4a)p/e
*n this e,ample, both of the guitar tracks are set to act as both master and slave in automation mode and both volume envelopes are armed Aindicated by the colored circular button to the left of the envelope name, SolumeE. Kou can set either track to write, touch or Aas in this e,ampleE latch mode and the other will change with it. )ny automation movements will then be written to both tracks. The effect of this is shown here.
Mad the automation envelope been armed on only one of the tracks then the automation would have been written to that track only and not to the other.
E4a)p/e
%. First, we are going to create an F; >us Track, then we will use an envelope to vary the level sent to that F; >us Track from each of the guitar tracks. Create a new track and name it F8 5us. Display the F; Chain for this track, and add the F; $D /uitar3chorus. Close the F; window. Delect the track G%r 5ody and display the 1* routing for this track. Create a send to the F; >us and set send volume and pan levels as shown AaboveE. Delect the track G%r =ec( and display the 1* routing for this track. Create a send to the F; >us as a send and set send volume to G%"d> and pan to RPL 'ight. ?ow display the (nvelopes window for the G%r 5ody track. Det the mode to -ri)&Read. ?otice that envelopes are available for your sends. ake sure that F8 5us 6end Vo/u)e is selected, visible and armed. Close this window. )n envelope lane for this send should now be visible on the G%r 5ody track. Mover the mouse over any part of the envelope, click and drag down until the envelope is set to about G%!d>. =e are now going to increase the chorus effect, starting @ust before the second verse. )dd a point at about the R" second mark ADhift ClickE. )dd another point at about !21".
!.
1. &.
P.
R.
#.
6. Q.
%". Mover the mouse over the envelope @ust after this second point. Mold 9%r/ A/% while you drag up until the envelope is set to about G#d>. 'elease the mouse. This is shown below.
%%. Det automation mode for this track to Read. Play the song. *f you think the Chorus effect is too much, hover the mouse over the envelope, round about % minute 1" secs, then click and hold the left mouse button while you drag the envelope back down a little. %!. ?ow repeat steps P. to %". for the track G%r =ec(. %1. DonIt forget to save the file.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1!#
E4a)p/e
%. Bpen the F8 9$ain window for the track Vo4. !. )dd the 6 .*6ER&45andEP to this chain. Det the first FreHuency level to %6" Aas shownE. 1. Dolo the Vo4 track and play the song. &. )s you do so, hold down the A/% key and gently increase the Oow volume level Athe top faderE. ?otice how the sound changes and becomes warmer. 'elease the mouse, and the level will snap back to ".". P. =e are going to add an automation envelope to increase this level for the phrase )ll Through The ?ight at the end of the song, from about the !2%& mark. This will warm up that phrase, but also make it louder. Therefore, we will also need to add use another envelope to lower the volume to compensate. R. )d@ust the hori<ontal and vertical <ooms of the So, track, so that you can clearly see the area that you are working with. #. Click on the .o' d5 fader in the (F then click on the Para) button. Choose 6$o' %rac( enve/ope from the menu Asee rightE. The envelope will be shown. -nless you have changed the default preferences, this will be shown in its lane. 6. ark the time selection from about !2%& to the end of the song. -se the slider for this parameter Ain the TCPE to raise the level of this envelope by about R d>. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 1!6
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1!Q
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 11%
#B.!
-$e 1n%erface
=e:ll shortly work thru some e,amples which will show both how parameter modulation works and how you can go about using it. First, we need to introduce a few basic terms and concepts. =hen you select a parameter to be modulated, you will initially see the window shown here ArightE. *n this e,ample, parameter modulation is about to be applied to control a compressor:s threshold on a vocal track. This initial window features five basic controls. These are2 Enab/e para)e%er )odu/a%ion? base/ine va/ue. This needs to be ticked for the parameter modulation AP E to be applied. -nticking this bo, sets the P to bypass. -$e $oriDon%a/ base/ine va/ue fader. This determines the starting value of the parameter being controlled. =e:ll come to an e,ample shortly. *nitially, leave this at its default setting Afully leftE. Audio con%ro/ signa/. Ticking this option will open a window which is used to define both which track Aor tracksE contains the audio signal that is to be used to control the parameter being modulated, and how you want the modulation to be applied. Don:t worry, we:ll get to an e,ample soon+ .F*. This option allows you to use a low freHuency oscillator signal Asuch as sine, sHuare, triangle, etc.E to generate a tone to control the parameter being modulated. This is more likely Abut not e,clusivelyE to be used when it is a synthesi<er parameter that is being modulated. .in( fro) para)e%er. This option allows you to link one F; parameter to another. )n e,ample might be to ensure that as a track is compressed more heavily, some presence is added to the (F Ato compensate for loss of dynamicsE. )nother might be that as the wet3dry balance on a delay effect is
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 111
#B.A
*llustrated below is an e,ample of the Parameter odulation window with @ust the Enab/e para)e%er )odu/a%ion and Audio con%ro/ signa/ options enabled. The table below that e,plains the main settings, what they do and how they are used. =e will then go on to work thru some e,amples to show you how parameter modulation can be used.
1%e)
Enab/e para)e%er )odu/a%ion? base/ine va/ue with Fader
7escrip%ion
The checkbo, enables3disables parameter modulation on this parameter. The fader sets a default value for the specified parameter that is to be modified. Mowever, if an automation envelope e,ists for the same parameter then that envelope will determine the baseline and this setting will be ignored. (nables3disables control of the parameter by the audio signal in the specified -rac( audio c$anne/. This specifies which audio channelAsE G for e,ample, %3! or 13& G contain the audio signal that is used to control the specified parameter. The selection of channels available will depend on how many channels have been previously defined for the track. *n more straightforward applications, you will want to choose channels % W !. This will ensure that the parameter is controlled by the audio signal on its own track. Mowever, as you will see soon, you can choose a source other than channels % W ! if you want an F; parameter on one track controlled by the audio signal from a different track. The latter case would be an e,ample of sidechain parameter modulation.
7escrip%ion
These two factors determines the speed with which changes in the level of the incoming signal will be applied to the parameter. They work in a similar way to )ttack and 'elease on a compressor. ) higher attack setting will cause the parameter to respond more slowly to changes in volume in the source audio channel. ) low release speed will cause the modulation to be ad@usted rapidly as the volume then falls. ) higher speed will hold the modulation for a longer period before doing so. /enerally speaking, the higher the attack and the release settings the more gradual will be the parameter modulation response. The lower these settings, the more sensitive and immediate will be the response.
These determine the range within which the signal on the track audio channel will be used to modify the F; parameter. For e,ample, in the illustration shown, the parameter in Huestion Achorus wet mi,E on the track in Huestion Atrack &, >ou<oukiE will only be controlled by the audio signal on channels % and ! when its volume falls within the range . !& d> to . ".P1 d>. *f or when the signal is Huieter than .!& d> or louder than . ".P1 d> the parameter modulation is in effect set to bypass.
These determine the nature and the intensity of the relationship between the incoming audio signal and the parameter being controlled. For e,ample, set to %""L positive as the incoming audio signal increases or decreases, then the parameter being controlled will also increase or decrease to the same degree. )t P"L, the relationship will still be positive, but more moderate. Kou can think of this as being conceptually similar to a ratio control on a compressor. Oikewise, a setting of %""L negative means that as the incoming audio signal increases, the parameter being controlled will decrease in the same proportion, and vice versa. )t P"L, the relationship will still be negative, but more moderate. )t "L, the effect will be completely neutral.
This graphical control helps shape the behavior of the parameter that is being modified. For e,ample, if the direction is set to positive, then pulling the small red handle Ain the centre of the diagonal lineE on the graph fully to the bottom right corner will result in more modest increases in the value of the parameter being modified. Bn the other hand, pulling the small red handle Ain the centre of the diagonal lineE on the graph fully to the top left corner will result in greater increases in the value of the parameter being modified. Don:t worry, we:ll work thru an e,ample soon.
The best way for you to understand how parameter modulation works is to try it out in practise. This first e,ample will use several of the P window controls. =e will first select a parameter to be modulated, then set its baseline fader level, and then select the reHuired audio control signal. Finally, we will define the relationship between the audio control signal and the parameter being modulated.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 11P
To select an F; parameter to be modified, follow either of these seHuences2 %. Displaying the trackIs Enve/opes&Au%o)a%ion window and click on the J for any plug.in to display the list of its controls. Click on the 3od button for any parameter that you wish to have modified by an audio signal. Kou will then see a small check bo, ne,t to the 3od te,t for that item in the (nvelopes window Aas shown rightE. Close the (nvelopes3)utomation window. Bpen the plug.inIs F; window. =ith the mouse, click on the control for the parameter that you wish to modulate. Click on the Para) button in the plug.in window, then choose Para)e%er )odu/a%ion from the menu that is then displayed Aas shown belowE.
!.
1.
Br2
%. !. 1.
?otice ArightE that the name of the last touched parameter G the one to which parameter modulation will be applied G is shown dimmed at the top of the Para) button menu.
#B.5
*n this first e,ample, we will insert a plug.in such as chorus into a trackIs F; chain, then use that trackIs audio signal to control the way that plug.in behaves.
E4a)p/e
%. !. 1. &. P. Bpen the file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% and save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% 3*7#. )d@ust track faders to get a reasonable mi,. This could be Solume at .".P db, center, /uitar >ody at " db, PPL left, /uitar ?eck at " d>, R1L right, and >ou<ouki at .& d>, %PL left. Dolo the 5ouDou(i track. =hile working thru this e,ample, this is the only track that will be needed. *nsert the 6: 7e/ay&de/ay;c$orus plug.in into this trackIs F; chain, and set the various parameters as shown here. Click on the 'e% )i4 Ed5F ro%ary in this plug.in. ?otice that currently this is set at %""L.
#.
6.
Q.
%". =hen you have finished e,perimenting, ad@ust the settings to those shown here.
%%. This instrument becomes louder as the song progresses. Play it, with the >ou<ouki unsoloed. >y the end, there is less chorus being applied to the bou<ouki. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 11#
%&. 'estore the graph to its earlier position Ashown at step %"E when you have finished. Dave the file.
#B.@
?ow let:s have some fun and use a low freHuency oscillator to further modify the way parameter modulation is applied. )d@ust the shape of the curve as shown below. Try turning on the .F* option. Dtart with some fairly conservative settings as shown below. Delecting the -e)po 6ync option should help make for a fairly safe outcome+ The 6peed setting controls the rate at which the signal is repeated. =ith this set to beats you should be able to stay in sync with the tempo.
#B.B
*n this ne,t e,ample, you will use parameter modulation to dynamically ad@ust the settings to compress a vocal track in such a way that the threshold will automatically be ad@usted during the louder passages. This gives you a more precise control over the compressorIs operation than would otherwise be possible.
E4a)p/e
%. Bpen the file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% 3*7# and save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% 3*7#A. !. Pan the Socal track to the center and set its volume at about. ".P d> 1. *nsert an instance of Rea9o)p into the F; Chain for the Vo4 track. &. Det the -$res$o/d to about G!& and the Ra%io somewhere around &2%. Det Hnee si<e to around %Pd>. Det the +e% gain to about W%.Rd>. P. )s you play the song, ad@ust the settings to suit. Bne possible set of suitable parameter values is shown on the right. R. )s you play the track you might feel that the compression at times sounds about right but at other times is being applied too heavily. This is where we can use the trackIs own volume level to control its parameters. *n this e,ample, we will do this with the threshold only, but it could also be done with the ratio if you wished to. #. Click once on the -$res$o/d fader. 6. Click the Para) button for this plug.in. Q. From the menu, then choose Para)e%er 3odu/a%ion. %". Dtudy the suggested settings shown below and ad@ust your settings accordingly as you play the song. 'efer to the comments below. %%. ?otice in particular how the attack and release setting levels, the shape of the curve and the volume settings all help prevent the threshold from being ad@usted too radically. %!. Dave and close the file when finished. =o%es >y setting the in Solume in the P window to the same level as the Threshold in the 'eaComp window we ensure that the P is only applied when the vocal is at its loudest. The Dtrength setting of 11L effectively means that for every 1 decibels by which the volume e,ceeds the min volume, the threshold will be lifted by about % d>. =o%e: =hen you are using Parameter odulation you should be prepared to tweak the various parameters carefully. Dometimes even the slightest change to a parameter value can significantly change the result. *f at first you do not seem to get any result, e,periment especially with ad@usting the baseline value setting.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 11Q
#B.C
5ypass 3ode
=henever you create a parameter modulation for a parameter, a small bo, is added ne,t to its name in the (nvelopes3)utomation window. This can be used to enable any of your parameter modulations, or set them to bypass mode Ain which case they are of course ignoredE. Btherwise you can do this from inside the Parameter odulation window itself. *n the e,ample shown here, P settings e,ist for the Threshold Acurrently enabledE. )lso, note that clicking on the word 3od for an item where parameter modulation already e,ists will cause that window to be opened Aeven if it is currently disabledE so that you can view and3or edit the settings.
#B.9
>y linking parameters you can use dynamic changes in one F; parameter to directly control another. *n this ne,t e,ample you will do @ust this, linking a track:s (F gain with its compressor threshold, so that whenever the compression threshold is raised a little more warmth is automatically added to the track. %. Bpen the file A// -$roug$ %$e =ig$% 3*7#A and save it as A// -$roug$ %$e =ig$% 3*7#5. !. *n the vocal F; chain, add an instance of 'ea(F Aafter 'eaCompE. Delect >and !. Det the FreHuency to about %6" M<, the bandwidth to about !."" octave and the /ain to "." d>. 1. =ith the 'ea(F window open, click on the >and 1 /ain control, then the Para) button, then Para)e%er 3odu/a%ion to open the Parameter odulation window. Delect the option .in( fro) para)e%er.
Mere we have added an envelope to control the 5and A EP Gain setting of 'ea(F. >y clicking the 3odu/a%e button in the envelope lane we are able to open the Parameter odulation window and take the necessary steps to ensure that the (F gain will respond automatically to changes in the strength of the audio signal on this track. *n this e,ample, when the envelope is lowered @ust after the current position of the play cursor, the baseline value of the parameter being modulated will also be lowered.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1&%
E4a)p/e
%. Bpen the file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% 3*7# and save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% 3*7!. 'emove or set to bypass the delay plug. in in the >ou<ouki track:s F; chain. *nsert a new track after the vocal track. ?ame this track 1ns%ru)en%s and make it into a folder. *nsert the three instrument tracks into this folder, as shown on the right. )dd an instance of Rea9o)p to the >ou<ouki track. This is needed only because the volume of this instrument increases Huite significantly as the song progresses. =e wish to pull this back a little. Det a threshold of around G%Pd> and a ratio of around &2%. Delect the *nstruments folder and display its 'outing A*BE window. Det the number of track channels to & and add a receive from channels %3! of the So, track to channels 13& of the *nstruments folder. Bpen the F; =indow for the *nstruments folder and add an instance of 6: 66%i//'e//&e4ci%er. This will be used to brighten up the instrument a little.
!. 1.
&.
P. R. #.
6. Dettings similar to those shown here will definitely brighten the instruments, perhaps more than you would like. For the sake of this e,ercise, however, these levels should be fine. Q. =e are now going to use parameter modulation to ensure that audio signal from the vocal track drives down the mi, level of the e,citer. This will have the effect of helping the vocal to @ust float over the instruments a little. %". Click on the 3i4 \ control, then on the Para) button and choose Para)e%er )odu/a%ion from the menu. %%. =hen the P window is opened, enable parameter modulation and use the baseline fader to set the baseline level for the i, L back to about 1"L. %!. Delect -rac( audio c$anne/s A&4 and make the direction =ega%ive. %1. )d@ust the other parameters so that as the vocal floats above the instruments the smoothly and gently faded down. i, L of the (,citer is
%&. Bne possible solution to this e,ercise is shown below. >ut don:t @ust dive straight in and copy these settings. Try to get there by yourself+ %P. Dave the file when you are finished.
-ip: Kour parameter modulation windows and their settings will automatically be saved with any F; chains and3or track templates that you create.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1&1
#C - E4por%ing Fi/es? 3i4ing 7o'n and Rendering #C E4por%ing Fi/es? 3i4ing 7o'n and Rendering
#C.# 1n%roduc%ion
There are three main tools available to you for taking your finished pro@ects or tracks out of '()P(', for e,ample for final distribution or for further processing elsewhere. These are2 9onso/ida%e -rac(s2 this outputs tracks pre.processing Aignoring for e,ample track F; and panningE. -se this, for e,ample, if you are supplying files to be mi,ed3mastered by someone else. Render %o Fi/e2 this outputs your material post.processing Aincluding for e,ample all F; and panningE. -se this to produce a final mi, of your songs ready for distribution. 5a%c$ Fi/e&1%e) 9onver%er2 this takes a collection of files at any stage in your pro@ect and converts them en mass to another format G for e,ample, to convert audio to P1 for web distribution, or DF; for games to !! kM< mono.
#C.!
Kou might have several tracks to convert to another format, e.g. from .=)S to . P1. This can be done in one pass, using '()P(':s batch file converter, accessed by choosing Fi/e? 5a%c$ fi/e&i%e) conver%er from the main menu. This dialog bo, ArightE will be displayed. Follow this seHuence2 %. *n )rrange view, select the items to be converted then click on Add, then Add se/ec%ed )edia i%e)s, or !. Click on the Add... button, then Add fi/es... ake your selection, and click on *pen. 1. To remove any file from the selection, click on its name in the File Converter window, then click on the Re)ove button. To clear the entire selection, use the 9/ear button. &. Dpecify output directory Aor select Use source fi/e direc%oryE. Oeave the Fi/e na)e blank for the default name Ashown in the Butput columnE, or enter your own. Kou can include te,t and3or any of the many available wild cards. The above e,ample uses pro@ect name, year, month and day. Dee note about wild cards below. P. Oeave the c$anne/s and sa)p/era%e settings at source to use the same values for your output files as are used by your input files. Btherwise, you may make what changes you like G e.g. from stereo to mono, or from 66.! kM< to &&.% kM<. R. To convert the files, after making your selection click on the 9onver% A// button. This opens the Fi/e 9onversion window Asee aboveE. #. Delect your reHuired output format Ae.g. P1, B//, FO)CE and any parameters associated with that format. Depending on the format, you might have the options for dithering and3or noise shaping. 6. Bptionally, you can select Use F8. *f you select this option, you should also click on the F8 c$ain... button to specify your reHuired effectAsE G for e,ample, perhaps a limiter. =hen -se F; is enabled, you may also specify an F; tail length in ms. Q. Dpecify your output AdestinationE folder and click on 6%ar% 9onver% to implement the file conversions. Close the File Converter window when finished. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1&P
#C.A
Kou might be collaborating on a pro@ect with someone else, or with other people. Perhaps, for e,ample, you want to send your pro@ect to a friend who will add some vocal harmonies to your song. =hat if that friend lives a long way away4 Kou could send her your .'PP file together with all the media item files. >ut what if she doesnIt use '()P('4 Perhaps she uses a different software program, or perhaps she doesnIt have a D)= herself and will need to use a commercial studio for this purpose. *n this case, it should first be consolidated and e,ported. Take a look at the e,ample above. Mere, the So, track is made up of three items, each covering part of the total song. *f we were to send the media files Asi, in allE to someone else, then it would be difficult for them to line the items up. ThatIs where consolidate and e,port helps. *t creates a new set of audio files, @ust one file per track. Bnce these new files are inserted in another D)=, each starting at <ero time, one per track, then everything will be in the right place for further mi,ing. %. Depending on what you wish to consolidate, if necessary make any time selection and3or track selection. !. From the main menu, choose Fi/e? 9onso/ida%e&E4por% -rac(s. 1. Choose En%ire pro:ec% or -i)e se/ec%ion or 9us%o) selection, then A// or 6e/ec%ed %rac(s. &. Decide if you want to Force *u%pu% For)a% to a single format or have this determined on a per track basis. P. Delect a Resa)p/e 3ode. R. Dpecify reHuired format G =)S, )*FF, FO)C, P1, B// Sorbis, onkeyIs )udio or =avPack. *n the e,ample shown, )*FF has been selected. #. Delect your reHuired specifications for your chosen format. For e,ample, for )*FF files you need to select a bit depth, for P1 a mode and Huality. *f in doubt, speak to the person who will be doing the work. 6. Dpecify your Butput directory Awhere the files will be written toE. Dpecify whether you wish to update your pro@ect with the newly consolidated files. Q. Dpecify a name for the new pro@ect file Aor accept the defaultE. Click on Process. >elow is shown how the pro@ect file looks after consolidation, with one media item per track. =o%e: >e careful how you use the option to E)bed pro:ec% %e)po. *t adds an )C*D tempo tag to the audio fileAsE. This may be interpreted by any tempo aware application so that the audio is stretched or processed when you do not wish this to happen. Bnly enable this option if you are certain you want the tempo embedded. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 1&R
#C.4
Rendering A Pro:ec%
)s you:ll find out before you reach the end of this chapter, the Fi/e? Render... command has several diverse uses. Bne common one is for rendering a complete pro@ect down to a single stereo file. OetIs say that you have finished your recording, completed your edits, added all your F; and automation, arranged all your tracks J. and now you want to produce an end product for distribution. *f you:re aiming for an audio CD, you will need one %R bit stereo wave file for each song on the CD. *f you:re distributing thru the web, then most likely you will want a series of stereo P1 files. =hatever format you choose, each pro@ect will ultimately need to be rendered down to one file. To do this, we use the Fi/e? Render command. Kou can also use the shortcut 9%r/ A/% R. The dialog bo, ArightE shows the various options. Kou must specify a directory and file name2 if you wish, use the 5ro'se button for either or both of these. Kour other choices will depend on the ultimate destination of your material. ) summary of Render %o Fi/e dialog bo, options follows below.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1&#
7irec%ory Fi/e =a)e 6a)p/e Ra%e 9$anne/s 6peed Resa)p/e )ode Use pro:ec% ra%e -rac(s 'i%$ on/y )ono )edia ... 3u/%ic$anne/ %rac(s... 7i%$er? =oise 6$aping
Deveral other options will be specific to your selected format. For e,ample, for =)S or )*FF files, bit depth will need to be specified, for FO)C you must select FO)C encoding depth and data compression level. =hen rendering to =)S format, you may also specify whether markers, regions, both or neither should be embedded as cues in the output fileAsE. The option 1nc/ude pro:ec% fi/ena)e in 5+F descrip%ion is also available for =)S format2 it associates rendered files with the source pro@ect G see Chapter %%. Prevents you from accidentally overwriting an e,isting file2 if an e,isting file name is selected, an incremental number such as ""% will be appended to the name. *f enabled, this option causes your rendered fileAsE to be added to the pro@ect as new tracks. Tells '()P(' to make a time and date stamped copy of your pro@ect file, preserving all settings e,actly as they are at the time of rendering. These options are used in batch rendering, which will be discussed shortly. Causes the pro@ect to be rendered to one or more files, depending on options. Daves and closes the render settings without rendering any files.
6i/en%/y incre)en% fi/ena)es Add rendered i%e)s %o ne' %rac(s... 6ave copy of pro:ec% %o ou%/ine.'av.RPP *pen render Iueue Add %o render Iueue Render 4 fi/es 6ave c$anges and c/ose
3u/%ic$anne/ -rac(s
Dhown here is a four channel track ATrack %E rendered in multichannel format ATrack !E. -ip: The )ction Oist includes actions Fi/e: Render pro:ec% using %$e )os% recen% render se%%ings and Fi/e: Add pro:ec% %o render Iueue using )os% recen% render se%%ings. *f assigned to shortcut keys or a toolbar, they can be used to render pro@ects without having to reopen the File, 'ender dialog bo, each time.
#C.5
=hen rendering a finished song your output format choices are likely to depend on whether your final destination is, for e,ample, audio CD or the web. Mowever, there are a few tips that you may wish to keep in mind which are eHually applicable to both. Kour recording might have a few seconds of silence before the song starts. *f you do not wish to include this period of silence in your rendered material, follow these steps before rendering2 %. Position the play cursor at the point where you wish the rendering to commence. Press 6$if% 3 to create a marker at this point. ?ame this marker 6%ar% Aabove rightE. !. Position the play cursor at the point where you wish the rendering to stop. Press 6$if% 3 to create a marker at this point. ?ame this marker End. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1&Q
#C.@
5a%c$ Rendering
Kou might have a collection of songs Aperhaps to go together on a CDE that you wish to render together when the pro@ect is finished. That way, you can go away while '()P(' renders the whole set, and then come back later. Follow this procedure2
#C.B
The 6e/ec%ed )edia i%e)s option in the 'ender drop down list can be used to render any media item or selection of media items. The procedure is2 %. Delect the reHuired item, or all reHuired items in )rrange Siew. !. Bpen the Fi/e? Render... dialog bo,. 1. Choose 6e/ec%ed )edia i%e)s from the Render drop down list. &. Delect your reHuired output format and other options in the normal way. P. Click on Render 44 fi/es... to render immediately, or on Add %o render Iueue to do this later.
#C.C
Rendering Regions
This section reHuires you to have a sound knowledge of '()P(':s regions, what they are, how to create3modify them and how to work with them. This is all e,plained in Chapter 6. 'endering regions uses a combination of three possible windows2 Render %o Fi/e, Region&3ar(er 3anager and Region Render 3a%ri4. For the most part you will not need to use all three together, but it will help you if you understand how these three windows integrate.
Kou can select and render any permutation of tracks and regions you like. *n the 'ender to File dialog you can include wildcards like 0region and 0track in the output file names. To display the 'egion 'outing atri,2 From the main menu choose Vie' then Region Render 3a%ri4, or Click on the Render 3a%ri4... button in the 'egion3 arker anager window. *n the Render %o Fi/e dialog, select Region render )a%ri4 from the 'ender drop down list, then click on the Region 3a%ri4... button Asee below rightE.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1P%
This window:s right.click menu is shown here ArightE. Bptions include Render )as%er )i4 for a// regions, Render a// %rac(s for a// regions and Render )as%er )i4 and a// %rac(s for a// regions . From the Region Render 3a%ri4 you can open the Render %o Fi/e dialog by clicking on the Render button. Mere you can select your options, output format, etc. -se a backslash in the file name wherever you wish to create subdirectories. *f you choose, for e,ample, as your file name ^pro:ec%G^region-^%rac( then the output files produced will include the pro@ect file name, region name and track name, with each region:s files being placed in its own separate sub.directory. The file name ^pro:ec%G^%rac(^region would include pro@ect name, track name and region name, with this time a separate subdirectory for each track. =hen ready, choose Render 44 fi/es... , Add %o render Iueue... or 6ave c$anges and c/ose to proceed. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 1P!
There are at least two situations in which you might wish to burn your material direct to an audio CD. %. Kou have recorded a number of songs. (ach has been mi,ed and rendered to its own stereo wave file. Kou now wish to burn all of these to audio CD, with one track for each song. !. Kou have perhaps a live recording comprising one continuous track. Kou wish to split it up into individual tracks, and then burn to audio CDs. *n both cases the procedure is similar, with some slight differences in how you set the pro@ect up.
&. P.
R. #.
6. Q. %. !. 1.
Dave the Pro@ect File. ?ow follow the instructions below for 5urning %$e 97. *f the recording was made in '()P(', open the pro@ect file. Btherwise, create a new pro@ect file and use edia (,plorer to import the recording, using the method e,plained before. *t is not necessary to split up the media item. '()P(' will take care of this when it burns the CD. Mowever, you will need to indicate where you want each track on the CD to start. First, make sure that Dnapping is disabled. Place the cursor at the very beginning of your pro@ect. Press 6$if% 3 to create and edit a marker at this point. ake sure the marker name begins with a Z Aas shown below rightE.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1P1
R. Dave the Pro@ect File. #. ?ow follow the instructions below for 5urning %$e 97.
5urning %$e 97
%. Choose the Fi/e? Render command. Kou should now select the necessary options and settings for burning your CD. 6a)p/e ra%e2 &&%"" 9$anne/s: Dtereo Render en%ire pro:ec% Render 3as%er 3i4 *u%pu% for)a%2 )udio CD *mage AC-(3>*? FormatE 3ar(ers define ne' %rac(s 5urn 97 1)age af%er render *n/y use )ar(ers s%ar%ing 'i%$ Z. *f you do not have any dithering plug.ins in your aster F; Chain, consider also enabling the 7i%$er and3or =oise 6$ape options. *n the case of the first of our two e,amples Awith separate media items lined up on different tracksE you might also want to specify a .ead in si/ence for %rac(s of !""" ms. Click the Render button and wait for the output file to be rendered. This might take a few minutes. =hen rendering has been completed, the 5urn Audio 97 1)age settings screen will be displayed. Delect your preferred method. This will depend on factors such as your PC set up and operating system. *f in doubt, choose cdrecord&cd%oo/s as shown. Delect E:ec% 97 '$en done. Decide whether you wish to keep or delete the CD image files when done. *t:s probably worth keeping it, at least for now. *f you have any problems with burning the CD itself here, you might well be able to use the image file with another CD burning program such as ?ero or Toast. *nsert a blank CD into your CD drive and wait for it to load. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 1P&
!.
1.
&.
P. R. #.
6.
=hen you are rendering a pro@ect for surround format, most of the settings will be made as for any other pro@ect Asuch as a stereo mi,E. The one important difference is that you should be sure to select the correct number of channels. *n the e,ample shown here, the pro@ect is for P.% surround, therefore R channels have been selected. '()P(' will render this pro@ect into a single multichannel file. Kou may later need to convert the interleaved multichannel file into multi.mono files of the type reHuired by Dolby and DTD encoders. '()P(' itself does not do this easily, but there are a number of good tools available which will do this for you.
#9 - REAPER<s Preferences and *%$er 6e%%ings #9 REAPER<s Preferences and *%$er 6e%%ings
#9.# 1n%roduc%ion
)t several places in this -ser /uide we have encountered the use of preferences and settings. *n this chapter, you will learn other ways in which you can use '()P('Is preferences and other settings to tailor the program more closely to your particular reHuirements. Don:t worry about the sheer number of options available. *n many cases, youIll probably be perfectly happy to leave the program settings as they are and @ust let it run. ?ot all of the options and preferences are covered in this chapter. *f you need any further information about any of '()P(':s other preferences and settings, go to the '()P(' =*C* or the '()P(' forums.
#9.!
Genera/ Preferences
ost of the settings on the Genera/ page fall into one of the following categories,2 .anguage2 Delect from list any available language, or option to prompt when '()P(' is loaded. 1)por% and E4por%. These buttons can be used to consolidate, save and e,port your various settings and configurations to a 'eaperConfigTip file, or to import them from such a previously saved file. Dee ne,t page for more details. Undo 6e%%ings. These are e,plained in Chapter ! and re.e,amined near the end of this chapter. 6%ar%up 6e%%ings. Enable or disable options including .oad /as% pro:ec% on s%ar%up, 6$o' sp/as$ screen on s%ar%up and Au%o)a%ica//y c$ec( for ne' versions of REAPER. There is also an option to 9rea%e ne' pro:ec% %ab '$en opening )edia AdirectlyE from =indows (,plorer or BD ; Finder. Recen% Pro:ec% .is%. This setting determines the ma,imum number of files that will be displayed on your File, 'ecent pro@ects menu. +arn '$en )e)ory usage $ig$2 Duggested settings are %6"" for 1! bit, 16"" for R& bit '()P('. Advanced U1 6ys%e) -'ea(s. These allow for a number of options, including the scaling of -* elements such as your icons and panels. =e:ll deal with these later in this chapter.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1P#
E4por% configura%ion can be used to e,port to a .'eaperConfig.Tip file any permutation of your settings. 1)por% configura%ion can be used to import a previously saved settings file back into '()P('. This can also be done by dragging and dropping a .'eaperConfig.<ip file from (,plorer or Finder into '()P(':s arrange window. Kou will be prompted to confirm that you really want to do this.
)ny permutation of the following elements can be selected for inclusion in a 'eaperConfig.<ip file2 Configuration Color themes Plug.in presets F; Chains $D F; Pro@ect and track templates iscellaneous data Cursors and key maps enus and toolbars )ctions and key bindings enu sets Channel mappings 'eaDcripts Oanguage Packs
*n the first column, tick the categories to be included. The second column will then show you which files have been selected for inclusion in your 'eaperConfig.<ip file. The files associated with any category will be highlighted in the right column when that category is selected. *n the e,ample above, Configuration is the selected category. )fter making all your selections in the first column, use the 6ave button to create the file. *mport and e,port configuration e,ists side by side with the individual import3e,port options that are available within many of '()P(':s different elements. For e,ample, to e,port only your actions and key bindings you would be most likely to use the 1)por%&e4por%... button within the )ctions window. *f, on the other hand, you wish to e,port your actions and key bindings along with various other settings, such as perhaps menu sets, F; chains and 'eaDcripts Aperhaps to be imported into '()P(' on another computerE, then you would be more likely to use the screen shown above. -ip: *t can be a good idea to create a .'eaperConfig.<ip file that includes a// the above elements and keep a copy as a backup on a CD, eternal hard drive or flash drive Aor all three+E in case of system failure.
=ithin the Genera/ preferences category you will find two more pages G Pa%$s and Heyboard. 6e%%ings Page Pa%$s 3ain *p%ions Mere you can set AindividuallyE default paths for '()P(' to use when rendering, recording, and3or for storage of waveform peaks. The last of these will only be applied if under Preferences, pea( cac$es in a/%erna%e pa%$ is enabled. Heyboard The (eyboard section includes the following2 9o))i% c$anges %o so)e edi% fie/ds af%er # second of %yping . (nabled, this allows, for e,ample, a play rate to be typed in to the relevant Transport >ar field without your needing to press En%er Use a/%erna%e (eyboard sec%ion '$en recording. Kou must enable this if you wish to use your ain A)lt recordingE keyboard shortcuts when recording. Preven% A.- (ey fro) focussing )ain )enu. (nabling this will stop the main menu getting focus when the )lt key is pressed. Kou can click on either of the two links in this window to open the action list editor A)ssign keyboard shortcuts J.E or to open your web browser with a list of keyboard shortcuts ASiew keyboard shortcuts as J. E. The other section allows you to customi<e the behavior of your 3u/%i-%ouc$ trackpad or similar, if you have such a device. 'efer to the Preferences, /eneral, Ceyboard window and your device:s documentation for a list of options. edia the option to 6%ore a//
#9.A
'()P(':s main Pro:ec% settings page is in some respects less interesting than either of its two sub.pages Asee belowE. ?evertheless, it has some useful items, including2 The option to specify a defau/% .RPP file to use as a %e)p/a%e when starting new pro@ects. =hether to prompt you to save whenever a new pro@ect is created. This can be a useful reminder to you if you wish to use a separate sub.directory for the pro@ect and its media files. =hether to open and disp/ay %$e pro:ec% se%%ings 'indo' when a new pro@ect is created. This can serve as a handy reminder, for e,ample, if you need to set a pro@ect time signature or timebase that is different from your default. =hether to prompt you with a warning if a pro@ect that you are attempting to load cannot be found. This can happen, for e,ample, when an older pro@ect has been deleted but remains on the 'ecent Pro@ects list. =hether to show the file load status and '()P(':s splash screen when a pro@ect is loading. =hether to save pro@ect file references with re/a%ive pa%$na)es. This can be useful, for e,ample, if a pro@ect is likely to be moved from one disk to another. =hen using Fi/e? 6ave As to over write an e,isting file, whether to create )u/%ip/e versions. =hether to au%o)a%ica//y crea%e a bac(up file A.'PP.>)CE from the previously saved version of a pro@ect file when it is resaved, and if so whether to timestamp it. (nabling these options can be a wise precaution to help you recover data if, for e,ample, a pro@ect file becomes corrupted. =hether to au%o-save your pro@ects and, if so, at what intervals. The default Aif this is enabledE is %P minutes. This can help prevent work from being lost due to power outages or computer crashes. =hether to include your Undo $is%ory when the pro@ect is being auto.saved. This option will only be applied if saving undo history is enabled in your /eneral preferences.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1PQ
)s the page name implies, you:ll find two groups of default settings here G one each for -rac(s and 6ends. 6e%%ings Group -rac(s 3ain *p%ions -rac( vo/u)e fader defau/% gain2 sets the initial volume fader level for new tracks. Default is "." d>. 7efau/% visib/e enve/opes2 allows you to specify any track parameter envelopes Ae.g. Solume, PanE that you would like automatically displayed for new tracks. 7efau/% enve/ope poin% s$ape2 sets the shape for new envelopes Ae.g. OinearE. 7efau/% au%o)a%ion )ode2 sets automation mode Ae.g. Trim3'eadE for new tracks. 7efau/% %rac( $eig$% in ne' pro:ec%s2 choose from small, medium and large. 6$o' in )i4er2 whether or not new tracks by default are shown in i,er. 3ain Eparen%F send2 whether send to aster Atop level tracksE or parent folder Achild tracksE is by default enabled for new tracks. Free i%e) posi%ioning2 whether F*P is by default enabled for new tracks. Record-ar)2 whether new tracks are automatically armed for recording. Record config2 click on button to set default recording settings for new tracks, e.g. whether monitoring is on, whether to record audio input or *D*, default input source. 6end defau/% gain2 default volume fader level for new track sends. ,ard'are ou%pu% defau/% gain2 default volume fader level for new hardware sends. 6ends&$ard'are ou%pu% defau/% )ode2 default send type Ae.g. Post fader3Post panE. 6ends > by defau/%2 whether sends by default include audio or *D* or both.
'()P(':s 3edia 1%e) 7efau/%s include2 =hether to use automatic fade.ins3fade.outs on new items, and if so how long they should be. =hether to overlap and split crossfade items, and if so by how much. Default fade and cross fade shapes. =hether right.clicking on one side of crossfade set should change only that side Ause 6$if% to toggleE. =hether to allow automatic fades and crossfades for =hether to loop source imported items and3or new *D* note velocity. *D* items and3or recorded items.
=hether time selection auto.punch audio recording should create a loopable section.
#9.4
=eIve already mentioned AChapter %E the Audio 7evice screen Ain the Preferences windowE, but itIs worth discussing this topic a little more. Two important issues in the digital audio world concern buffers and /a%ency. -nderstanding what these terms mean will help you in obtaining the optimum settings for your system. /etting buffer si<e right is essential if you are to get the best performance from your audio interface. them too small and you:ll get audio clicks and pops^ make them too large you:ll notice delays in your headphones when youIre input monitoring, especially with software synthesi<ers. ake
The goal is to achieve the lowest possible latency without e,periencing dropouts. The optimum setting depends on a number of things, not least of which are the audio interface APC* sound card, firewire or -D> deviceE that you are using, your PCIs characteristics, as well as which software youIre running. The use of plug.ins can also increase latency, some more than others. Consider what happens when you are working at your D)=. )s you play back your tracks, a constant stream of data passes from your hard disk and3or ') to your sound card. )mongst other things, this converts the digital data to an analog form, so that it can be sent to, and heard thru, your speakers or headphones. =hen you record the reverse happens G the incoming analog audio stream has to be converted to a digital format so that it can be stored on your hard disk. =hen you are overdubbing, both of these activities are going on at the same time. *ndeed, with input monitoring, the track or tracks being recorded are actually being fed into the computer in analog form, converted to digital, processed, then converted back to analog again as they are fed back to your headphones. Oatency is a measure of this delay. *ncidentally, you can make this activity easier if your audio device itself supports input monitoring. *n this case, the incoming audio stream that is being recorded is fed straight back into your headphones before it even gets into the computer.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1R%
This page presents you with a range of audio preferences and options. any, if not most, users will find they can leave at least the first half do<en or so of these at their default settings and forget them. =hether to 9/ose audio device '$en s%opped and app/ica%ion inac%ive . (nabled, this allows you to have other audio programs Asuch as Dound ForgeE open at the same time as '()P(',and for you to be able to switch easily between them. 9/ose audio device '$en inac%ive and %rac(s are record ar)ed . Oeave this unselected if you want '()P(' not to share your audio device with other programs when you have record armed tracks. 9/ose audio device '$en s%opped and ac%ive . *f enabled, '()P(' will automatically close audio devices when audio is not being played back. (nabling +arn '$en unab/e %o open audio&3171 devices could potentially help you to troubleshoot if you encounter hardware interface issues. (nabling the option 7o no% process )u%ed %rac(s could lessen the load placed on your CP-. 6o/os defau/%s %o in-p/ace so/o. *f enabled, when you solo a track you will hear along with that track the audio output of any other tracks with receives from that track. Disabling this ensures that you will hear only the soloed track. *n either event, holding A/% while clicking solo will reverse your default option. 6o/o in fron% allows you to hear Huietly in the background your other tracks when one or more tracks are soloed. This may help you to place more in conte,t the track that is being auditioned. The feature itself is enabled3disabled from the *p%ions menu2 in your preferences you can set your preferred d> level for the background material. Kou can Au%o)a%ica//y )u%e any %rac( or only the 3as%er %rac( when a specified d> limit is reached. This option can help protect your ears, your speakers and your sound card+ ) third option is =o au%o)a%ic )u%ing. There is also an option to Rese% Aclear auto mutesE on playback start. 9$anne/ na)ing&)apping. This feature enables you to give your own meaningful names to your audio input and output devices. *t is e,plained in detail in Chapter %. Butput to be used for 3e%rono)e *u%pu%.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1R1
=hile we:re looking at optimising audio, the Audio 5uffering page of the Preferences window contain a number of customi<ation options.
The option to 7isab/e )edia buffering for %rac(s %$a% are se/ec%ed can be useful if you are using a third party plug.in that does not respond well to buffering. Btherwise, if you are not technically minded you would be best advised to leave most of these settings at their default values. *f your computer has two or more processors, you might find the following options useful. An%icipa%ive F8 processing has benefits for both multiprocessor and single processor systems. Bn single processors it makes '()P(' more tolerant of lower interface latencies Aand more resistant to plug.ins that do larger block.based processing, such as 'eaSerb and 'eaFirE. Bn multiprocessor3multicore systems it also allows for very significant multiprocessor usage. (nabling this feature may allow improved latency. ?otice also that clicking on the Advanced 7is( 1* *p%ions button brings up the selection of options shown on the right. *f unsure about what you are doing, it:s better to leave these settings at their defaults. )ny changes that you do make should not come into effect until after you have closed and reopened your pro@ect file.
)mong the useful options on this page are2 =hether or not to s%op& repea% p/aybac( a% pro:ec% end. =hether to s%op p/aybac( a% %$e end of a /oop if repeat is disabled. =hether to scro// %$e vie' %o %$e edi% cursor posi%ion '$en p/aybac( is s%opped. =hether to au%o-scro// when viewing other parts of a pro@ect. =hether to run F8 af%er p/aybac( is s%opped2 this can be good for evaluating the 9after effect9 of delay based plug.ins such as reverb and chorus. =hether to enab/e scrubbing and :ogging, and if so what options to apply in its implementation Asuch as limiting @og speedE. ?ote that there is also a command on the *p%ions menu to enable3disable 9on%inuous scro//ing.
#9.5.A
Audio 6ee(ing
Bptions include2 =hether to see( p/aybac( Arepositioning the play cursorE when clicking on any of the top ruler, empty areas of tracks, and3or empty areas below tracks. Disabling any of these will enable you to click or click and drag in arrange view Afor e,ample, on the ruler to define a loop, or in the empty area between tracks to define a time selectionE without affecting e,isting playback. =hether to see( p/aybac( '$en /oop poin%s are c$anged and3or *n/y '$en repea% is enab/ed. =hether to see( p/aybac( '$en an i%e) is )oved&siDed or $as i%s fade ad:us%ed . =hether playback position should fo//o' %$e pro:ec% %i)ebase '$en c$anging %e)po . =hether to use s)oo%$ see(2 this enables you to allow playback to continue to the end of a specified number of measures, or to the ne,t marker or end of region, before seeking.
#9.5.4
Audio Recording
Audio Recording preferences are detailed and e,plained in Chapter 1. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1RP
This page of settings determines how '()P(' behaves when loop recording. 7iscard inco)p/e%e firs% or /as% %a(es if a% /eas% one fu// /oop 'as recorded. This prevents annoying and unwanted partial takes being saved, as might be caused if you are a tad slow in stopping recording. 3171 recording 'i%$in e)p%y %i)e se/ec%ion a/'ays crea%es se/ec%ion-/eng%$ )edia i%e). (nable this to ensure *D* media item matches time selection length. Add recorded )edia %o pro:ec% on s%op. (nsures that media will not be added to the pro@ect until recording is stopped. Bptionally, you can crea%e ne' fi/es for each recorded pass thru the loop. Add recorded )edia %o pro:ec% a% eac$ /oop. (nsures that recorded media is added on the fly after each pass thru the loop.
#9.5.@
Audio Rendering
These are found on the page after Audio .oop Recording preferences. They are rather technical2 if you are unsure of what to do, leave them at their system defaults2 >lock si<e to use when rendering samples. *f in doubt, leave blank. =hether to allow anticipative F; processing. This may lead to better multiprocessing performance Adefault is onE. =hether to limit apply F;3'ender stems to realtime Adefault is offE. =hether to process all tracks Aincluding if appropriate muted and3or unsoloed tracksE when rendering. akes rendering slower, but some plug.ins might need this. =hen free<ing, whether to render entire track length if there are track or per take F;.
#9.@
Appearance Preferences
The Appearance screen itself lets you specify various parameters that help determine the appearance of your '()P(' interface, especially the Track Control Panel and i,er. Mere is a summary of some of the options2 3isce//aneous Appearance 6e%%ings include2 =hether to use %oo/%ips for U1 e/e)en%s such as buttons and faders, media items and envelopes, etc.2 if so you can specify the length of any delay that should be allowed before the tooltip is displayed. The 'id%$ Ein pi4e/sF of %$e p/ay cursor. Default is % pi,el, but you can make this wider.
=hether to s$o' %$e /as% undo even% on %$e )enu bar A@ust after the Melp commandE. *f you enable this option, clicking on the action shown will open the -ndo Mistory window.
=hether to s$o' guide/ines '$en edi%ing. This can be an aid to editing. =hether to app/y so/id edges to time selection highlights. and3or loop highlights. =hether to /i)i% %$e sca/ing of %oo/bar bu%%ons. (nabling both these options will prevent the buttons from becoming smaller or larger if you resi<e the main or floating toolbar. =hether to enclose f/oa%ing %oo/bar 'indo's in fra)es. Docker %ab disp/ay options, including whether to show tab close buttons. =u)ber of pi4e/s %o /eave be%'een ad:acen% %rac(s G i.e., between the bottom of one media item and the top of the one underneath it. ) higher setting may make defining time selections easier. 3a4i)u) nu)ber of /anes %o be used '$en s$o'ing over/apping i%e)s . ) lower setting here A! to &E can help prevent screen clutter. -nlock your inner '()P(' with REAPER 4 Un/eas$ed2 1RR
#9.@.#
Appearance 3edia
For the most part these fall into two main groups G 3edia i%e) /abe/s and 3edia i%e) bu%%ons. 3edia i%e) /abe/s2 =hether to disp/ay i%e) %a(e na)es and3or )edia i%e) pi%c$&p/ay ra%e and3or gain Aif setE. *f showing any of these you can choose whether to dra' /abe/s above %$e i%e) ra%$er %$an 'i%$in %$e i%e). *f you enable this option you can also specify E4cep% '$en )edia i%e) $eig$% is /ess %$an /abe/ $eig$%. This will cause the label to be moved to inside the media item when the item lane height is less than the label height but also more than ,ide /abe/s '$en )edia i%e) %a(e /ane $eig$% is /ess %$an > setting. Kou can also decide whether to use a so/id bac(ground for easier reading and '$e%$er %o s$o' /abe/s '$en i%e) edges are no% visib/e. The second of these options will ensure that the labels remain visible as the pro@ect scrolls past the beginning of items. Kou can also determine how rate3pitch data is shown G e.g. normal, abbreviated, or numbers. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1R#
#9.@.!
Appearance? Pea(s&+avefor)s
This page contains a number of options which between them help determine the appearance of your peaks and waveforms and, indeed, whether they are shown at all. Kou can specify whether you wish to 7isp/ay pea(s for )edia i%e)s and3or 7isp/ay pea(s '$i/e recording. Kou can also choose not to show peaks for unselected tracks and3or muted3unsoloed tracks G *n/y disp/ay pea(s for %rac(s %$a% are se/ec%ed and *n/y disp/ay pea(s for %rac(s %$a% are so/oed or no% )u%ed will give you this. An%ia/ising is a technical issue. /oogle if you wish to learn more, but, in short, enabling antialiasing may give you a more accurate representation2 disabling it may cause your peaks to be drawn3redrawn more Huickly. The only difference that edges make is cosmetic. (nable these options, for e,ample, if you like your peaks bordered when using custom colors, disable them if you don:t. Kou can opt to Au%o)a%ica//y sca/e 3171 no%es and3or dru) 3171 to fit the item as displayed in arrange view. There are also options to 7ra' 'avefor) Dero /ines above pea(s&'avefor)s and to Fi// 'avefor)s %o Dero /ine. The option to 6ca/e pea(s by pre-f4 vo/u)e&pan enve/opes should be enabled if you want the peaks on your media items to be ad@usted according to any pre F; envelope volume changes. ?otice too that you can choose when closely <oomed in to your material to view the waveforms as Dots and lines, Filled samples, Butlined samples, Dtepped samples or Dmooth. (nabling 7ra' fain% pea(s in fo/der %rac(s allows the output of a folder:s child tracks to be displayed as waveforms in the folder:s lane in arrange view. 6a)p/e /eve/ 'avefor) vie' determines how waveforms are displayed when <oomed in so close as to be able to identify individual samples G e.g., dots and lines, filled, outlined, stepped or smooth samples. 9us%o) 9o/ors. Kou have the options to -in% )edia i%e) 'avefor) pea(s or -in% i%e) bac(ground to any of -rac( 9o/or, 1%e) 9o/or or -a(e 9o/or. *f more than one option is enabled, then the lowest level has precedence. That is, take color wins over item color which wins over track color. Kou can also specify your reHuired %in% s%reng%$ to be used for media item backgrounds, within a range of " to &, where ! is the system default. )lso in this section is the option Au%o)a%ica//y co/or any recording pass %$a% adds %a(es %o e4is%ing )edia i%e)s. This can help to give a clearer picture when you are working with multiple takes.
These options give you more precise control over media item fades and crossfades. Kou can specify a minimum item 'id%$ and3or $eig$% reHuired before a fade can be edited. Kou can enab/e or disab/e )ouse edi%ing of fade curves and3or fade starts and ends.
Kou can decide under which circumstances you do and do not want fade handles and crossfade edi%ing $and/es to be displayed. Kou can indicate whether or not you want crossfade edi%or %$e)e co/ors to be used. #[email protected] Appearance? VU 3e%ers&Faders The first four items on this page set 3e%er upda%e freIuency, 3e%er decay ra%e, 3e%er )ini)u) va/ue and 3e%er )a4 va/ue. -nless you have good reason to change them, leave them at their system defaults. There are nine other options which together define how your track meters will appear. Bf special interest are2 Rese% )e%er pea( indica%ors on p/ay see(. Disable this to keep the e,isting peak level displayed Auntil e,ceededE when you re.commence playback. 6%ic(y c/ip indica%ors AenabledE ensure that peaks on the S- meter are marked with a bar for a few moments after they have passed. 6$o' d5 sca/es on %rac( )e%ers if enabled will cause the d> scale to be marked, in numerals, on your S- meters. The final two options are fader option which can be used to restrict the ad@ustable range of your volume and3or pan faders. Kou can also specify whether pan fader uni%s should be displayed as ranging from %""LO to %""L' or from .Q" d> to WQ" d>. #[email protected] Appearance? -$e)e Edi%or The ne,t settings page, Appearance? -$e)e Edi%or, is covered in Chapters &, %" and %%.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1RQ
The Edi%ing 5e$avior page of the *p%ions? Preferences window Ashown aboveE includes a number of areas in which you can specify default settings in a range of matters that will affect how you work when editing your '()P(' pro@ects. Mere is a summary of some of the most useful options2 Kou can specify your edi% cursor be$avior, in particular to specify which of the following actions should cause the edit cursor to be moved2 Changing time selection, Pasting or inserting media, Dtopping recording Kou can allow s$if% c/ic(&con%ro/ c/ic( to override your move edit cursor assignments. Kou can by default link Aor unlinkE time selection and loop points. Kou can enable or disable loop points to be cleared by clicking on the ruler, and3or time selection to be cleared by clicking in arrange view. Think how you want to use these options. For e,ample, if you want to click on the ruler as a means of repositioning the edit cursor then you probably won:t want loop points automatically cleared. Kou can specify your Qoo) preferences. Ver%ica/ Doo) options are Track at center of view, Top visible track, Oast selected track or Track under mouse cursor. ,oriDon%a/ Doo) options are (dit or play cursor, (dit cursor only, Centre of view or ouse cursor. *f in both cases you choose the mouse cursor option you will ensure that as you <oom whatever is under the mouse cursor will stay on screen. Kou can set the %ab %o %ransien% sensi%ivi%y and specify whether to -ab %$ru 3171 no%es and3or -rea% )edia i%e) edges as %ransien%s. 7ua/ %ri) op%ions Afor editing shared media item edgesE. =hether to au%o)a%ica//y de/e%e e)p%y %rac(s created when dragging items below last track. =hether slip.editing the start of an active take will also ad@ust all other takes. =hether to split3trim3delete all items at edit cursor if splitting3trimming3deleting with no items selected. Disabling this will prevent, for e,ample, all items being split if you press 6 with no item selected.
Kou can specify various diverse envelope editing options, including2 Delecting the decibel range within which vo/u)e envelopes can be ad@usted. Dpecifying a semitone range for per take pitch envelopes, also whether or not to snap. Dpecifying a display range Abeats per minuteE for the master pro:ec% %e)po )ap enve/ope. =hether or not to 6$o' ne' enve/opes in separa%e enve/ope /anes by default. =hen drawn over media, overlap envelopes if each is less than , pi,els high. (nabling this option may create a more cluttered visual effect, but it will allow more height for editing envelope points. =hether to se% %$e focus %o ne' envelopes as they are added. This automatically selects them for editing, etc. =hether enve/ope poin%s are also selected with a %i)e se/ec%ion. =hether the first click on an an unselected envelope will insert a point2 check also your mouse modifier settings. =hether to add a %ransi%ion poin% on stopping playback after recording automation. =hether or not to Au%o)a%ica//y s$o' affec%ed enve/opes '$en )oving da%a across %rac(s . Dhowing these can sometimes be visually confusing. =hether 9$anging %$e enve/ope s$o'n in any /ane should cause the envelope previously there to be hidden or moved to the media lane. =hether edge poin%s Aat start and end of time selectionE are added to envelopes when points are moved, or when ripple editing, or when inserting time. Kou can also sepcify a reHuired transition time for automatically created envelope points.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1#%
=hether to Au%o)a%ica//y add enve/opes when you ad@ust any parameters with write mode enabled. This makes creating envelopes fast and snappy, but means that with write mode enabled you will not be able to ad@ust any parameters without creating envelopes for them. =hether to disp/ay read au%o)a%ion feedbac( fro) $idden enve/opes. For e,ample, if you have a volume envelope that is hidden, enabling this option will allow the volume fader to automatically move with changes in volume, even though the envelope is hidden, providing read mode is enabled. *n +ri%e mode, whether to app/y para)e%er c$anges %o $idden enve/opes . Bnly enable this if you are sure about what you are doing2 otherwise you risk making accidental changes to envelopes. =hether to add %ransi%ion poin%s '$en recording au%o)a%ion '$i/e p/aybac( is s%opped . =hether to reduce enve/ope poin% da%a when recording or drawing automation. ?ot enabling this can lead to more points being created than you might like. +$en pan&vo/u)e enve/opes are added, '$e%$er %ri) is rese% when the envelope is drawn. Bptions are )lways, *n read3write mode only, or ?ever. Detting this to ?ever may make the manual editing of such envelopes easier Aby leaving you plenty of room both above and below the envelopeE. Af%er recording au%o)a%ion in 'ri%e )ode '$e%$er %o au%o)a%ica//y s'i%c$ %o one of %$e o%$er )odes. The trim3read option is handy if you are inclined to forget to do this manually+
The 3ouse page of the *p%ions? Preferences? Edi%ing 5e$avior window A aboveE is used to determine specify how you would like your mouse to behave in '()P('. Mere is a summary of some useful options2 3ouse'$ee/ %arge%s2 whether your mousewheel acts on the window currently underneath the mouse or on the last window to have focus. This, for e,ample, allows you to use the mousewheel to ad@ust the parameters of an open F; window without first having to click on the window to give it focus. Focus can remain with your mi,er, or arrange view, or wherever you were before. For e,ample, Esc would then clear the current time selection rather than close the F; window. =hether to use or 1gnore %$e )ouse'$ee/ on a// faders. (nabling this and3or the ne,t two options can help prevent those of us who tend to be heavy handed from accidentally changing faders levels. =hether to use or 1gnore %$e )ouse'$ee/ on %rac( pane/ faders. =hether to use or 1gnore %$e )ouse'$ee/ over %ranspor% edi% fie/ds. *f disabled, you can edit te,t fields such as >P and play rate @ust by scrolling your mousewheel over the field. =hether to treat scrolling a /ap%op %rac(pad as being like using a mousewheel. =hether 3ouse c/ic( on %rac( fader or bu%%on causes that track to become the currently selected track. Disabling this allows you to ad@ust track faders, etc. without changing the track selection. =hether to reHuire a sing/e click or a doub/e click when edi%ing %rac( na)es. =hether 3ouse c/ic(&edi% in %rac( vie' c$anges %$e %rac( se/ec%ion . (nabling this will ensure that track selection will follow media item selection. =hether to A//o' )odifying edges of %i)e se/ec%ion over i%e)s in %rac(s . (nabling this means that you can click and drag over a track Aas well as between tracksE to ad@ust the start or end of a time selection without affecting item selection.
*n addition, for *6 8 users on a ac, there is an option 9%r/ /ef% c/ic( e)u/a%es rig$% c/ic(. Mowever, it is a better practice to use your Dystem Preferences to enable right.clicking. The topic of 3ouse 3odifier preferences is covered e,tensively in Chapter %1 and elsewhere.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1#1
F/as$ 3171 edi%or (eys on %rac( inpu%2 if enabled, causes a brief color flash to be displayed on the *D* editor keyboard when the track receives *D* note.on input. R5= friend/y 3171 edi%or se%%ings: allows '()P(':s *D* editor to behave in a way compatible with '>? A'ock>andE *D* authoring. For e,ample, lyric events will be attached only to playable notes. ,oriDon%a/ grid /ines in 99 /anes2 toggles the option to show hori<ontal grid lines on and off. Even%s per Iuar%er no%e '$en dra'ing in 99 /anes . Dpecific event density or <oom dependent. *ne 3171 edi%or per > Delect whether a separate *D* editor instance is reHuired for each item, or for each track, or one instance for the entire pro@ect. Depending on your choice you may have other options. 5e$avior for open i%e)s in bui/%-in 3171 edi%or2 *f *ne 3171 edi%or per pro:ec% is selected, specify whether to open c/ic(ed i%e) on/y, a// se/ec%ed 3171 i%e)s, a// 3171 i%e)s on %$e sa)e %rac( or a// 3171 i%e)s in %$e pro:ec%. *f *ne 3171 edi%or per pro:ec% is selected, you also have four more toggle options. These are2 Ac%ive 3171 i%e) fo//o's se/ec%ion c$ange in arrange vie' . This option is also available if *ne 3171 edi%or per %rac( is selected. =hether to make *n/y 3171 i%e)s on %$e sa)e %rac( as %$e ac%ive i%e) edi%ab/e . =hether to 9/ear edi%or '$en c$anging ac%ive 3171 i%e) . =hether to 9/ose 3171 edi%or '$en %$e ac%ive 3171 edi%or is de/e%ed in arrange vie' . 7oub/e-c/ic( be$avior2 =hether double.clicking a note should switch the active media item and, if so, whether this should occur only when the media item is on the same track and3or already editable. =hether doub/e-c/ic(ing ou%side %$e bounds of a )edia i%e) s$ou/d e4%end %$a% )edia i%e) . Bption to display a panel showing more information about multiple media items in a single *D* editor. Det *paci%y for no%es&99 in inac%ive )edia i%e)s. The higher the number, the darker these notes will appear. 7efau/% no%e co/or )ap2 allows you to specify your own default note color map.
The 3edia page of the *p%ions? Preferences window lets you customi<e your summary of some of the options that you might find most useful. 1%e) 3edia 6e%%ings Purpose
+$en inser%ing )u/%ip/e )edia i%e)s2 Kou can choose whether the default behavior should be to insert as separate tracks, to insert seHuentially in a single track, for '()P(' to determine which appears the more appropriate, or whether you wish to be prompted each time. 9opy inser%ed )edia i%e)s %o pro:ec% )edia direc%ory 2 =hen enabled, this ensures that a copy of any media items inserted into a pro@ect will be made and stored in the pro@ect directory. This helps you to keep together all those files that belong together. =hether to use the media file name to Au%o)a%ica//y na)e unna)ed %rac(s on )edia i)por%. Genera%e pea( cac$es2 Kou can determine the circumstances in which you want peak caches to be generated. 7esired cac$e reso/u%ion2 Determines the precision used for media peaks. Bption to Pu% ne' pea( fi/es in pea(s&subfo/ders re/a%ive %o )edia . Bptions to use an A/%erna%e pea( cac$e pa%$. 3edia i%e) vo/u)e ad:us%)en% range2 Dets this to .inf to " d> or .inf toWR d>. 7up/ica%e %a(e F8 '$en sp/i%%ing2 Determines whether any e,isting F; in an item:s F; chain are automatically copied to new items that are created when the original item is split.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1#P
3171 oc%ave na)e disp/ay offse%2 by default, middle C A *D* note R"E is labelled C&. )n offset of, say, .% would cause this to become C1, and so on. The 6end a//-no%es-off option is intended to stop hanging notes when record arm is disabled. A//o' %ri) of 3171 i%e)s '$en sp/i%%ing will add a note.off message for any note that spans the split point when a *D* item is split. Poo/ 3171 source da%a is discussed and e,plained in Chapter %!. Kou can disable this if you prefer. *tems created or imported as '()P(' 3171 i%e)s Arather than . *D filesE can be better edited in the *D* (ditor. .317 fi/es are more portable between apps. Kou can, of course, create them as *D* items and later e,port to file if you wish. Ticks per Huarter note sets data resolution for new *D* items. The default setting of QR" eHuates to ! ticks per microsecond at %!" bpm. Kou can specify when 1)por%ing )u/%ic$anne/ 3171 fi/es whether to do so as a series of single channel tracks, as one multichannel track, or always to prompt. 6nap be$avior can be set so that time signature changes in imported *D* files are set to whole bars, and that tempo changes in imported *D* files are set to whole beats. 3171 %e4% even%s are by default e,ported in )DC** format2 you have the option of changing this to -TF.6.
#9.C.!
The Video options relate mostly to performance and playback Huality. Kou can select an engine for video decoding G SOC, FFmpeg or your operating system:s native format. The best permutations of settings will depend largely on which platform you are using Ae.g. =indows #E as well as your choice of video systems and format. *f you need help you should post to one of the '()P(' forums. The RE8 options include how you wish to 1)por% RE8 fi/e con%en%s. This can be as beat slices that will ad@ust to tempo changes, or as single loopable media items, or to prompt. Kou can specify whether RE8 s/ice %ai/s should be preserved, all chopped, all chopped e,cept the final slice, or only the final slice chopped. Finally, you have an option for determining how i)por%ed )edia 'i%$ e)bedded %e)po is to be handled. Kou can always ad@ust the media to pro@ect tempo, import it at its own tempo, or always prompt.
Kour two Au%o)a%ica//y resiDe F8 'indo's options, if enabled, will ensure as you browse thru a track:s F; chain that the F; window is automatically resi<ed to suit the currently selected F;. Kou can specify if f/oa%ed F8 'indo's should automatically be placed on top, if ne'/y crea%ed F8 'indo's should be floated, and if windows should be automatically opened for F; added from the TCP and CP Huick.add conte,t menus. Kou can specify whether or not to au%o-doc( ne'/y crea%ed F8 'indo's and whether you want the Add F8 window opened automatically when you open an empty F; chain for a track or media item. *f you enable the option to *n/y a//o' one F8 c$ain 'indo' open a% a %i)e you may also specify whether you want the open window shown to change when you change track selection A *pen F8 'indo' on %rac( se/ec%ion c$angeE and whether this is to happen on/y if an F8 'indo' is open. Kou can also opt to have %rac( F8 added %o %$e i%e) F8 bu%%on rig$% c/ic( )enu. This enables you to open these F; directly from this button. Kou can also specify how many F; are to be shown on the conte,t menu Recen%/y added /is% and whether curren% %rac( F8 should be shown on the F; button conte,t menu.
#9.9.#
P/ug-ins? 9o)pa%ibi/i%y
The main options here concerns SDT bridging and firewalling. These are features designed to help protect '()P(' from crashing as a result of an unstable plug.in being used. The default option is for au%o)a%ic bridging to be applied when the program deems it necessary, but you can change this to *n separate plug.in process, *n dedicated process per plug.in, or Disable bridging. To follow discussions on what these options mean in practice in different situations you should consult the '()P(' forums.
#9.9.!
P/ug-ins? V6-
Kou have already seen Ain Chapter %E how to tell '()P(' the location of your SDT plugins, and how to ensure that these are enabled. *n addition, the V6- 9o)pa%ibi/i%y section offers a number of further options for controlling the behavior of your SDT plug.ins. Kour preferences in this category may likely to depend on which plug.ins you are using. *ndividual plug.ins vary so much that it would be virtually impossible to give very much meaningful general advice here. Kou may need to e,periment to get the best results. >e prepared to ask Huestions on the '()P(' forum or indeed on the plug.in supplier:s forums.
#9.9.A
P/ug-ins? Re+ire&78
'e=ire options include whether to show any already opened 'e=ire aware apps or devices as available F; in the F; window and whether to automatically open the native control panel for any 'e=ire application selected. There is an option to 9$ec( '$en s%ar%ing REAPER for any device a/ready open that is capable of acting as a 'e=ire master, and if so to open '()P(' in slave mode. There is also a dialog bo, where you can specify your Re+ire s/ave pro:ec% se%%ings. 7irec%-8 E78F plug.ins are by default Enab/ed. Kou can 6can for ne' 78 p/ug-ins manually or specify 6can for 78 p/ug-ins on startup.
#9.9.4 #9.9.5
This topic is discussed briefly in Chapter !!. This topic is discussed briefly in Chapter !!. For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1##
)ll of these features can be selected from the Undo 6e%%ings section of the *p%ions? Preferences? Genera/ screen. *f you enable the option to 6%ore )u/%ip/e redo pa%$s '$ere possib/e then during your current work session, any time you use the -ndo Mistory window to go back to an earlier point, then any actions you take from that point on will be stored as an alternate set of actions to the set of actions already stored. '()P(' will remember both paths independently of each other. oreover, every time you return to that point, another new undo path will be created. )n e,ample is shown on the right. The highlighted action Add F8 %o 9$ain is flagged with EY!F. This means that in addition to the original set of actions, two more undo history paths e,ist where twice we have gone back to that point. >y right.clicking where shown, we are able to choose which undo state we wish to load, this enabling us to restore those commands and actions. *f you also enable the options to 6ave undo $is%ory 'i%$ pro:ec% fi/es and A//o' /oad of undo $is%ory, then this undo history will still be available to you ne,t time you use this pro@ect file, even if you have since closed '()P(' and shut down your computer.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1#Q
>efore doing this, it can be wise to back up or e,port elements such as custom toolbars and menus, custom actions and shortcuts, mouse modifiers, color theme changes, etc. in case you want later to restore any of these.
.ayou%s2 displays sub.menu of track and mi,er layouts. Preferences2 opens Preferences window.
!" - 3ain Rig$%-9/ic( 9on%e4% 3enus 6u))ary !" 3ain Rig$%-9/ic( 9on%e4% 3enus 6u))ary
*f you:ve got this far then you must have discovered how important right.click conte,t menus are in '()P('. 'ight click @ust about anywhere and a menu will pop up. That menu will depend on e,actly where the mouse is pointing when you click the right button. Point and right click over a track name or number in the track control panel or mi,er and the track control menu will be displayed. 'ight click over a track:s mute button and you:ll get a menu of various mute options. 'ight click over a media item and you:ll get a menu of command and actions used for managing, editing or processing media items. any of these have already been e,plained in the preceding chapters. There isn:t room here to review every one of '()P(':s right click conte,t menus in detail, but in this section you:ll find a summary of the ma@or ones.
.oc( %rac( con%ro/s Enab/e %rac( free i%e) posi%ioning Au%o)a%ic record-ar) '$en %rac( se/ec%ed 3u/%ic$anne/ %rac( )e%ering -rac( 3anager Es$o'&$ide %rac(sF -rac( co/or -rac( icon 6e% %rac( %i)ebase
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 16%
!".A
This menu is accessed by right clicking the mouse in any of the following areas2 Bver the 'uler or Timeline displayed above the first track Asee rightE. Bver the blank area above the ruler. Bver the empty background area in the Track Siew area. )n e,planation of the menu follows.
9o))and Re)ove se/ec%ion Qoo) se/ec%ion 6e% se/ec%ion %o i%e)s 9o))en%s Deselects current time selection. 'emoving the selection does not cause any media items to be deleted. Toom to current time selection. akes the selection along the timeline for the whole pro@ect the same as the portion of the timeline covered by the currently selected item or items. (,tends the area of the selection to the ne,t transient. *nserts marker and opens the )dd current cursor position. arker dialog bo, at the
E4%end se/ec%ion %o ne4% %ransien% in i%e)s 1nser% )ar(er > 9rea%e region fro) se/ec%ion 1nser% %i)e signa%ure )ar(er> Re)ove a// )ar(ers fro) %i)e se/ec%ion
Creates a region from the current selection. )llows you to insert a time signature marker at the current cursor position. 'emoves all markers from the currently selected area.
!".4
This menu is accessed by right.clicking over any media item. *f a number of media items have been selected, the command selected from this menu will be applied to all those items. )n e,planation of this menu appears below.
9o))and 1%e) se%%ings 1%e) proper%ies> 6ource Proper%ies> Group -a(e 9o)ps 1%e) and %a(e co/ors 1%e) processing 6%re%c$ )ar(ers 9o))en%s Bpens the *tem settings sub.menu Asee belowE. Bpens *tem Properties dialog bo,. Bpens Dource Properties dialog bo,. Bpens /roup sub.menu, to group or ungroup selected items, Bpens Take sub.menu for takes management Asee belowE. Bpens Comps sub.menu for comps management Asee belowE. Bpens color management sub.menu Asee belowE. Bpens *tem processing sub.menu Asee belowE. )dd, snap or remove stretch markers.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 161
5ui/% in 3171 edi%or App/y %rac( F8 %o i%e)s as ne' %a(e App/y %rac( F8 %o i%e)s as ne' %a(e E)ono ou%pu%F App/y %rac( F8 %o i%e)s as ne' %a(e E3171 *u%pu%F Render i%e)s as ne' %a(e Reverse i%e)s as ne' %a(e G/ue i%e)s G/ue i%e)s 'i%$in %i)e se/ec%ion 9opy i%e)s 9opy se/ec%ed area of i%e)s 9opy /oop of se/ec%ed area of i%e)s 9u% i%e)s 9u% se/ec%ed area of i%e)s Pas%e Re)ove i%e)s -ri) i%e)s %o se/ec%ed area =udge&se% i%e)s 6p/i% i%e)s a% cursor 6p/i% i%e)s a% prior Dero crossing 6p/i% i%e)s a% %i)e se/ec%ion ,ea/ sp/i%s in i%e)s
This group of commands allows you to process selected items as new stereo takes. This group of commands allows you to process selected items as new mono takes. This group of commands allows you to process selected items as new *D* takes. 'enders selected items with any F; as new takes. 'everses selected media item or items as a new take. $oins selected media items into one new item. This group of commands offers three options for copying the current selection to the clipboard. This group of commands offers two options for cutting the current selection to the clipboard. Pastes content of the clipboards to the currently selected track at the current cursor position. Deletes selected media items from the pro@ect. Trims media items to the currently selected area. Bpens the ?udge3Det *tems dialog bo,. Dplits currently selected items at current cursor position Dplits currently selected items at the last <ero crossings point before the current cursor position. Dplits currently selected items at the start and end of the currently selected timeline area. 'emoves splits and @oins items as one again.
!".5
Deveral of the edia *tems conte,t menu commands cause substantial sub.menus to be displayed, including *tem settings, Take, Comp, *tem and take colors and *tem processing. These are e,plained below.
1%e) se%%ings 6ub 3enu 9o))ands 3u%e .oop i%e) source P/ay a// %a(es .oc( i%e) 1%e) no%es ... 9o))en%s Toggles these various *tem Properties parameters. These can also be modified in the *tem Properties dialog bo,. There are also icons that can be used for ute and Oock item. Bpens *tem ?otes window.
1%e) and %a(es co/ors sub )enu co))ands 6e% i%e)s %o ... 6e% ac%ive %a(es %o ... -a(e sub )enu co))ands =e4% %a(e Previous %a(e 7e/e%e ac%ive %a(e 9rop %o ac%ive %a(e 7up/ica%e ac%ive %a(e .oc( %o ac%ive %a(e 6$o' F8 c$ain for ac%ive %a(e Re)ove F8 for ac%ive %a(e -a(e vo/u)e enve/ope -a(e pan enve/ope -a(e )u%e enve/ope -a(e pi%c$ enve/ope E4p/ode a// %a(es %o ne' %rac(s E4p/ode a// %a(es Ein p/aceF E4p/ode a// %a(es Ein orderF 1)p/ode i%e)s across %rac(s in%o %a(es 1)p/ode i%e)s on sa)e %rac( in%o %a(es
Creates one track with a take for each media item selected, where the media items are selected across several tracks, or creates one track with a take for each media item selected, where the media items are all selected from the same track. Pastes to takes in selected items. akes the selected take active. 9o))en%s Daves current takes selection as a new comp. 'emoves current comp from Comp sub menu. 'emoves all comps e,cept current one from sub menu. oves take selection for active comp to top media item lane. =here comps have been named, these are listed on, and can be made active by selecting from, the Comps menu.
Pas%e %o %a(es in i%e)s -a(e /ane #? -a(e /ane !? e%c 9o)ps sub )enu co))ands 6ave as ne' co)p ... Re)ove ac%ive co)p fro) /is% 9rop /is% %o ac%ive co)p 3ove ac%ive co)p %o %op /ane 6aved co)p na)es
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 16P
E4p/ode 3171 i%e)s by no%e ro' Epi%c$F. 9onver% ac%ive %a(e 3171 %o in-pro:ec% even% 9onver% ac%ive %a(e 3171 %o fi/e Eg$os% copyab/eF 1)por% )edia cues as pro:ec% )ar(ers
!".@
This menu is accessed by right.clicking over the 'ecord )rm button or S- meter of any track. )n e,planation of the commands follows.
9o))and 3oni%or 1npu% > 3oni%or 1npu% E-ape Au%o 6%y/eF 3oni%or %rac( )edia '$en recording Preserve P79 de/ayed )oni%oring 9o))en%s The first two of these options are mutually e,clusive2 you should select whichever of these you prefer if you wish to use '()P('Is input monitoring. Kou do not need to select either of these options, however, if using any input monitoring facility supplied by your sound card. Bptionally, you may choose to also monitor track media when recording. *n most cases, for normal audio recording you will want to select Record: inpu% to record the incoming audio signal.
Record: inpu% Eaudio or 3171F Record: Record: Record: Record: 3171 3171 3171 3171 overdub in e4is%ing i%e)s rep/ace in e4is%ing i%e)s %ouc$-rep/ace in e4is%ing i%e)s /a%c$-rep/ace in e4is%ing i%e)s
*D* recording
Record: ou%pu%
-sed to record a track:s output Apost F;E. Bptions include multichannel, stereo or mono Awith or without latency compensationE and *D* output. -se this command to force recorded input into mono, stereo, multichannel or *D* format. )llows for input monitoring without recording.
7e/e%e poin% 7e/e%e se/ec%ed poin%s 7e/e%e poin%s in %i)e se/ec%ion 1nver% se/ec%ed poin%s Rese% poin%s %o Dero&cen%er
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 16#
Ar) enve/ope for recording 6$o' enve/ope in /ane ,ide enve/ope 5ypass enve/ope 9/ear or re)ove enve/ope
'ight clicking over the background area of any envelope lane in the track control panel will produce a conte,t menu with three sets of commands2 E4is%ing avai/ab/e enve/opes2 -sed to change the envelope displayed in this lane. Enve/ope )anage)en%: Commands to show, hide, arm or disarm all envelopes on this track, or to move all visible envelopes into or out of lanes. Au%o)a%ion )ode: Change your reHuired automation mode for this track.
Displays a sub menu of options for ad@usting the play rate Awith or without preserving pitchE and to set the play rate fader range.
Displays a sub menu of various actions eHuivalent to the Transport control buttons . play, record, pause, stop, go to start, go to end, etc. -sed to synchroni<e '()P('Is clock to an e,ternal device. =hen selected, screen display follows play cursor during playback. =hen enabled, moves play cursor on stop3pause to end of measure. Delects one of the three recording modes e,plained in Chapter 1. The three options are mutually e,clusive.
(nsures that whatever time unit is selected for the ruler is also used on the Transport >ar. )lternatively, you can select one of the other options Asee belowE.
Toggles on and off display of playrate controls in transport bar, Toggles on and off display of time signature in transport bar. Toggles on and off te,t display of play state in transport bar G Playing, Dtopped, etc. Toggles display of transport controls APlay, Dtop, etcE in center or on left.. Toggles docking transport bar in one of '()P(':s dockers. Toggles on and off docking of Transport >ar in '()P(':s main window. Bffers a submenu of four options for the position of the transport bar when docked in '()P(':s main window. Mides the Transport >ar. To redisplay, press 9%r/ A/% -.
!".9
This menu is displayed by right.clicking on the empty background area of the matri,. The commands are used mainly to determine which
items are and are not shown in the routing matri,. (,actly which items you will wish to show will vary at different times in your pro@ect:s life cycle. aking the right selection for the right time can prevent screen clutter and make the matri, easier to work with.
9o))and 3a%ri4 )ode 6$o' ---- as des%ina%ion 6$o' ---- as sources 7oc( rou%ing 'indo' in doc(er 9o))en%s Decides whether the routing or grouping matri, is shown.
Determines which items are and are not shown as destinations for sends in the header row. Determines which items are and are not shown as sources of sends in the left hand column. Determines whether the matri, is or is not docked.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 16Q
1nser% in%o pro:ec% on a ne' %rac( 1nser% as %a(e in se/ec%ed i%e)s Use as )edia source for se/ec%ed i%e) Use as )edia source for se/ec%ed i%e) Es%re%c$&/oop %o fi%F Previe'
Dome of these commands Ae.g. Copy, CutE will only be available if a selection of notes has been made. ost of the other commands are duplicated from the (dit menu. *n addition, there are a number of handy note selection commands, such as 6e/ec% previous no%e 'i%$ sa)e no%e va/ue, 6e/ec% ne4% no%e 'i%$ sa)e no%e va/ue , and 6e/ec% a// no%es 'i%$ sa)e no%e va/ue.
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) 1Q%
Using REAPER 'i%$ *%$er App/ica%ions and 7evices !# Using REAPER 'i%$ *%$er App/ica%ions and 7evices
!#.# +$a% is ReaRou%eX
'ea'oute is an )D*B driver that allows you to route audio to and from any other )D*B enabled application. 'ea'oute is only installed on your system if you select the ReaRou%e A61* driver during the '()P(' installation process. This option is found on the '()P(' Detup screen on the 9$oose 9o)ponen%s page Ashown rightE, under the heading Addi%iona/ Func%iona/i%y. *f you did not have this option selected Aor if in doubtE when you last installed '()P(', simply reinstall '()P(', this time making sure that you have this option selected. =hen you choose to install 'ea'oute, the ReaRou%e A61* driver appears in the )D*B driver list for the other audio applications on your system. =o%e: Dome users have reported problems with native )D*B drivers after installing the 'ea'oute driver. *f you e,perience problems with your )D*B drivers after installing this feature, uninstall '()P(', then re.install with this check bo, cleared. Bnce 'ea'oute has been installed, you can pass audio streams between '()P(' and other audio applications. *n the e,ample that follows, we will use the e,ample of sharing audio between '()P(' and Donar. The same principles apply, however, if you are working with an application such as Cubase or )bleton Oive instead of Donar. *n this section, you will be introduced to using 'ea'oute by working thru the following tasks2 Detting up Donar Aor any other D)= application of your choiceE to work with 'ea'oute. Dending a pro@ect out from '()P(' to that application and recording it track by track within that application. Dending a pro@ect from Donar to '()P(', this time bringing it in as a series of submi,es. Kou can then apply '()P(' features to that pro@ect. -sing a stand alone synthesi<er workstation such as Pro@ect P in con@unction with '()P('.
Please remember that the purpose of this e,ercise is to teach you how you can go about sharing audio between different applications. Mow you apply that knowledge, and what benefits you derive from it, is of course up to you.
1Q1
>efore you can use any audio application with '()P(' via 'ea'oute, you need to ensure that the audio settings for that application are set up correctly. There are usually one or two basic steps involved. The first is to enable ReaRou%e A61* as the preferred driver, the second is to enable the various input and output channels reHuired to transmit audio between the application and '()P('. =ith some applications, this second step is not reHuired. The method will vary with the application, but always involve specifying your preferences on the Audio 6e%%ings dialog bo, Aor similarE. The table below gives some e,amples. They are accurate at the time this is being written, but be aware that all software programs are likely to change over time. *f you are using a different application, you should be able to work out what is reHuired. =o%e: >efore setting up or using any application for use with 'ea'oute, you should2 ake sure that the 'ea'oute )D*B Driver has been installed Asee previous pageE, and ake sure that '()P(' is open and minimised. 1ns%ruc%ions %. !. 1. Ab/e%on .ive &. P. R. F. 6%udio Pro:ec% 5 *p%ions? Preferences then click on the Audio tab. Det 7river -ype to A61*. Det Audio 7evice to ReaRou%e A61*. Click on 1npu% 9onfig then on each input channel that you wish to enable, then *H. Click on *u%pu% 9onfig then on each output channel that you wish to enable, then *H. Close Preferences window.
App/ica%ion
*p%ions? Audio 6e%%ings, then select ReaRou%e A61* for *u%pu%. Close )udio Dettings window. *p%ions? Audio then under Audio 7river 6e/ec%ion O *u%pu%s select ReaRou%e A61* ReaRou%e 9/ien% -M REAPER # EA61*F then *H. %. !. 1. *p%ions? Audio? Advanced then set Driver ode to A61* then *H.
*p%ions? Audio? 7rivers then disable all e,isting drivers Ainput and outputE *p%ions? Audio? Advanced then set Device to ReaRou%e A61* EC in? C ou%F then *H *p%ions? Audio? 7rivers and enable all 'ea'oute drivers, then *H.
6onar
&.
=o%e: These instructions are for Donar 6.P. Dome earlier versions of Donar reHuire that you e,it and restart the program before certain changes to audio settings are applied. >ecause of this, you may not be able to complete all of these steps at once G you may find that you have to close and reopen the program after each step before you can go on to the ne,t one. %. Click on the 6e%%ings tab. !. From the +ave 7evice drop down list choose ReaRou%e A61*.
-rac(%ion
1. Click once on the red word disab/ed for each channel that you wish to use. The display should change for each item clicked on to green enab/ed. &. Click on the Pro:ec%s tab when finished.
1Q&
>efore attempting this e,ample, make sure that you have installed the 'ea'oute )D*B Drivers and that you have set up your other D)= application Asuch as Cubase, Donar, )bleton Oive, Tracktion or DamplitudeE to use 'ea'oute Drivers, as e,plained on the previous page. *n this e,ample, we are going to send a pro@ect from '()P(' to Donar. Kou might wish to do this, for e,ample, to use Donar to apply S.Socal to a vocal track. Bf course, the same principles would apply if you were using a different application other than Donar, such as Cubase, )bleton Oive, or Damplitude. Provided you know your other application well enough and have already set it up to use 'ea'oute Asee previous pageE you should have no difficulty in applying these guidelines. The general guidelines are2 Bpen '()P('. *t is important that you open '()P(' before the other application.
Bpen the pro@ect file that you wish to use. For each track that you wish to use, create a hardware output to a different 'ea'oute channel. Bpen the other application Ae.g. DonarE and create a new pro@ect file. *nsert into your new file one new track for each track that you wish to bring in from '()P('. For each track, the input should be set to correspond with the eHuivalent output used in '()P('. For e,ample, if in '()P(' you set a trackIs output to 'ea'oute Channel %, then the corresponding new track in Donar will need to have its input set to Oeft 'ea'oute )D*B 'ea'oute '()P(' Channel %. =ithin the second application, start recording. =ithin '()P(', play the song. Dtop both when the song finishes. Kou can then do whatever work you wish. )n e,ample follows shortly. =hen finished, first close the other application and then close '()P('. Kou should always remember G Bpen '()P(' first, close it last.
Bf course, in many cases it would be easier and Huicker simply to import the wave files directly into the second application. There are, however, other instances when it may be advantageous to use 'ea'oute instead. For e,ample2 *t might not be easily possible to line up all tracks. Dome may start and finish at different times. Bthers might consist of a large number of media items each of short duration. *t would be difficult to import these piecemeal. Dome tracks might consist of a combination of *D* items and audio items. any applications do not let you mi, *D* and audio on the same track. This way, they are all taken across as audio.
E4a)p/e
%. Dtart '()P('. Bpen the file A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$%.RPP and save it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% REAR*U-E.RPP. Delect the first track. Display the 'outing A*BE window for this track and add a hardware output to ReaRou%e 9$anne/ # as shown ArightE. Dimilarly, create hardware outputs for track ! to 'ea'oute Channel !, track 1 to 'ea'oute Channel 1, and Track & to 'ea'oute Channel &. Dave the file. inimi<e '()P('. Bpen Donar Aor whichever application you are usingE. These instructions refer to DB?)' 6.P and assume that you are already familiar with how to give commands and perform basic tasks in this application.
!.
1.
&. P.
1QP
Q.
%". Dtart 'ecording. %%. Dwitch to '()P(' and press P/ay. )s the song is played back, the tracks will be recorded in Donar. ?ote that if any of your '()P(' tracks have any active F; in their F; windows, then unless the sends are Pre F; it will be the post F; signal that will be recorded in Donar. %!. =hen the song finishes, stop the recording in Donar, then stop playback in '()P('. %1. *n Donar, unarm the four tracks. %&. The file should now resemble that shown below. 6ave this file, then wait. =e will shortly be using Donar to do some work on this file. eanwhile, keep '()P(' and Donar both open.
1QR
Dtaying with the same e,ample, we are now going to use 'ea'oute to take our open Donar pro@ect and send an audio signal back to '()P('. *n overview, this is how it is done. Bpen '()P(' and create a new pro@ect file. *nsert as many new tracks as you need. Bpen Donar. *n Donar, open the file you wish to work on, and assign outputs on a track by track basis to your various 'ea'oute channels as reHuired. )rm these tracks for recording. *nsert any F; Asuch as S.SocalE that you may wish to use in your Donar tracks. )ssign the outputs of your Donar tracks to the various F; channels as reHuired. Play the song in Donar, ad@usting your F; to suit. =hen ready, start recording in '()P(', then play the song in Donar from the beginning. =hen finished, stop both playback and recording.
E4a)p/e *f you are carrying on from the (,ample in the previous section, go straight to step 1 below. Btherwise J
%. Bpen '()P('. !. Bpen Donar, then open the file )ll Through The ?ight '()P('.cwp G this file was created in the previous e,ample. 1. *n '()P(', create a new pro@ect file. Dave it as A// -$roug$ -$e =ig$% 6*=AR.RPP. *nsert two tracks into this pro@ect. )rm both these tracks for recording. &. For the first of these tracks, set the input to ReaRou%e #& ReaRou%e !, as shown right. P. For the second of these tracks, set the input to ReaRou%e A& ReaRou%e 4. /ive both tracks a suitable name. R. =e are going to use Track % to import the Socal track from Donar, and Track ! to import an instrumental submi,. For both these tracks, make sure that 1npu% 3oni%oring is turned on. #. *n Donar, set the input of all tracks to ?one. Det the output of Track % to ReaRou%e A61* ReaRou%e 9/ien% [MREAPER # , as shown right.
6. *n Donar, for tracks !, 1 and & set the output to ReaRou%e A61* ReaRou%e 9/ien% [MREAPER A Q. *n Donar, play the song in Donar. )d@ust the panning and levels of the instrumental tracks G Track ! &"L Oeft, Track 1 &"L 'ight, Track & Centre. %". *n Donar, insert any Cakewalk F; reHuired for the vocal in the Socal Track. For e,ample, you could use the S;R& Socal Dtrip. %%. =hen you are ready, in '()P(', start recording. %!. *n Donar, play the song from the beginning. %1. =hen finished, stop both playback and recording, save your Donar file, then close Donar.
1Q#
%&. *n '()P(', unarm your tracks. Dave your pro@ect, which should now look similar to that shown above. %P. ?otice that the first track contains the Socal Awith Cakewalk F;E and the second track the instrumental submi,. %R. Kou can now finish this pro@ect in '()P('. For e,ample, you could insert 'eaComp into the *nstrument Dubmi, Track, define this track as four channels, then create a send from the Socal Track to channels 1 and & of the *nstrumental Track. This could then be used for audio ducking, to ensure that the voice floats smoothly above the instruments. A)udio ducking is e,plained in detail elsewhere this -ser /uideE.
!#.5
Pro@ect P from Cakewalk is a Dynthesi<er =orkstation application. *t:s been around for a few years now. Kou can use Pro@ect P or any other broadly eHuivalent product for this e,ercise. *n this section, you will see how 'ea'oute can be used to make the functionality of Pro@ect P Aor any similar applicationE available to you when you are working with '()P('. To be able to work thru this e,ample, you will need to already know how to use Pro@ect P Aor whichever synth app you are usingE to create musicE.
>efore proceeding with this section, you will need to ensure that your 'ea'oute )D*B drivers have been installed Asee Dection !".%E and that the Dynth =orkstation program has been set up to use them Asee Dection !".!E.
E4a)p/e
*n this e,ample, you will be shown how to use 'ea'oute to allow you to use a synth workstation program such as Pro@ect P to record tracks onto '()P(' for an e,isting '()P(' pro@ect file. %. !. Bpen '()P('. Bpen the file A// -$roug$ %$e =ig$% 6*=AR.RPP and save it as A// -$roug$ %$e =ig$% PR* 5.RPP )dd a track at the end of this pro@ect. ?ame this track 6yn%$s. )rm this track for recording, turn input monitoring on and set the Track *nput to Dtereo, ReaRou%e 9$anne/ # & ReaRou%e 9$anne/ !. Bpen Pro:ec% 5 and create a new pro@ect file. Choose the *p%ions. Audio command and direct output to ReaRou%e A61* ReaRou%e 9/ien% [M REAPER # EA61*F as shown here.
1.
&.
1Q6
P.
For this simple e,ample, insert a synth of your choice into your Pro@ect P pro@ect file. Bf course, you could if you wish insert several different synths and take full advantage of the programIs features, but for this simple demonstration we will confine ourselves to @ust the one. =ithin '()P(', make sure your cursor is at the start of the pro@ect. Press Record. =ithin Pro@ect P, play the Dynth to compose a track to accompany your '()P(' song. )s you do so, '()P(' will record it as a wave file. This is additional to any activity that occurs within Pro@ect P. =hen you have finished, save your Pro@ect P file as ReaRou%e 7e)o.p5p and close the program. *n '()P(', unarm the Dynths track and save your file.
R. #. 6. Q.
!#.@
*f you are using '()P(' in con@unction with an e,ternal device then you may need to ensure that your D)= is in sync with that device, and to take its time clock from that device. For e,ample, you may need to slave '()P(' to another D)=, or to a video deck. )nother e,ample might be if you need to upload time. stamped material from )D)T tape. To synchroni<e '()P(' to an e,ternal timecode, follow this seHuence2 'ight click over the P/ay button on the Transport >ar. This opens the settings dialog bo, shown here. Delect the *nput to be used. )vailable sync types include )D*B Positioning Protocol, TC and DPP. Complete the other settings and close the dialog bo,. Kou should consult the documentation of your e,ternal device for further information. To play '()P(' in sync with an incoming timecode, hold the A/% key while right clicking on the play button. A/% Rig$% 9/ic( over the Play button toggles this slave to timecode on and off. REAPER 6ync -ypes E6u))aryF 6ync -ype A61* Posi%ioning Pro%oco/ 9o))en% Creates a synchroni<ation that is sample accurate with the e,ternal device. *n other words, the time code has as many time locations as your pro@ects sampling rate. 'eHuires that your audio hardware uses )D*B !." drivers. This is the same as D PT(. *t is a time based method of synchroni<ation which uses hours, minutes, seconds and frames. )s its name implies, this is also a time based method of synchroni<ation which uses hours, minutes, seconds and frames. *t is simply a conversion of the D PT( code that is transmitted via the *D* cable. This method is based on bars, beats and subdivisions of beats. The information is transmitted along with TC data, every si, clocks or ticks. For some devices, this is all you need.
1QQ
Assignab/e Ac%ions
The following actions are assignable using the keyboard shortcut editor A)ctions, Dhow )ction OistE2 Dhow e,ternal timecode synchroni<ation settings. Toggle e,ternal timecode synchroni<ation.
!#.B
The command 1nser%? 63P-E .-9&3-9 -i)ecode Genera%or Afrom the main menuE can be used to send a synchroni<ation timecode from '()P(' to an e,ternal device. This command inserts on to the current track a media item which is used to generate the timecode. 'ight.click over the item and choose 6ource proper%ies from the conte,t menu to display the settings bo, shown here. Delect OTC Alinear3longitudinal time codeE or TC A *D* time codeE and configure the various parameters as reHuired.
&""
!! - 6o)e *%$er REAPER Fea%ures E*vervie'F !! 6o)e *%$er REAPER Fea%ures E*vervie'F
=eIve @ust about come to the end of this -ser /uide G and thereIs still a few things that we havenIt really told you about+ Bnce you get up and running with '()P(', youIll find thereIs heaps more information available to you on the '()P(' =*C* and of course thru the user forums. Kou can find these at2 http233www.cockos.com3wiki3 and http233www.cockos.com3forum3 *n this section, we are @ust going to introduce you in overview to some of these features, @ust so that youIll get an idea of some of '()P('Is other capabilities.
!!.#
'()P(' can be used to edit the soundtrack of your video files, such as .)S*, . P/ and .= S files. These files are imported using the 1nser%? 3edia Fi/e command, or by simply dragging and dropping into '()P(':s )rrange window. *n addition, you can use the -rac(? 1nser% -rac( fro) -e)p/a%e command to import data from a .(DO file. -se the Vie'? Video +indo' command, 9%r/ 6$if% V, to show the Sideo =indow. For =indows users, video playback is handled by Direct Dhow2 BD ; uses Fuick Time. -se the *p%ions menu in this windowA shown rightE if you wish to resi<e it. Bther commands on this menu included Video i%e) proper%ies. This opens a window revealing the properties Alength, video, audio, decoding format, etc.E of the video item. *n Pro@ect Dettings AChapter !E you can specify a frame rate, and you can set your grid line spacing to frame AChapter &E. Kou cannot perform any video editing within '()P(', but you can work on the soundtrack. Kou can edit the e,isting soundtrack, and3or add create new tracks and media items to be mi,ed with it. *n the illustration above, Track % contains the original soundtrack^ Track ! contains a voice over that has been added in '()P('. The )udio Tracks can then be mi,ed down and rendered in the usual way to a new .=)S file. This can be imported back into the original video file using a program such as Segas. *n addition, the Fi/e? Render command can be used to e,port a video file from '()P(', for e,ample in .)S* format. Delect the *u%pu% for)a% Video EFF)peg encoderF and specify your various settings and options For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) &"%
!!.!
Rea6crip%
'eaDcript is a scripting language that takes your ability to customi<e '()P(' well beyond that offered by the )ctions Oist editor. =ith 'eaDcript, you can not only create more powerful and sophisticated macros, you can even create your own e,tension commands. For =indows users to use 'eaDcript, you will first need to have the Python scripting language installed on your computer. 'eaDcript isn:t for everyone G in fact, because it reHuires an understanding of programming it probably isn:t for most people. Kou can find out more about 'eaDcript by choosing ,-3. .is%s then Rea6crip% docu)en%a%ion from '()P(':s ,e/p menu, and by clicking on the option Vie' Rea6crip% ,e/p on the Plug.ins, 'eaDcript page of '()P(':s Preferences window. For more about 'eaDcript and how to get started see also http233www.cockos.com3reaper3sdk3reascript3reascript.php To be able to use 'eaDcript, enable it under *p%ions? Preferences? P/ug-ins? Rea6crip% AaboveE. Bn the E4%erna/ Edi%ors preferences page you can also specify an e,ternal editor for writing and editing scripts.
!!.A
Rea3o%e
'ea ote is '()P(':s network F; functionality. *t allows you to have any F; chain in your pro@ect processed on a remote machine on your local network. This is useful if you want to add more CP- power to your pro@ect Ato run various F;E without upgrading your main host:s CP-. Kou will need to set up 'ea ote and install '()P(' and your plug.ins on the slave machines. For BD ; users, 'ea ote can be installed when '()P(' is installed, by dragging and dropping the 'ea ote icon into the )pplications folder icon. For =indows users, make sure when installing '()P(' that you have Rea3o%e selected and enabled under Addi%iona/ func%iona/i%y on the 9$oose co)ponen%s page of the install wi<ard. 'un the 'ea ote slave on the slave machines, then enable Rea3o%e in the REAPER Preferences on the master, specify your settings and options, and you:re ready to go+ To learn more about how to set up and use 'ea ote, go to 'i(i.coc(os.co)&'i(i&inde4.p$p&Rea3o%e.
!!.4
?*?$) is an innovative software program that allows musicians to collaborate in 9fake time9 over the *nternet. The software connects to a central server where participants can share audio and te,t information, and has the ability to record both the local and remote channels of each 9session9 Aaudio onlyE. '()P(' has the ability to import these recorded session files to allow you to edit and mi, at your leisure. 9Fake time9 means that some players will hear a delayed version to which they play along. To learn more about the ?*?$) software or download a copy, visit '''.coc(os.co)&nin:a)& To learn more about using ?*?$) with '()P(', visit the Cockos =*C* 'i(i.coc(os.co)&'i(i&inde4.p$p&=1= A3;7ocu)en%a%ion
!A.#
1npu%&*u%pu% 1ssues
1 ge% an error )essage %o %$e effec% %$a% 3171 deviceEsF canno% be opened
+$en 1 p/ay bac(? )y audio %rac( is si/en%? and %$ere is no ac%ivi%y in %$e %rac(Ns VU )e%er.
+$en 1 p/ay bac(? 1 donN% $ear so)e or a// of a %rac(Ns F8 being app/ied
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) &"1
+$en 1 p/ay bac(? %$e 3as%er c/ips in%o %$e red and dis%or%s? even %$oug$ %$e %rac( /eve/EsF appear Iui%e /o' +$en 1 p/ay bac(? %$e audio sounds c/ipped? even %$oug$ i% doesnN% appear %o be visib/y c/ipping any'$ere
!A - -roub/es$oo%ing REAPER
1npu% *u%pu% 1ssues
Prob/e) 7iagnosis and Possib/e 6o/u%ion
Check ABptions, Preferences, )udio DeviceE that your range of audio inputs has been defined and enabled. ake sure under the Bptions menu that you have the correct reHuired 'ecord ode set Ausually this should be ?ormalE. Check that 'ecord *nput is enabled. Br, if you have selected 'ecord Butput, check the F; window for any F; that could be silencing the trackIs output. ake sure that the microphone or lead for the instrument being recorded is connected to the correct audio input. *f the microphone reHuires phantom power, make sure that the phantom power supply is enabled. Check your audio input mi,er Ae,ternal hardware desk, sound card mi,er software, or bothE to make sure that the incoming signal is correctly routed. Check your audio input mi,er Ae,ternal hardware desk, sound card mi,er software, or bothE to make sure that the incoming signal is not muted. 1 donN% $ave enoug$ 9PU %o p/ay bac( )y pro:ec% )lmost certainly, this is because you are trying to use more F; than your D)= can handle. -se the Performance eter to determine which tracks are using the most CP- hungry F;. Then right click over the media items for those tracks and either App/y F8 %o i%e)s as ne' %a(e or App/y F8 %o i%e)s as ne' %a(e E3onoF.
!A.!
1n%erface 1ssues
Prob/e)
+$en 1 press 6pace Eor so)e o%$er -ranspor% 9on%ro/F? no%$ing $appens
+$en 1 %ry %o p/ace %$e edi% cursor e4ac%/y '$ere 1 'an% i%? i% )oves a /i%%/e +$en 1 %ry %o )a(e a %i)e se/ec%ion? %$e s%ar% and end poin%s )ove fro) '$ere 1 'an% %$e). 1 add a Vo/u)e or Pan enve/ope %o a %rac(? bu% '$en 1 p/ay bac(
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) &"P
+$en 1 )a4i)iDe a %rac(? %$e 'rong %rac( is disp/ayed +$en 1 Doo) in $oriDon%a//y? %$e edi% cursor disappears fro) vie' and 1 /ose )y p/ace 1 %ry %o vie' a 'indo'? suc$ as 5ig 9/oc( or Perfor)ance 3e%er? bu% 1 canN% see i% on %$e screen
3y Undo ,is%ory 'indo' is c/u%%ered 'i%$ every i%e) and %rac( se/ec%ion 1 )a(e
!A.A
*t can be difficult at first to understand how various permutations of '()P(':s record modes Aavailable from the Bptions menuE and monitoring options Afrom a track:s arm record conte,t menuE can be used together to obtain different results. * am indebted to table below2 o$n 5erci( for supplying me with the information in summary form that is contained in the
!A - -roub/es$oo%ing REAPER
Record 3ode
3oni%or *p%ions
3oni%or inpu% *= 3oni%or %rac( )edia '$en recording *FF 3oni%or inpu% E%ape au%o s%y/eF *= 3oni%or %rac( )edia '$en recording *FF
5e$aviors
=hen stopped2 monitors live material only =hen playing2 monitors e,isting and live material continuously =hen recording2 monitors live material only Dtopped2 monitors live material Playing2 monitors e,isting material only 'ecording2 monitors e,isting and live material Dtopped2 monitors live material Playing2 monitors e,isting and live material continuously 'ecording2 monitors e,isting and live outside punch, only live inside punch Dtopped2 monitors live material Playing2 monitors e,isting material, then only live in punch 'ecording2 monitors e,isting material, then only live in punch Dtopped2 monitors live material Playing2 monitors e,isting and live material continuously 'ecording2 monitors e,isting and live outside punch, then only live material in punch Dtopped2 monitors live material Playing2 monitors e,isting material only 'ecording2 monitors only e,isting material outside punch, then only live material in punch Dtopped2 monitors live material Playing2 monitors e,isting and live material continuously 'ecording2 monitors e,isting and live outside and inside punch Dtopped2 monitors live material Playing2 monitors only e,isting material 'ecording2 monitors e,isting material outside punch, then e,isting and live inside punch Dtopped2 monitors live material Playing2 monitors e,isting and live material continuously 'ecording2 monitors e,isting and live outside punch, then records and monitors live material in selected items Dtopped2 monitors live material Playing2 monitors e,isting material only 'ecording2 monitors only e,isting material outside punch, then records and monitors live material in selected items Dtopped2 monitors live material Playing2 monitors e,isting and live material continuously 'ecording2 monitors e,isting and live outside punch, then records and monitors live material in selected items Dtopped2 monitors live material Playing2 monitors only e,isting material, then only live in punch 'ecording2 monitors e,isting selected itemAsE, then records and monitors live material in selected items
=or)a/ 3oni%or inpu% *= 3oni%or %rac( )edia '$en recording *= 3oni%or inpu% E%ape au%o s%y/eF *= 3oni%or %rac( )edia '$en recording *= 3oni%or inpu% *= 3oni%or %rac( )edia '$en recording *FF 3oni%or inpu% E%ape au%o s%y/eF *= 3oni%or %rac( )edia '$en recording *FF 3oni%or inpu% *= 3oni%or %rac( )edia '$en recording *= 3oni%or inpu% E%ape au%o s%y/eF *= 3oni%or %rac( )edia '$en recording *= 3oni%or inpu% *= 3oni%or %rac( )edia '$en recording *FF 3oni%or inpu% E%ape au%o s%y/eF *= 3oni%or %rac( )edia '$en recording *FF 3oni%or inpu% *= 3oni%or %rac( )edia '$en recording *= 3oni%or inpu% E%ape au%o s%y/eF *= 3oni%or %rac( )edia '$en recording *=
For a spiral.bound hard copy of this -ser /uide for about 01" go to .U.U.co) &"#
1nde4 1nde4
1
14-bit CC messages........................214 14-bit MSB/LSB CC data...............218 a*to-sa,e........................................3($ a*tocross5ade mo*se modi5iers.......12$ A*tomatic record arm.......................(7 A*tomating A*tomation.................331 A*tomating "# 7arameters on t%e "36 ...................................................33! A*tomation.............................33$, 34! a*tomation en,e3o0es.....................313 a*tomation 3anes, %iding.................321 A*tomation Latc%...........................318 A*tomation Met%ods......................313 A*tomation Modes.................31 , 317 A*tomation 9ead....................31(, 318 A*tomation 8rite...................31(, 318 a*tomation, %ard4are o*t0*t sends 33! A*tomation, M*te/:nm*te.............317 A*tomation, &rim/9ead..................318 A*tomation, 4riting.......................31( a*tosa,e...........................................(3 A*;i3iar6 .n0*t...............................2$8 c%anne3 s4itc%ing *ti3it6.................3!7 c%anne3s..........................................2$7 c%or*s.............................................28 c%romatic M.-. item, creating.......1 1 c%romatic midi, *sing.....................1 1 C3ean C*rrent 7ro)ect -irector6.....378 C3ear en,e3o0e................................388 C3ic' So*rce, inserting...................331 c3ic's, 0o0s, st*tters.......................4!4 c3i00ing..........................................4!4 C3ose "# 4indo4...........................3$! co3or, c*stomi<ing..........................1$! co3or, set trac's to c*stom................84 co3or, set trac's to random................84 co3ors, order o5 0recedence.............14( co3o*r t%emes...................................84 Commands.......................................1$ com0 management..........................38( com0 sets, reca33ing........................141 com0 sets, sa,ing............................141 Com0ressed "i3e S*00ort.................18 Com0ression...................................278 com0ression, d6namic....................33$ com0ressor, digita3 dr*ms...............28 con5ig*ration, e;0ort......................3(8 con5ig*ration, im0ort......................3(8 Conso3idating a 0ro)ect...................34 Conte;t Men*s.................................1$ contin*o*s scro33.......................31, 3 ( contro3 c%ange messages................211 Contro3 C%anne3 Editing.................212 contro3 s*r5ace................................2!3 Contro3 S*r5ace, insta33ing................2( contro3 s*r5ace, setting *0...............2(8 contro3 s*r5ace, *sing.....................2(8 Contro33ed B3eed............................2$1 Contro3s............................................1$ Co06 a33 "#....................................3$! Co06 .tems.....................................113 Co06 3oo0 o5 se3ected area o5 items ...........................................383, 384 Co06 se3ected area o5 se3ected items ...........................................383, 384 Co06 se3ected en,e3o0e 0oints........387 Co06 se3ected "#...........................3$! Co06 se3ected items........................384 co06ing en,e3o0es 4it% media items ...................................................32 C7: *sage......................................3 2 create ne4 0ro)ect.............................2$ Creating trac's.................................(( Cro0 0ro)ect to se3ection.................383 Cro0 7ro)ect to Se3ection................12$ Cross5ade Editor 1see C%a0ter 2...14! cross5ade actions............................12$ cross5ade editing.............................127 Cross5ade Editor.............................127 cross5ade *ti3it6..............................3!7 Cross5ades........................................ 2
A
Action List.....................................331 Action List Editor...........................248 Actions...........................................247 actions, meta actions.......................2 ! Add "#...................................1!!, 38$ Add "# c%ain.................................38$ Add "# C%ain..................................41 Add &rac'.........................................(( Ad)*sting &rac' +eig%t....................3 Ad,anced -is' .// /0tions...........3 4 aggregate de,ice 1/S #2..................23 A."".................................................32 A3iasing............................................23 a33o4 5eedbac'.................................33 am03i5ier sim*3ator.........................28 ang*age 0ac's..................................28 Antici0ati,e "# 0rocessing............1!4 a00earance 0re5erences...................3 A003ication -ata -irector6..............27 A0036 "# to items as ne4 ta'e.......384 A0036 trac' "# to items.................144 AS./ Con5ig*ration.................22, 3 2 AS./ dri,ers..................................3 2 AS./ 7ositioning 7rotoco3.............3$$ AS./4ALL...................................... ! AS./4ALL 18indo4s2....................22 associated 0ro)ect 5i3e.....................2! Attac% -oc'er..................................(! Attac'.............................................28! a*dio b*55ering...............................3 4 A*dio C- .mage............................34$ a*dio C-, b*rning..........................3(3 a*dio C-, im0orting 5rom................74 a*dio c3ic's and 0o0s.....................3 1 A*dio de,ice....................................22 A*dio -e,ice....................22, 3 1, 3 2 A*dio -e,ice, enab3ing..................4!( a*dio dro0o*ts................................3 1 A*dio -*c'ing...............................2$$ a*dio 5ormat, con,erting..................8! A*dio +ard4are /*t0*ts..................48 A*dio +ard4are Set*0...................4!3 A*dio in0*ts.....................................22 A*dio /*t0*t....................................33 A*dio o*t0*ts...................................22 a*dio 0re5erences............................3 3 A*dio 7re5erences............................24 A*dio 7rob3ems..............................4!3 A*dio set*0......................................22 a*dio stream...................................3 2 A*dio S6stem...................................22 a*to 0*nc%........................................ 1 a*to 0*nc% recording........................
B
bac'*0....................................3($, 378 bac'*0, a*tomatic............................(3 Bass................................................272 batc% 5i3e con,erter.........................34( batc% rendering...............................3(! beat correction................................1(7 beat detection.................................1(7 Big C3oc'.........................................3( b*55er si<e.......................................3 1 b*55er si<e, increasing.....................4!4 b*55ers............................................3 1 B*rn A*dio C-..............................3(4 B*rn A*dio C- .mage....................3(4 b*rn to C-......................................34$ B*s...................................................42 B*s trac'..........................................88 B*s, creating.....................................43 B60ass an "#...................................4!
C
CC Lane.........................................213 CC 3ane management......................23( CC 3ane, conte;t men*...................214 CC 3ane, mar=*ee se3ection............214 CC 3anes, resi<ing...........................214 C- A*dio.......................................34$ C- a*dio, im0orting 5rom................74 C- b*rning.....................................34$ C- B*rning......................................18 C- .mage.......................................34$ Center &rans0ort Contro3s..............38$ C%anne3 Mi;er................................3!( c%anne3 ro*ting 03*g-ins.................3!7 c%anne3 s03itting.....................18(, 2$2 C%anne3 S03itting....................1 4, 2$
&"Q
-C o55set remo,a3..........................288 de-esser..........................................27$ de5a*3t settings, restoring................38! -e3a6......................................273, 274 -e3a6 C%or*s..................................2$3 -e3ete en,e3o0e 0oint.....................387 -e3ete en,e3o0e 0oints in 3oo0 se3ection.....................................387 -e3ete .tems...................................114 -e3ete se3ected en,e3o0e 0oints......387 de3eted items, remo,ing..................378 -es'to0 .con....................................18 -etector .n0*t................................2$8 -igita3 -r*ms Com0ressor.............28 dit%er..............................................348 -oc' "# 4indo4 in doc'er............3$! -oc' trans0ort in Main 8indo4....38$ -oc'er..............................................(! -oc'er, detac%ing.............................(! doc'ers, m*3ti03e............................2!4 -oc'ing............................................(! do4n3oad 9EA7E9..........................17 dro0o*ts..........................................4!4 dr*m se=*encer..............................23$ d*c'ing...........................................2$$ -*c'ing..........................................2$7 d*c'ing, do*b3e d*c'ing................2$$ -*03icate se3ected trac's................381 ->- A*dio So*ndtrac'.................348 d6namic com0ression.....................33$ -6namic s03it.........................1(8, 1($ -6namic S03it................................1 $ -6namic S03itting..........................137
"
5ade actions....................................12$ "ade .n............................................11$ 5ade mo*se modi5iers.....................12$ "ades, ad)*sting..............................12 5ades, d*ration.................................. 2 ""&................................................277 "i3e Locations...................................2 5i3e management.............................378 "i3e, Bac'*0.....................................3! "i3e, 7ro)ect......................................3! "i3e, 9ea0er 7ea's............................3! "i3e, 9ender....................................3(4 "i3e, :ndo +istor6............................3! "i3tering &rac' "#..........................1!! 5inis%ed song, rendering.................34$ "LAC...............................................32 "3anging.........................................28 "3oating............................................(! 53oating too3bar, doc'/*ndoc'.........2 $ 53oating 4indo4s..............................(1 5o3der contro3s..................................8$ 5o3der drag and dro0.........................$! 5o3der management...........................$! 5o3der, creating.................................8$ 5o3der, ret*rning to trac' stat*s.........$! 5o3ders, nested..................................$1
E
Editing Be%a,ior 7re5erences.........37! Editing .tems..................................111 Editing settings...............................112 editing, trim content be%ind media item............................................117 Embed 0ro)ect tem0o......................34 Em0t6 E,ents................................... ( Em0t6 .tem....................................... Em0t6 M.-. item, creating............2!8 Enab3ing 03*g-ins.............................2( en,e3o0e b*tton......................314, 31 En,e3o0e de5a*3t 0oint s%a0e..........323 en,e3o0e editing o0tions.................371 en,e3o0e 3anes................................313
@
@ain................................................278 g3oba3 a*tomation o,erride.............318
&%"
1nde4
@3*e................................................131 @3*e se3ected item..........................147 @3*e se3ected items.................132, 384 @3*e Se3ected .tems........................13$ @o bac' a 3itt3e.................................34 @o 5or4ard a 3itt3e............................34 @o to end o5 0ro)ect..........................34 goniometer.....................................287 grid 3ines..........................................87 grid settings......................................87 @rid settings...................................11 grid sna0 s0acing............................11 grid, set to 5rame..............................87 @ro*0.............................................383 @ro*0 contro3sA Master on36.............$4 @ro*0 contro3sA Master/S3a,e...........$4 @ro*0 contro3sA S3a,e on36...............$4 gro*0 mode, a*tomation.................32 gro*0ed 0arameters, a*tomation.....32 @ro*0ing........................................13! gro*0ing items................................13! @ro*0ing Matri;.........................$3, $4 @*itar "# 73*g-ins.........................28 in0*ts, se=*entia3..............................(7 .nsert em0t6 s0ace at se3ection.......383 .nsert mar'er D.............................382 insert m*3ti03e trac's........................( .nsert note.......................................221 .nsert time signat*re mar'erD.......382 .nsert trac'.....................................381 .nsert, Em0t6 s0ace at time se3ection ...................................................133 .nserting &rac' "#...........................38 .nsta33 -irector6...............................27 insta33 9EA7E9 /S #......................17 .nsta33 9EA7E9 to :SB 'e6 1$, 2$, 3! insta33 9EA7E9, 8indo4s...............17 .nsta33ed "o3ders...............................2 .nter5ace .ss*es...............................4!( internet a*dio, recording...................7$ .n,ert se3ected 0oints......................387 .tem C%anne3 Mode........................122 item co3o*rs....................................121 .tem "#, managing.........................1!3 .tem @ro*0ing................................13! .tem mi; be%a,ior............................33 .tem Cotes......................................12! .tem 7ro0erties........................11$, 4!3 .tem 7ro0ertiesD............383, 38(, 38 item se3ection sets...........................2!! .tem Settings...........383, 384, 38(, 38 .tem &imebase................................11$ .tem ,o3*me %and3e........................121 .tem ,o3*me '................................121 .tem ,o3*me 'nob...........................121 item, indi,id*a3 "#........................1!2 item, mo,e......................................114 item, n*dge.....................................114 item, s3ide.......................................114 .tems, 3oc'ing.................................18$ 'e6board s%ortc*ts, 5or recording...2(3 'e6board s%ortc*ts, im0orting........2(( 'e6board s%ortc*ts, sections...........2(3 'e6board s%ortc*ts, s%o4 3ist............(2 Fe6board, >irt*a3............................. 7 'e6ma0 sets, e;0orting...................2(( 'e6ma0 sets, im0orting...................2((
L
3ameGenc.d33...................................347 Lanes................................................ 3 3anes, a*tomation............................313 Latc%..............................................318 3atenc6...................... !, 3 1, 3 4, 4!4 La6ered 9ecording........................... ! La6o*ts...........................................2!1 La6o*ts. Mi;er...............................2!1 La6o*ts. &rac'................................2!1 3imiter.............................................288 Limiter...........................................274 Linear &ime Code...........................3$$ Linear/3ongit*dina3 time code.........4!! Lin' trac' ,o3*me/0an to M.-.82, 2!7 Li,e /*t0*t....................................3(( Load de5a*3t trac' c%ain.................3$! Loc' Settings..................................18$ Loc'ing..........................................18$ Loc'ing .tems.................................18$ Loc'ing media items......................188 Loc'ing trac' contro3s....................188 Loo0 o,erd*bbing...................... 1, 8 3oo0 0oints......................................11( 3oo0 0oints, 3in' to time se3ection...11( 3oo0 se3ection................................... 1 3oo0 se3ection s'i00ing.....................34 Loo0 Se3ection, 3oc'ing..................18$ Loo0 Se3ection, managing................4 3oo0 se3ection, modi56ing.................4 Loo0, creating................................147 Loo0ed 0oints 3in'ed to time se3ection .....................................................4 3oo0ed time se3ection recording. . 1, 8 Loo0ing..........................................147 Loo0s...............................................4( 3o4 0ass 5i3ter.................................288 L&C........................................3$$, 4!! L6ric e,ents....................................23(
+
%ard4are o*t0*ts, s0eci56ing..........184 %armonies, creating........................1 4 +ead0%one b3eed............................2$1 %ead0%one mi;................................. ! %ead0%one mi;, creating...................8 +ead0%one Monitoring.....................8( +ea3 S03it .tems..............................113 +ide &rans0ort................................38$ %ig% 0ass 5i3ter................................288 +ig% 9ange....................................273 %iss remo,a3...................................281 +o3d...............................................28! +ori<onta3 Scro33..............................37 +ori<onta3 Boom..............................37 +&ML Lists 1a*to-generated2.........247 +*mani<e notes..............................217 +*mani<e Cotes.............................227
E
Ees*sonic "#....................................38 )o6stic' M.-. de,ice, insta33ing.......2( E*m0 &o............................................47 E*m0 to Mar'er......................388, 38$
.
.// B*tton........................................48 image 5i3e.......................................34$ im0ort a*dio 5rom C-......................74 im0ort 0re5erences............................73 im0orted media 5i3e 5ormats.............8! im0orting a 0ro)ect 5i3e.....................($ .m0orting Media...............................7! im0orting M.-. 5i3e..........................74 .n-Line M.-. Editing.....................23 indi,id*a3 items, 3oc'ing................188 .n0*t A3iasing...................................23 in0*t assignment...............................(( in0*t monitoring.............................3 1 .n0*t Monitoring.................. !, , 7 .n0*t ?*anti<e................................227 .n0*t, A*;i33iar6.............................2$8 .n0*t, Main.....................................2$8
F
'e6board assignment, c%anging......2(2 'e6board s%ortc*t, assigning m*3ti03e actions........................................2(( 'e6board s%ortc*t, c%anging...........2(2 'e6board s%ortc*t, creating.............2(1 'e6board s%ortc*t, remo,ing..........2(2 'e6board s%ortc*ts..................1$7, 2(3 Fe6board S%ortc*ts..........................1$ 'e6board s%ortc*ts, assigning to a contro3 s*r5ace............................2(8 Fe6board S%ortc*ts, c*stomi<ing...247 'e6board s%ortc*ts, e;0orting.........2(( 'e6board s%ortc*ts, 5or media e;03orer ...................................................2(4 'e6board s%ortc*ts, 5or M.-. editor ...................................................2(4
M
macro, creating...............................2(( Main .n0*t......................................2$8 Main Men*.................................1$, 2! Main 8indo4...................................21 Managing &rac's..............................81 mar'er, co3oring.............................148 Mar'er, inserting............................148 Mar'er, naming..............................148 mar'er, sna0 to...............................14$ Mar'ers..........................................148 mar'ers, co06ing............................1(3 Mar'ers, 3oc'ing............................18$
&%%
e,ent 0ro0erties.......................123 &em0o Ma0.............................332 E,ent List >ie4......................223 Camed Cotes >ie4.................223 7iano 9o33 >ie4......................223
M.-. actions..........................234, 23( M.-. b*ses.....................................238 M.-. data, e;0orting......................237 M.-. dataA 14 bit............................224 M.-. -e,ice, insta33ing....................24 M.-. -e,ices.............................24, 7! M.-. editing, in-3ine......................2!7 M.-. Editor............................2!8, 21
C
Caming trac's..................................(( Ca,igation........................................3 Ca,igator..........................................38 Ce4 M.-. item, creating...............2!8 Ce4 7ro)ect......................................(3 C.CEAM........................................4!2 Coise @ate......................................27$ noise red*ction...............................281 noise s%a0ing..................................348 non-destr*cti,e editing...................112 non-standard stereo c%anne3s............(! Corma3 9ecord Mode.......................(( Cote C%anne3..................................221 Cote Cames....................................21$ Cote 7ro0erties.......................221, 222
CC Lane.................................213
M.-. Editor Modes........................223 M.-. Editor 4indo4......................2!7 M.-. Editor, Actions......................234
&%!
1nde4
note st63es.......................................22( Cote0ad............................................28 n*dge item......................................114 C*dge/set items..............................118 7itc% S%i5ting..................................2$ 7itc%, c%anging...............................1 3 0itc%, 0reser,e in a*dio items.........1 7 73a6..................................................34 03a6 c*rsor, managing......................(2 03a6 3oo0 se3ection............................47 73a6 rate..................................388, 38$ 03a6 rate, ad)*sting 5or 0ro)ect........1 73a6 S0eed en,e3o0e.......................332 73a6 S0eed, a*tomation..................332 03a6bac' 0re5erences......................3 ( 03a6bac' rate..................................11$ 73a6bac' rate..................................11$ 73a6bac' 9ate, m*3ti03e items........1 7 73a6bac' 9ate, sing3e item.............1 7 03*g-in de3a6 com0ensation............1!( 73*g-in Essentia3s...........................271 03*g-in 0resets, bac'*0...................1!! 03*g-in 0resets, restore...................1!! 03*g-in, co06ing.............................1!1 03*g-in, noise red*ction..................281 2.73*g-ins.........................................3$ 7ro)ect 7re5erences...........................(3 7ro)ect rendering............................347 7ro)ect Sam03e 9ate.........................32 0ro)ect settings...............................3($ 7ro)ect Settings.........................32, 1(3 0ro)ect start time, setting................187 7ro)ect &abs......................................(2 0ro)ect tabs, m*3ti03e........................(2 7ro)ect &em03ate.........................($, ! 7ro)ect &ime Base, c%anging............33 0rom0t to sa,e..................................7 7*nc% 9ecording.............................. 1
/
/@@ >orbis......................................32 /0acit6.............................................(! /0en 5i3e, "# set o55 3ine..................42 /0en items D................................384 /0en .tems 4it% Editor...................111 /0en 7ro)ect.....................................31 /0tions men*.................................38! /SC 1/0en So*nd Contro32............2(8 /*t0*t A...........................................8( /*t0*t A3iasing................................23 o*t0*t "# monitoring.....................1!$ /*t0*t, recording.............................7( /,erd*bbing..................................... 1 o<<i5ier...........................................287
?
=*anti<e..........................................1(8 ?*anti<e.........................217, 22(, 233 ?*anti<e e,ents......................22(, 233 ?*anti<e se3ected e,ents.................22 ?*anti<e strengt%............................22 ?*anti<e trac' M.-. recording......227
7
7an contro3s......................................3( 0an 3a4.......................................33, 3 0an mode..........................................3 0an modes......................................183 0an trac', M.-.................................3( 0anic b*tton....................................227 0ara33e3 "# 0rocessing............3!(, 3!7 0arameter gro*0ing..........................$2 7arameter mod*3ation.....................333 0arameter mod*3ation, 3in'ing 0arameters..................................34! 7aste "#.........................................3$! 7aste .tems.....................................113 0attern se=*encer............................23$ 0ea' 3e,e3s, reset on >: meters......18 0ea' 3imiter....................................28 0ea's/4a,e5orms 0re5erences.........3 8 0enci3 mode....................................132 0er5ormance meter..........................37$ 7er5ormance Meter...................44, 3 2 0%antom 0o4er...............................4!( 7%ase ad)*sting ro*ter....................28 7%ase Ad)*sting 9o*ter..................3!7 0%ase contro3....................................3( 7%ase Contro3...................................3 7%ase in,erter.................................28 7iano 9o33...............................21$, 22 0in connector..........................2$2, 2$ 0itc% c%ange 03*g-in.......................288 0itc% correction...............................1 7itc% Correction.............................1 0itc% correction, a*tomatic.............1 0itc% correction, man*a3.................1 0itc% en,e3o0e................................1 3 0itc% mani0*3ation..........................1 4 0itc% s%i5t................................11$, 1 3 0itc% s%i5t 03*g-ins..........................1 3 0itc% s%i5t, M.-. contro33ed............24! 0itc% s%i5ting..................................1 4
Sa,ing 7resets........................... 7
03*g-ins 0re5erences.......................377 73*g-ins, enab3ing.............................2( 03*g-ins, M.-.................................23$ 03*g-ins, 0resets..............................28$ 0o0s and c........................................3! 0o0s and c3ic's...........................3!, ! 7re5erences.......................................22 7re5erences, a00earance.................3 7re5erences, a*dio..........................3 3 7re5erences, editing be%a,ior.........37! 7re5erences, en,e3o0es...................371 7re5erences, 5i3e im0orting...............73 7re5erences, @enera3.................31, 3(7 7re5erences, media.........................37( 7re5erences, M.-...........................37 7re5erences, mo*se.........................373 7re5erences, 03a6bac'.....................3 ( 7re5erences, 03*g-ins......................377 7re5erences, 7ro)ect........................3($ 7re5erences, 7ro)ect -e5a*3ts..........37! 7re5erences, rendering....................3 0re5erences, searc%ing......................83 7re5erences, >: meters..................3 8 7resence 9ange..............................273 7reser,e 7itc%.................................1 7 7reset Librar6.................................28$ 7reset Manager...............................28$ 0reset, sa,e as de5a*3t.....................27( 7resets............................................27( 7re,ie4 Fe6board..........................22! 0re,ie4 media item 0ea's................7 0ro)ect conso3idation......................34 0ro)ect 5i3e association....................2! 7ro)ect "i3e 7at%...............................32 0ro)ect 5i3es, m*3ti03e ,ersions........2! 0ro)ect 3engt%....................................33 0ro)ect management.......................378 7ro)ect Media/"# Ba6....................1$1 0ro)ect notes.....................................33
9
9atio...............................................278 ra4 M.-. data................................21$ 9eaCom0........................................27$ 9eaCom0 com0ressor.....................2$7 9ea-e3a6................................274, 2$4 9ea"ir.............................................281 [email protected]! 9eaMote.........................................4!2 9eaMote S3a,e...........................2$, 3! 9ea0er "i3e &60es.............................3! 9EA7E9 /0tions...........................38! 9EA7E9 Se3ections.........................1$ 9EA7E9 :ninsta33...........................3! rea0er-d;03*g-ins.ini........................27 rea0er-,st03*g-ins.ini........................27 rea0er.ini...................................27, 4! 9ea7itc%.................................1 4, 1 ( 9ea9o*te................................312, 3$3 9ea9o*te AS./ dri,er....................3$3 9ea9o*te, sending a*dio 5rom 9EA7E9....................................3$( 9ea9o*te, sending a*dio into Sonar ...................................................3$7 9ea9o*te, setting *0 a00s..............3$4 9ea9o*te, 4it% Ab3eton Li,e.........3$4 9ea9o*te, 4it% S6nt% 8or'stations ...................................................3$8 9eaSam03omatic.............................3!1 9eaScri0t........................................4!2 9eaS*rro*nd...........................3!$, 31! 9eaS6nt%.......................................... 7 9ea&*ne.................................1 (, 1 9ea>oice........................................24! 9ea#Com0.....................................282 9ecei,e 3e,e3s..................................43 9ecei,es.............................48, 7(, 3!8 9ecent 7ro)ects.................................31 9ecord........................................34, ( record additiona3 items..................... (
&%1
S
sam03e 5i3e......................................3!1 sam03e rate.....................................4!4 Sam03e 9ate...................................3 2 Sam03es............................................4 sam03es, sa,ing..............................1 1 Sa,e c%ain as de5a*3t 5or ne4 trac's ...................................................3$! Sa,e 7ro)ect.....................................(4 Sca3e "inder....................................243 Sca3e :. E3ements..........................378 Screen Set.......................................1$7 Screen Sets.....................1$7, 1$$, 2!! screen sets, a*to-sa,ing c%anges.....2!! screen sets, 4indo4s......................18! Screen Sets, 8indo4s....................1$$ Screensets/La6o*ts.........................171 scri0ts.............................................2(7 scri0ts, im0orting............................2(7 Scro33..............................................38! scro33 trac' ,ie4...............................7 Scro33 8%ee3.....................................3( scro33, contin*o*s......................31, 3 ( Scro33ing...........................................37 scr*b.........................................$8, 223 scr*b settings....................................$8 scr*bbing..........................................34 Seconds............................................4 See' 03a6bac' 4%en c3ic'ed.............(2 Se3ect A33................................383, 3$! Se3ect a33 0oints in 3oo0 se3ection. . .387 Se3ect .tems....................................113 Send Master/7arent..........................88 send t60es.......................................2$( Send, creating...................................43 Sends............................43, 48, 88, 3!8 Sends de5a*3t settings.....................3 ! sends, adding to Mi;er...................17 se=*encer bab6...............................243 Set 0oint s%a0e...............................387 Set 0oint ,a3*e................................387 Set se3ection to se3ected items........382 Set s%a0e 5or a33 se3ected 0oints......387 Set &ime Signat*re.........................17! S%o4 A33 &a'es .n Lane..................141
&%&
1nde4
S8S E;tensions.............................138 S6nc 0iano ro33 ,ie4 to 0ro)ect.......243 s6nc to e;terna3 de,ice...................3$$ s6nc%roni<e e;terna3 de,ice to 9EA7E9....................................4!! S6nc%rono*s "# m*3ti0rocessing...1!4 S6nt%esi<er....................................... 7 S6sE; messages.............................212 S6stem t4ea's................................378 too3bar, c*stom.........................37, 2 too3bar, c*stom en,e3o0e................32( &oo3bars............................................1$ too3bars, c*stom.............................2 $ &oo3bars, c*stomi<ing....................247 too3bars, e;0orting..........................2 8 too3bars, 53oating............................2 $ too3bars, im0orting.........................2 8 &o*c%.............................................318 &rac' C%anne3s...............................3!8 trac' co3or......................................1$ trac' co3or o0tions............................84 &rac' Contro3 Modi5iers...................82 &rac' Contro3 7ane...........................3$ trac' contro3 0ane3 %e30..................2!4 &rac' Contro3 7ane3 settings...........3 7 trac' contro3s............................21, 2!3 &rac' Contro3s..................................3( &rac' Contro3s, 3oc'ing..................188 &rac' de5a*3t settings.....................3 ! &rac' "#....................................38, $$ &rac' "# /rder................................4! &rac' "# 0arameters........................4! &rac' "#, co06ing..........................1!1 trac' gro*0ing............................$2, $3 trac' gro*0ing contro3s.....................$7 trac' inserts......................................38 &rac' Manager........................1!7, 1$( trac' 0an, *sing 5or M.-..................3( &rac' 7ane3 8idt%............................3 &rac' 7ane3s.....................................21 &rac' 7er5ormance /0tions............1!4 &rac' 9o*ting...................................48 &rac' &em03ate, .nserting.................($ trac' tem03ates................11!, 2!4, 324 &rac' &em03ates...............................($ &rac' >ie4 screen sets...................1$7 &rac' >ie4s....................................1$7 trac' ,o3*me, *sing 5or M.-............3( &rac' ,o3*me/0an, 3in' to M.-........82 &rac', Add Ce4 &rac'.....................43 &rac', co06.......................................81 &rac', de3ete.....................................81 &rac', mo,e......................................81 &rac'/Send -e5a*3ts.......................3 ! trac's, 5ree<e/*n5ree<e....................1! transient detection settings.............1(7 transient, e;tend se3ection to.........1(7 transient, mo,e c*rsor to ne;t.........1(7 transients........................................1( &ransients Fi33er.............................27$ &rans0ort........................................388 &rans0ort Bar...................................34 &rans0ort Bar, doc'/*ndoc'.............34 &rans0ort Contro3...........................4!( trans0ose M.-........................217, 233 treme3o...........................................28 &rim content be%ind media items....117 &rim items to se3ected area.............384 &rim .tems to Se3ected Area...........134 t*ner...............................................287 t*ning an instr*ment.......................1 (
:
:A- 03*g-ins.................................1!4 :. &4ea's......................................378 :ndo...........................................(1, 1 :ndo +istor6..........................3($, 4! :ndo +istor6 8indo4......................(1 :ndo +istor6, 3oad 4it% 0ro)ect 5i3e ...................................................37$ :ndo +istor6, sa,e 4it% 0ro)ect 5i3e (1, 37$ :ndo storage area.............................(1 :ndo/redo 0at%s, sa,e m*3ti03e........(1 *n5ree<e trac's........................1!7, 1$ :ninsta33 9EA7E9...........................2$ :ninsta33ing 9ea0er..........................3! :n=*anti<e.....................................22 :nse3ect a33 0oints..........................387 :00er Mid 9ange...........................273 :SB 53as% de,ice..............................28 :se 9*3er &ime :nit.......................388 *ti3it6 03*g-ins................................288
&
&a'e................................................383 &a'e command................................. 4 &a'e, ne;t......................................... 4 &a'e, 0re,io*s.................................. 4 ta'es, arranging..............................13$ ta'es, co3or coded............................. 3 ta'es, editing..................................13$ ta'es, en,e3o0es..............................33! ta'es, e;03ode in 03ace....................14! ta'es, e;03ode to trac's..................13$ &a'es, E;03ode to trac's................... 4 ta'es, im03oding.....................143, 144 &a'es, S%o4ing Lanes...................... 3 &a'es, S3ice and -ice.....................141 tem03ate..........................................3($ tem03ate 5i3e......................................(3 &em03ate, 7ro)ect..............................($ &em03ate, &rac'................................($ &em0o C%ange...............................17! tem0o c%anges................................17! tem0o detection..............................1(7 &em0o Ma0 En,e3o0e....................332 &e;t E,ents.....................................213 &%e .nsta33 /0tions...........................18 t%e Microso5t @S 8a,etab3e S6nt%... $ &%eme Editor..................................1$! t%eme, modi56ing...........................1$! &%res%o3d................................278, 28! &ime Based E55ects.........................273 time se3ection..................................11( time se3ection recording................... 1 time se3ection recording, 3oo0ed ...... 8 time se3ection, in media e;03orer......71 &ime Se3ection, 'e6board s%ortc*ts. .47 time se3ection, 3in' to 3oo0 0oints...11( time se3ection, modi56ing.................47 time signat*re c%anges...................17! &ime Signat*re Mar'er...................17! time signat*re mar'er, inserting.....1 1 time stretc%.....................................11$ &ime Stretc%ing..............................1 7 &ime-Based E55ects........................271 timebase...........................................32 timecode, inserting.........................4!! &ime-i55erence 7an........................284 &ime3ine...........................................4( &ogg3e 9e0eat...................................34 &ogg3e se3ected b60ass...................3$! &ogg3e se3ected o553ine...................3$! toni5ier............................................287 &oo3bar.............................................2!
>
>CA...............................................3!! >e3ocit6 +and3es............................21$ >ertica3 Scro33...................................37 >ertica3 Boom...................................37 ,ideo so*ndtrac'............................4!1 >ideo 8indo4................................4!1 >ideo/9E#/Misc 7re5erences.........37 ,irt*a3 instr*ment, recording 4it%.... $ >irt*a3 M.-. Fe6board............ , 3!1 ,oca3, 5attening or do*b3ing............287 >o3tage Contro33ed Am03i5ication...3!! >o3*me contro3s...............................3( >o3*me Contro3s...............................82 ,o3*me trac', M.-...........................3( >S& ...............................................377 >S& Com0atibi3it6.........................377 >S& "o3ders...................................1!1 >S& 03*g-in, generic inter5ace.......2$! >S& 03*g-ins............................2(, 271 >S&i 0atc%/ban' 5i3es....................... 7 >: 3e,e3s 03*g-in...........................287 >: meter 0re5erences.....................3 8 >: meters, reset 0ea's...................18
8
8A> 5ormat...................................34$ 4a,e 5i3es, im0orting........................73 4a,es%a0er.....................................288 4a,es%a0ing distortion...................287 8eb A*dio......................................34$ 4i3d cards 1in 5i3e names2...............34( 8indo4 53oat se3ected "#..............3$! 8indo4 screen sets........................1$7 8indo4 >ie4s...............................1$$ 8indo4s -e,ice Manager.............4!3 8indo4s 9egistr6............................2 8indo4s Start Men*........................2$ 8rite A*tomation...........................31(
&%P
B
<oom in %ori<onta336.......................4!
Boom Se3ection...37, 4 , 13!, 14$, 382 Boom to &ime Se3ection...................47 Booming...............................3 , 37, (1
&%R